
THE BOOK OF REVELATION,
Chapters 1-22
CHAPTER ONE
1:1: “The Revelation of Jesus Christ” = This statement is generally understood as (1) “The Revelation from Jesus Christ;” or (2) “The Revelation about Jesus Christ.” However, the Greek word for “Revelation” is, “Apokalupsis,” from which we have our word Apocalypse, and signifies literally, “A revelation,” or “a discovery of what was concealed or hidden.” It is here said that this revelation, or discovery of hidden things, was given by God to Jesus Christ; that Christ gave it to His angel; that this angel showed it to John; and that John sent it to the Churches. It is properly, therefore, the Revelation of God, sent by these various agents to His servants at large; and as such, this is therefore a proper title of the Book. Thus, “The Revelation From Jesus Christ” would be a more appropriate title.
“The Mighty Angel Who instructed John was no less a Personage than Jesus Christ.” 7BC:971.
“sent” = Here is my Revelation 5:6 Note: “sent forth” = The Greek is “apostello.” This Greek word was used by the Jews in an official manor. It was a technical term used for sending out an official representative of another (like an ambassador) upon a special task (see Mat. 11:10; Acts 10:17; Rev. 1:1; 22:6). Thus, the term here refers to the worldwide mission of the Holy Spirit going forth in the full and complete authority of Christ. That John fully comprehended this reality and had full command of this Greek term is seen in John 14:26; 15:26; 16:7-8.
From DA:234 we read: “It was Gabriel, ‘His angel,’ whom Christ sent to open the future to the beloved John.”
And from AA:545 we read: “It was John’s deep love for Christ which led him always to desire to be close by His side. The Saviour loved all the twelve, but John’s was the most receptive spirit. He was younger than the others, and with more of the child’s confiding trust he opened his heart to Jesus. Thus, he came more into sympathy with Christ, and through him the Saviour’s deepest spiritual teaching was communicated to the people.”
“signified” = The word “signified” is a translation of the Greek word ”semaino,” meaning “to show by symbolic signs.” In a straight forward translation, it means, “to make known.” This word is used in the Greek translation of the Old Testament (the Septuagint), in which Daniel explained to King Nebuchadnezzar that by the statue made of “theiron, the brass, the clay, the silver, and the gold,” Daniel 2:45, that God was signifying to the king “what shall come to pass hereafter,” Daniel 2:45. Thus, the apostle John is giving us a clear picture of the future as given to him by Jesus Christ Himself.
1:2: “the testimony of Jesus” = This phrase appears 6 times in the Book of Revelation (1:2 & 9; 6:9; 12:17; 19:10; 20:4). Two grammatically possible explanations concerning its meaning are possible. The (1) First interprets “the testimony of Jesus” as man’s witness for Christ. The (2) Second understands “the testimony of Jesus” as the self-revelation of Jesus Himself, i.e., His own testimony. A study of the word “testimony” in John’s writings indicates that each time it appears in the same grammatical construction as in Revelation, it always refers to Jesus’ Own testimony (see John 1:19; 3:11 & 32 & 33; 5:31). By contrast, the idea of witnessing about somebody else in John’s writings consistently is expressed by a different grammatical construction. Let’s take a closer look.
I am not a Greek scholar. But in Greek there is a “subjective” and “objective” format. The Greek word used here for “testimony” is, “G3141; marturia.”
If it is in the “objective” format, then the text is stating that the “testimony is about Jesus.” Therefore, Jesus would be the “object” from which the testimony is about.
If it is in a “subjective” format, then the “testimony is from Jesus.” Jesus is now the “subject” that the testimony is about. Thus, this would be the testimony “from” which Christ has given. This fits the narrative more correctly. The same is true of Revelation 1:1, “The Revelation [from] of Jesus.”
John, in his Gospels, uses “marturia” 21 times. And in the Book of Revelation, he uses it 8 times. In his Gospels, he uses the subjective format 14 times. When doing so, he uses the preposition “peri.” When we go to his writings in Revelation, example 1:1 & 2, it is subjective, meaning “from Jesus.”
This is true of verse two’s statement of “Who bore witness to the Word of [from] God.” God is the subject from which the Word comes. Thus, “and to the testimony of [from] Jesus.” The same pattern is followed out in Revelation 12:17 and 19:10. Revelation 22:20 makes this clear when it states, “He [Jesus] which testifieth,” meaning, coming “from.”
Therefore, the prophetic gift of Revelation 12:17 and 19:10 is to be carried out throughout history; coming “from” Jesus.
In Revelation 1:2, John states that he bore witness to “the Word of God” and to “the testimony of Jesus.” Thus, “the Word of God” refers to what God says and is parallel to “the testimony of Jesus.” Thus, “the Word of God” is simply what Jesus says; it is the testimony that Jesus gives, or better, “comes from.”
The same is true in Revelation 1:9, where John introduces himself and states his credentials and says that he is on the island of Patmos “because of” and no other reason other than “the Word of God” and “the testimony of Jesus.” Here again the parallelism between the “Word of God” and “the testimony of Jesus” is clearly discernible. Thus, according to the principle of “interpreting Scripture with Scripture,” every text in the Book of Revelation where the phrase “testimony of Jesus” appears, it always refers to Jesus as giving the “testimony,” i.e., “coming from” Him.
Should we need more help, the Greek for “testimony” is, “G3141; marturia,” meaning, “the office committed to the prophets of testifying future events,” “Thayer’s” definition. He bases that conclusion from John 1:19, where it states, “And this is the record of John,” or better, his “testimony.” Also using First John 5:10: “He that believeth on the Son of God hath the witness in himself,” or better, “testimony.” Finishing the verse, “he believeth not the record that God gave,” or better, “testimony.” Continuing on to First John 5:11, “And this is the record,” or better, “testimony.” “Thayer’s” conclusion is that this is what prophets basically do, once given the gift as listed in Ephesians 4:11. Thus, in the Book of Revelation, Chapter One and verse 2, spells it out, “Who bare record.” See also Isaiah 8:20 & John 5:39.
1:3: “Blessed” = This is the first of the seven “beatitudes” in the Book of Revelation. For all seven see: Revelation 1:3; 14:13; 16:15; 19:9; 20:6; 22:7 & 14.
“Blessed is he that readeth” = This is the ONLY Book of the entire Bible that pronounces a “blessing” upon those who read it.
“the words of this prophecy” = Here we are told that this entire Book is a “prophecy” and needs to be understood and read as such. What is not generally understood is that many of these prophecies can be or are already explained in other parts of the Bible -- mostly the Old Testament (Read and understand the Book of Daniel before reading this Book). That this Book is in prophetic form is again confirmed in Revelation, Chapter 22, Verses 18 & 19.
1:4: “which is, and which was, and which is to come” = This same phrase is found in Revelation 4:8, and is the same personage (our Lord and Savior) as we find in verse 18: “liveth, and was dead; and, behold, I Am alive for evermore.” And in Revelation 11:17, we find this expression as: “which art, and wast, and art to come.” See my Bible Study: “REVELATIONS SYMBOLS.”
The Church at this time was struggling, in that the temple in Jerusalem was destroyed, the Apostles are all killed by either the Romans or the Jews, and only John is left. Therefore, the appropriate message of Jesus to John is in order to give them the hope needed to carry on the work, and for future generations to benefit as well. Don’t despair, there is still a Sanctuary, all-be-it, in Heaven. There is still intercession going on in Heaven. Jesus is still encouraging the believers through His new ministry in Heaven.
“the seven Spirits” = Here is my Isaiah 11:2 Note: Herein is seen a breakdown and identification of the Holy Spirit and His ministry: “And the Spirit of the Lord [Center shaft of the seven branched Candlestick] (1) shall rest upon Him, the spirit of wisdom (2) and understanding (3), the spirit of counsel (4) and might (5), the spirit of knowledge (6) and of the fear of the Lord (7).” However, there is also the possibility (although I believe this is referring to the Holy Spirit and not angels) that these “seven spirits” are the “seven angels” of the “seven Churches,” as identified in verse 20. If this were the case, then it would also refer to their ministry throughout the Book of Revelation; such as the “seven angels,” with the seven plagues, or vials, of Chapter 16’s plagues.
1:5: “the first begotten of the dead” = Obviously Jesus was not the first one to be resurrected. There was Moses, and at least three recorded in the New Testament raised by Jesus Himself; the Damsel in Mark 5:41-42; the widow’s son in Luke 7:14-15; and Jairus’ daughter in Luke 8:54-55. Therefore, there are two ways that the word “first” may be understood. It can mean “first” in point of time (incorrectly applied here), or “first” in pre-eminence (which would be correctly applied here). If you disagree or question these analyses, let me give you an example of the second correct case.
The President’s wife is spoken of as the “First Lady,” denoting honor and pre-eminence, and obviously not the “First Lady” to ever inhabit the Presidential sweet, nor, as you would agree with me, she is not the “First Lady” ever to grace us with her presence upon this earth. With this understanding of terms, and a proper Biblical analyses of this passage, Christ than is the “first begotten from the dead,” because His resurrection took pre-eminence over all other resurrections. In truth, all other resurrections had taken place, and will take place, by virtue of our Lord being resurrected at all.
“the Prince of the kings of the earth” = This is the same expression as it is stated in Revelation 17:14 & 19:16. The true meaning is that He has them all under His dominion and control and can dispose of them as He wills. See Psalm 89:27; Daniel 2:21.
1:6: “God and His Father” = This should read: “God even His Father.” In the old English understanding of phrases and meanings, “God and His Father” would be One and the same Personage.
1:7: “clouds” = Here is my Matthew 24:30 Note: The “clouds” equals the angels (see Psa. 68:17; Matthew 16:27; 25:31; Luke 9:26; Second Thessalonians 1:7), as opposed to with His saints at the Third Coming (see First Thessalonians 3:13 & Jude 1:14).
“they also which pierced Him” = This verse covers and gives credence to the Special Resurrection doctrine (see also Dan. 12:2; Mat. 26:64; Mark 14:62). This resurrection covers those who were at the arresting, sentencing, and torture of Christ.
From 1SG:48-49: “[48] Many companies of holy angels, with each a tall commanding angel at their head, were sent to witness the scene. They were to record every act, every insult and cruelty imposed upon the Son of God, and to register every pang of anguish which Jesus should [49] suffer; for the very men should see it all again in living characters.”
From 4SP:454 we read: “Graves are opened, and ‘many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth’ ‘awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt.’ {Dan. 12:2.} All who have died in faith under the third angel’s message come forth from the tomb glorified, to hear God’s covenant of peace with those who have kept His Law. ‘They also which pierced Him,’ those that mocked and derided Christ’s dying agonies, and the most violent opposers of His truth and His people, are raised to behold Him in His glory, and to see the honor placed upon the loyal and obedient.”
And from 4SP:460-462 we read: “ ‘And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every freeman, hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains, and said to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of Him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb; for the great day of His wrath is come, and who shall be able to stand?’ {REV. 6:15-17} The derisive jests have ceased. Lying lips are hushed into silence. The clash of arms, the tumult of battle, ‘with confused noise, and garments rolled in blood,’ {Isa. 9:5} is stilled. Naught now is heard but the voice of prayer and the sound of weeping and lamentation. The cry bursts forth from lips so lately scoffing, ‘The great day of His wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?’ The wicked pray to be covered by the rocks of the mountains, rather than meet the face of Him Whom they have despised and rejected. Those who mocked Christ in His humiliation are in that throng. With thrilling power come to their minds the Sufferer’s Words, when, adjured by the high priest, He solemnly declared, ‘Hereafter shall ye see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power, and Coming in the clouds of Heaven.’ {Mat. 26:64} Now they behold Christ in His glory, and they are yet to see Him sitting on the right hand of power. That voice which penetrates the ear of the dead, [461]
“they know. . . Those who derided His claim to be the Son of God are speechless now. There is the haughty Herodwho jeered at His royal title, and bade the mocking soldiers crown Him king. There are the very men who with impious hands placed upon His form the purple robe, upon His sacred brow the thorny crown, and in His unresisting hand the mimic scepter, and bowed before Him in blasphemous mockery. The men who smote and spit upon the Prince of life, now turn from His piercing gaze, and seek to flee from the overpowering glory of His presence. Those who drove the nails through His hands and feet, the soldier who pierced His side, behold these marks with terror and remorse. With awful distinctness do priests and rulers recall the events of Calvary. With shuddering horror they remember how, wagging their heads in Satanic [462]
“exultation, they exclaimed, ‘He saved others; Himself He cannot save. If He be the King of Israel, let Him now come down from the cross, and we will believe Him. He trusted in God; let Him deliver Him now, if He will have Him.’ {Mat. 27:42-43} Vividly they recall the Saviour’s parable of the husbandmen who refused to render to their lord the fruit of the vineyard, who abused his servants and slew his son. They remember, too, the sentence which they themselves pronounced: The lord of the vineyard will miserably destroy those wicked men. In the sin and punishment of those unfaithful men, the priests and elders see their own course and their own just doom. And now there rises a cry of mortal agony. Louder than the shout, ‘Crucify Him! crucify Him!’ which rang through the streets of Jerusalem, swells the awful, despairing wail, ‘He is the Son of God! He is the true Messiah!’ They seek to flee from the presence of the King of kings. In the deep caverns of the earth, rent asunder by the warring of the elements, they vainly attempt to hide.”
Note: The rest of the righteous dead are not raised until page 463.
From 1SG:62-63: “[62] They will behold that face again, bright as the noon-day sun, and will seek to flee from before It. Instead of that shout of brutal triumph, in terror they will wail because of Him. Jesus will present His hands with the marks of His crucifixion. The marks of this cruelty He will ever bear. Every print of the nails will tell the story of man’s wonderful redemption, and the dear price that purchased it. The very men who thrust the spear into the side of the Lord of life, will behold the print of the spear, and will lament with deep anguish the part they [63] acted in marring His body.”
1:8: “I Am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the ending, saith the Lord, which is, and which was, and which is to come, the Almighty” = That this is Jesus Christ, and not the Father speaking (although it could be both; not likely based upon context), can be clearly seen by following the context and sentence structure of the entire passage. If we go to verse 11, we see the same statement without “the Almighty,” discussed later. Then when we go to verses 12 & 13, we can know for certain that this is “the Son of man,” i.e., Jesus. In regard to the statement “the Almighty,” this is also stated of Jesus in Isaiah 9:6. Remember, a better command of the Old Testament will help you better decode the Book of Revelation.
This problem of interpretation arose by insisting that this text is speaking of God the Father, when it was discovered that some manuscripts, which instead of using what most manuscripts inscribe to, which is the use of the Greek word “kurios,” meaning, “Lord,” instead inserting “Theos,” meaning “God,” as adopted by Griesbach, Tittman, and Hahn. However, even a layman can ask the question, “Which God do you mean? God the Father, God the Son, or God the Holy Spirit?” And the only way to answer that correctly is to determine the contextual evidence.
Is this not “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” Revelation 1:1? Is this not “the testimony of Jesus Christ,” Revelation 1:2? Is this not “from Jesus Christ, Who is the Faithful Witness,” Rev. 1:5? Is it not “Him [that we should be giving the] be glory,” Revelation 1:6? Is it not going to be “He cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see Him,” Revelation 1:7, remembering that no one sees God the Father and lives? Thus, this could only be referring to Jesus Christ.
Why ignore all of these proceeding verses (the context), pointing directly to Jesus Christ as the main Speaker, and then apply it to a different Deity? Verse 9 even continues on with “the testimony of Jesus Christ.” Consider what you may be doing here as did Griesbach, Tittman, and Hahn. Here is my John 14:8 Bible Commentary Note: “shew us the Father” = Philip may not have totally understood what he was doing here with this statement. He was acting just like the Pharisees in Chapter 8, verses 13-29 (especially see verses 13 &19). I’m sure Philip didn’t understand fully what he was doing here, but it is like you or I saying to the clerk, “Let me see the manager.” It’s in a small way, disrespecting the person in front of you.
1:9: “companion in tribulation” = The Biblical teaching is that if you have not experienced “tribulation” as a Christian, then you are not a Christian (see John 16:33; Acts 14:22; Rom. 8:17; 2Ti. 1:8). The ultimate purpose of the tribulation period then, is to learn entire dependence upon our Lord.
From AA:574-575 we read: “In the experience of the apostle John under persecution, there is a lesson of wonderful strength and comfort for the Christian. God does not prevent the plottings of wicked men, but He causes their devices to work for good to those who in trial and conflict maintain their faith and loyalty. Often the gospel laborer carries on his work amid storms of persecution, better opposition, and unjust reproach. At such times let him remember that the experience to be gained in the furnace of trial and affliction is worth all the pain it costs. Thus God brings His children near to Him, that He may show them their weakness and His strength. He teaches them to lean on Him. Thus He prepares them to meet emergencies, to fill positions of trust, and to accomplish the great purpose for which their powers were given them.”
“the testimony of Jesus” = See my Revelation 1:2 Note.
1:10: “I was in the Spirit on the Lord’s day” = John uses this phrase 4 times in the Book of Revelation (Here; Rev. 4:2; 17:3; 21:10). The meaning is that he was in vision and or physically taken (in vision) to wherever the vision takes him by the power of the Holy Spirit. Thus, the inspiration of this Book cannot be overlooked.
If we read Revelation 4:2, we note that John is not specific as to which day or time this happened to him. So why bother mentioning which day it was at the beginning of this Revelation that our Lord is about to give him? Obviously, because as hinted at earlier, the themes of who do you “worship,” and “when” you worship, in other words, which day do you “worship” on, is of catastrophic importance. By contrast, this verse tells us it was “on the Lord’s day,” meaning the Holy, Commanded, Seventh-Day Sabbath of the Bible (see below).
“day” = The word “day” in this verse is used as an adjective in the Hebrew structure of this sentence. Had it been used as a noun, it would have been stated, “I was in the Spirit on the DAY of the Lord.” As the sentence structure demands however, the emphasis is upon our “LORD” (as the Bible commentator Barnes states, even though he later on states that this day is “Sunday”).
Here is the note from Barnes Bible Commentary: “The word rendered here as ‘Lord’s’ (‘kuriakee’), occurs only in this place and in First Corinthians 11:20, where it is applied to our Lord’s Supper. It properly means ‘pertaining to the Lord;’ and, so far as this word is concerned, it most appropriately means a day ‘pertaining to the Lord,’ in any sense, or for any reason; either because He claimed it as His Own, and had set it apart for His Own service; or because it was designed to commemorate some important event pertaining to Him; or because it was observed in honor of Him.”
Thus, this passage indicates that John was taken off “in the Spirit” on a “day,” “set apart” and “dedicated” to the service of our “Lord.” The fact that “Day of the Lord” in the First, Second, and Third centuries meant “Saturday,” or “Sabbath” and that “Day of the Lord” came to mean in latter history and historical setting, “Sunday,” or better, “First day of the week” in the latter centuries, plays a major part in the controversy of the Book of Revelation -- that of, Who do you “worship,” and “when,” or better, which day do you “worship” on? That John here meant the Biblical (Saturday) Sabbath is clear, unless you deny the fact that John was a Jew, who like the women at the cross of our Lord, “rested the Sabbath day according to the Commandment,” Luke 23:56.
Several major cities in John’s day (especially the ones he will soon be told to send letters to in Chapters 2 & 3) set up emperor worship in their temples as a token of their loyalty to Rome. In fact, emperor worship became compulsory. Citizens were also expected to participate in public events and pagan religious ceremonies. Because many Christians refused to participate in these practices, they faced trials and, at times, even martyrdom. Thus, it should not be too far of a stretch to see one day soon the coming setup of a compulsory system of worship for Sunday as the “day of the Lord.”
From AA:581.4 we read: “It was on the Sabbath that the Lord of glory appeared to the exiled apostle. The Sabbath was as sacredly observed by John on Patmos as when he was preaching to the people in the towns and cities of Judea. He claimed as his own the precious promises that had been given regarding that day.”
“The Lord’s day mentioned by John was the Sabbath, the day on which Jehovah rested after the great work of creation, and which He blessed and sanctified because He had rested upon it. The Sabbath was as sacredly observed by John upon the Isle of Patmos as when he was among the people, preaching upon that day. By the barren rocks surrounding him, John was reminded of rocky Horeb, and how, when God spoke His Law to the people there, He said, ‘Remember the Sabbath day, to keep it holy.’ ” RH, March 1, 1881 par. 12 (SDA’S Note: This is the ORIGINAL, not the changed AA); ML:259.2; RC:95.2; SL:74.2.
“Lord’s day” = Soon, Sunday, by the power of the Roman Catholic church then came to be called by the religious world, “The Day of the Lord;” then, “The Lord’s Day.” In Romanism, it became known as “The Dominical Day,” or “The Sunday,” or “The Lord’s Day.” This became an abuse of Revelation 1:10.
“The Lord’s day mentioned by John was the Sabbath, -- the day on which Jehovah rested after the great work of creation, and which he blessed and sanctified because He had rested upon it.” RH, March 1, 1881.
“great voice” = In Revelation 18:2, it depicts “a strong voice.”
In Revelation 1:10; 11:12; 16:1; 19:1; 21:3; it depicts “a great voice.”
In Revelation 5:2 & 12; 6:10; 7:2 & 10; 8:13; 10:3; 12:10; 14:7 & 9 & 15; 19:17; it depicts “a loud voice.”
All are in some accounts our Lord Jesus Christ Himself (except Revelation, Chapter 14, where they are listed as three separate “angels,” and in Rev. 6:10, where the martyred are pictured). The Greek is the same and should be consistently translated the same, i.e., “loud voice.” The Greek is, “Megas phone,” which correlates to our English word, “Megaphone.” The application, both in the Greek and in English is the same, that of carrying the emphasis that this “loud voice” is as “loud” as a voice can get; thus implying the urgency of the message.
1:12: “seven golden candlesticks” = This puts John in the Heavenly Sanctuary; in the Holy Place.
1:13: “clothed with a garment down to the foot” = In Jewish custom, a garment that covered ones entire body, was a wedding garment, and considered to be a robe of righteousness. The Scribes and Pharisees wore long garments to indicate “their” righteousness. By contrast, Christ wears this robe not just for Himself, but He wears it so that He can personally place it upon believers, to cover these persons with the robes of His righteousness. “And white robes were given unto every one of them.” Revelation 6:11 (see also Rev. 7:9 & 13). It reaches down to His feet and covers all the members of Christ’s body. From the lowest, as well as the more excellent; the weakest believer as well as the strongest.
“girt about the paps with a golden girdle” = A common priest never whore any gold, therefore this shows that Christ is our “High Priest,” not just any priest. However, the girdle of the High Priest was not golden, but only inwrought with gold (See Exo. 28:8). This shows the preeminence of This particular High Priest; the Antitype exceeding the type.
“paps” = The military girdle was worn about the waist (2Sa. 20:8; 1Ki. 2:5). However, according to the instructions for the garments of the High Priest, as given in Ezekiel 44:18, “they shall not gird themselves with anything that causeth sweat.” This can be rendered: “in sweating places,” as some Jewish writers interpret it. This serves to illustrate that the High Priests do not gird themselves in a place wherein they sweat. According to tradition, when they gird themselves, they do not gird neither below their loins, nor above their arm holes, but over against their arm holes. Thus, we can determine that “paps” equals the “breast” area. Josephus (“Antiqu.” l. 3. c. 7. sect. 2.) records that the High Priest’s garment was girt about the breast, a little below the arm holes. And the “Targum” (the Aramaic translation of the Bible) paraphrases it thus: “they shall not gird about their loins, but they shall gird about their heart.”
From SC:114; LHU:243 we read: “He is our Sacrifice, our Advocate, our Brother, bearing our human form before the Father’s throne, and through eternal ages One with the race He has redeemed -- the Son of man.”
1:15: “feet like unto fine brass” = According the “John Gills Notes on the Bible,” "An emblem of His stability and permanence, brass being considered the most durable of all metallic substances or compounds.”
1:16: “seven stars” = From RH, May 31, 1887, we read: “Here the ministers of righteousness are symbolized by the seven stars.”
“a sharp twoedged sword” = From AA:582 (see also RH, March 1, 1881) we read: “In His hand are seven stars, and out of His mouth issues a sharp two-edged sword, an emblem of the power of His Word.”
“His countenance was as the sun” = Christ is either your Redeemer or your enemy. As “the sun” melts ice, but hardens clay, so Christ will affect your choices in life.
In this particular instance of John’s vision of Christ in His Glory, “He bears no marks of His humiliation.” RH, March 1, 1881; SL:77.1; ST, February 5, 1885 par. 11.
However, at His appearing to the apostles after His resurrection, “In His Divine form they discern the marks of His humiliation,” 4SP:452.3; DD:46.2; FLB:347.5; GC88::636.1; GC:636.1; Hvn:26.1.
1:18: “liveth, and was dead; and, behold, I Am alive for evermore” = See Revelation 1:4 Note.
“hell and of death” = See my Revelation 20:14 Note. This would also indicate that the humanity of our Lord did suffer the Second Death.
1:19: “Write the things which thou hast seen, and the things which are, and the things which shall be hereafter” = The “things” that John “hast seen” was the glory of our Lord, as found in verses 10-18. The “things which are,” are our Lord’s descriptions, as found in verse 20, which includes “the seven churches,” which will be described in Chapters 2 and 3. The “things which shall be hereafter,” are found in the rest of the Book of Revelation.
1:20: “mystery” = Here is my First Corinthians Note: The Greek word for “mystery” used here is “musterion.” In Greek thought, a “mystery” is something that was once clouded with uncertainties, but is now known and revealed. For applications where the use of this Greek word and its concept is better seen, see Mark 4:11; Romans 11:25; 16:25; First Corinthians 2:7; Ephesians 1:9.
CHAPTER TWO
Revelation, Chapters 2 & 3:ALL: “unto the seven churches which are in Asia; unto Ephesus, and unto Smyrna, and unto Pergamos, and unto Thyatira, and unto Sardis, and unto Philadelphia, and unto Laodicea” = See my Bible Study & Chart: “REVELATION’S CHURCHES BREAKDOWN [UNDER SDA].”
An old German poem can sum up five of the seven Churches this way:
“You call Me eternal, then you do not seek Me.
You call Me fair, then you do not love Me.
You call Me gracious, then you do not trust Me.
You call Me just, then you do not fear Me.
You call Me life, then you do not choose Me.
You call Me light, then you do not see Me.
You call Me Lord, then you do not respect Me.
You call Me Master, then you do not obey Me.
You call Me merciful, then you do not thank Me.
You call Me mighty, then you do not honor Me.
You call Me noble, then you do not serve Me.
You call Me rich, then you do not ask of Me.
You call Me Savior, then you do not praise Me.
You call Me shepherd, then you do not follow Me.
You call Me the Way, then you do not walk with Me.
You call Me wise, then you do not take council of Me.
You call Me the Son of God, then you do not worship Me.
When I condemn you, then do not blame Me.”
2:1 & 2:8 & 2:12 & 2:18 & 3:1 & 3:7 & 3:14: “Unto the angel” = Just as Satan has his angels overlooking kingdoms -- “the prince of Tyrus” Ezekiel 28:2 & 12-15, and the “prince of the kingdom of Persia,” Daniel 10:13 & 20 -- so Christ has protecting angels over His Churches.
2:1: “Ephesus” = Ephesus means “Desirable.”
“seven stars. . . in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks” = This means that Christ is in the Holy Place, the first compartment, of the Heavenly Sanctuary. Jesus is also known as the One Who trims the wicks on “the seven golden candlesticks.” See John 15:1-6. He is also the One Who ensures that the Churches continue to bear fruit, or else!
From RH, May 31, 1887 we read: “He walks in the midst of the golden candlesticks. Thus is symbolized the relation of Christ to His Churches, and the stars are used to represent His ministers. He is represented as walking up and down among the golden candlesticks. He is in communion with His people. He knows their true state. He observes their order, their vigilance, their piety, and their devotion; and He takes pleasure in them if He sees these fruits manifest. Although Christ is Mediator in the Heavenly Sanctuary, yet He walks up and down in the midst of the Churches on earth. He goes about from Church to Church, from congregation to congregation, from soul to soul. He observes their true condition, -- that which is neglected, that which is in disorder, and that which needs to be done. He is represented as walking, which signifies unrest, wakefulness, and unremitting vigilance. He is observing whether the light of any of His sentinels, or candlesticks, is burning dim or going out. These under-shepherds may sleep, but He that keeps Israel neither slumbers nor sleeps. If these candlesticks were left to the charge of human powers, the flickering flame would languish and die. But He is the true watchman of the home, the sleepless Warden of the temple courts. The continual watch-care and presence and sustaining grace of Christ are the source of all light and life.”
2:2” “which say they are apostles, and are not” = Speaking of the “Nicolaitans,” verses 6 & 15. See my Notes there.
2:4: “thou hast left thy first love” = Good works are of no value if “thou hast left thy first love,” and one continues to stay in that state (see verse 5). The bottom line of anyone’s Salvation, in my opinion, is, Who do you Love? These are so busy in the business of the King that they didn’t have time for the King.
2:5 & 3:3: “Remember” = The Greek word here for “Remember” is “mnemoeuo,” which means literally, “Keep remembering.” The present imperative suggests a continuous and ongoing attitude or action. In the full Greek conception of this word “remembering,” is not simply a recalling, but constantly “bearing in mind.”
2:5: “will remove thy candlestick out of his place” = Here again is Sanctuary language. The implication is that these people have a place prepared for them in Heaven, a special ministry in the Heavenly Sanctuary itself. This loss thus implies a loss of Heaven itself and one’s life throughout eternity. Therefore, this is also a good verse to show that the “Once Saved Always Saved” doctrine is false. The reason is because these individuals surely are in a position of having a “candlestick” in its “place,” yet it can and will be taken out of its “place,” unless they “repent.” See my Bible Study: “ONCE SAVED ALSWAYS SAVED.”
2:5 & 2:7 & 2:11 & 2:16 & 2:17 & 2:21 & 2:22 & 2:26 & 3:3 & 3:5 & 3:12 & 3:19 & 3:21 & 11:7 & 13:7 & 17:14 & 21:7 (Mat. 4:17; Mark 1:15; Luke 5:32; 13:3; Acts 2:38; 3:19; 5:31; 11:18; 17:30; Rom. 2:4; 12:21; 2Pe. 3:9; 1Jo. 2:13 & 14; 4:4; to site a few): “repent” and “overcometh” = In regard to this repentance, the true Biblical concept of the word is that one “repent” and then, STOP repenting. In other words, first repent, and then “overcome repenting,” as expressed in Revelation 2:7: “To him that overcometh,” is given salvation. The form of the Greek verb “nikno,” implies that the person “continues to overcome,” or “continues to prevail and have the victory.” This is very much like Sanctification being the work of a lifetime.
It also must be rigorously noticed that it is only those who are willing and able to “overcome” that are the only ones who are allowed to have the right “to eat of the tree of life.” So how do you truly “overcome?” Revelation answers Its own admonition: “by the blood of the Lamb,” Revelation 7:14 & 12:11.
2:6 & 2:15: “Nicolaitans” = See my Bible Study: “NICOLAITANS, THE.” In a nut shell, from ST, February 25, 1897 we read: “But the doctrine is now largely taught that the Gospel of Christ has made the Law of God of no effect; that by ‘believing’ we are released from the necessity of being doers of the Word. But this is the doctrine of the Nicolaitans, which Christ so unsparingly condemned.”
2:7 & 2:11 & 2:17 & 2:29 & 3:6 & 3:13 & 3:22: “hear what the Spirit saith” = Discomfort is evidence of listening to the Holy Spirit (repentance). However, Satan’s portal is the eye: “the lust of the eyes,” First John 2:16; beginning in Genesis 3:6: “And when the woman saw that the tree was good for food, and that it was pleasant to the eyes.” “That the sons of God saw that the daughters of men that they were fair,” Genesis 6:2. While God’s portal is that still small voice.
2:8: “Smyrna” = Smyrna means “Myrrh,” which was a sweet-smelling herb used as a perfume, or incense; and even as medicine. It would be mixed with wine for that purpose. It was one of the Churches in which no rebukes were given to it; along with Philadelphia. It was a wealthy city, but also was a center of mandated emperor worship. Refusing to comply with this mandate could lead to the loss of legal status, persecution, and even to martyrdom. Which is why the instruction in Revelation 2:10 (see my Note).
The emperor Trajan, around 115 A.D., in a direct attack upon the Church of Smyrna, because they would not bow down to him, that he made Christianity illegal. And, it wasn’t until the “Edict of Milan” was issued in 313 A.D., that abolished the persecution of Christians. It was in B.C. 449, that Julius Caeser was saved by Jewish groups that helped him in battles against Mark Anthony. Therefore, a Roman provision was made that allowed Jewish people to not have to bow down to the Caeser’s.
“the First and the last, which was dead, and is alive” = Jesus, the Christ.
2:9: “synagogue of Satan” = This is co-existence with those who say they are Christians/Jews and are not.
2:10: “Fear none of those things which thou shalt suffer” = See my Revelation 1:9 Note.
“and ye shall have tribulation ten days” = Notice that we only have to endure for “ten days.” Most Bible scholars hold that “ten days” was the normal ancient expression for a relatively short period of time (see Gen. 24:55; 1Sa. 25:38; Acts 25:6). Therefore these “ten days” are a good representation of a period for the testing of the faithfulness and endurance of the individual, and or, it can also denote a probationary time in order to correct ones’ behavior (see 1Sa. 25:38; Dan. 1:12 & 14). Thus, the following injunction, “be thou faithful unto death.”
In regards to the day-for-a-year possible prophetic time period, there is the possibility that they are comprised with “the persecution under Diocletian, during which all the Asiatic Churches were grievously afflicted.” Adam Clarke’s Commentary On The Bible.
From “Wikipedia” we read: “In 303 {A.D.}, the Emperors Diocletian, Maximian, Galerius, and Constantius issued a series of edicts rescinding Christians’ legal right and demanding that they comply with traditional religious practices. Later edicts targeted the clergy and demanded universal sacrifice, ordering all inhabitants to sacrifice to the gods. The persecution varied in intensity across the empire -- weakest in Gaul and Britain, where only the first edict was applied, and strongest in the Eastern provinces. Persecutory laws were mollified by different emperors at different times, but Constantine and Licinius’s Edict of Milan (313) has traditionally marked the end of the persecution.”
Bottom Line: In regards to the “ten days” only, this could be a dual prophecy. You decide. However, in 313 A.D., this is when the persecution of Christianity stopped, via the “Edict of Milan,” just as Jesus predicted here, if you adhere to the year-for-a-day Biblical principle as I do.
“I will give thee a crown of life” = With emphasis again, I, and it is inferred here, that when you “overcome,” then our Lord “will give thee a crown of life.”
From ST, June 6, 1892 we read: “There will be no one saved in Heaven with a starless crown. If you enter, there will be some soul in the courts of glory that has found an entrance there through your instrumentality.”
2:11: “second death” = Eternally dead. This happens at the Third Coming of Christ. See my Bible Study: “CHRIST, COMINGS OF (SECOND & THIRD).” Revelation 20:14 is very clear that anyone “cast into the lake of fire” eventually dies forever.
2:12: “Pergamos” = Pergamos means, “High elevation.” Pergamum was the center of various pagan cults, including Zeus, Athena, the goddess of war, and the cult of Asclepius, the Greek god of medicine/healing, who was called “the Savior” and was represented by a serpent. People came from all over to the shrine of Asclepius to be healed. Pergamum had a leading role in promoting the cult of emperor worship, which, as in Smyrna, was compulsory. Is it therefore no wonder that Jesus said that the Christians in Pergamos lived in a city “where Satan’s seat is” and “where Satan dwelleth?” This is in spite of the conclusion (thus ordained) of the Jerusalem Council forbidding such activity as “abstain from things offered to idols,” “and from sexual immorality,” Acts 15:29.
A religion that became very popular in Rome, and became the most powerful, was a religion that goes all the way back to the time of Babylon. When the Persians conquered Babylon, its priests fled to the Greek empire, to a place called “Pergamum.” Then, in about B.C. 133, one of the last of the Kings there, called “Italiss the Third,” bequeathed the majority of the priesthood of these Babylonian priests to Rome. These priests were really hiding under a phony form of Greek religion. And within 100 years they became the cult of the Caesars.
Now, just so you better understand these people -- they worshiped the number “666;” they worshiped the sun; they worshipped the mother of god; they had holy water; they had priesthoods; and they even called their chief priests “Pontiffus Maximus,” which as you now know, is now a title of the Roman Catholic pope.
“He which hath the sharp sword with two edges” = That this is none other than Jesus, The Christ, see Revelation 1:16; 19:15 & 21 (see also Isa. 49:2 & Heb. 4:12). When Christ speaks it is as a “sharp sword” that is supposed to cuts to the convictions of one’s heart. See also Proverbs 12:18.
2:13: “where Satan’s seat is. . . where Satan dwelleth” = If we consider that Pergamos means, “High elevation,” consider that when Satan was tempting our Lord, he took Jesus to the “pinnacle of the temple,” Matthew 4:5, and “an exceeding high mountain,” Matthew 4:8. Plus, Zeus was the supreme god of gods, which is where his supreme temple (Pergamos) is placed.
Now we know that Darius, the king of Persia, defeated Babylon (Dan. 5:31). And under the leadership of Cyrus, who took over Babylon from Darius (Dan. 1:21; 6:28), and when Darius first conquered Babylon, according to history, in B.C. 520, Darius the First executed many of the priests of Babylon. Thus, the chief Chaldean pontiff and many of the leading priests of the false Babylonian gods, fled. See, “An Historical Connection Of The Old And New Testaments,” by Humphrey Prideaux, 1851 A.D. See pages 145 & 147 & 205-207. Why is this notable? They fled to the city of Pergamos; which explains how this city could easily become “where Satan’s seat is.”
However, anyone or city that gives itself over to corruption (sin), Satan is allowed by God to dwell there.
“Antipas” = “Anti” means “Opposed to,” or “against.” While “Pas” means “Papa,” or “Father.” Thus, we have, “Opposed to the Father.” Meaning, they were against God the Father when they martyred Antipas. It can also mean, “Against the fathers.” In other words, the laity was going against the leadership of the Church. In the literal Greek it can mean “In place of the Father.” In Greek, “Anti” means “In front.” For those who interpret it as “Against the Pope,” it just does not work in the Greek. However, since the Pope stands between you and the Father God, it could have a dual application. In reality, the Pope takes the stand of “Replacing Christ” with his doctrine in order to be saved.
In a side note, the Pope didn’t start calling himself “Pope” until around 450 A.D., with Pope Leo.
2:14: “the doctrine of Balaam” = Which is “a stumbling block.” According to Numbers 31:16, the Israelites were enticed by women. Wedded women and girlfriends of today may do the same to us. However, I believe it goes deeper than that. It was most likely advocated that a compromise with paganism was adapted into the Church in order to avoid persecution; for they ate “things sacrificed unto idols.” This would better allow them to fit into society without being noticed for any other of their activities. However, they also “commit[ed] fornication.” You are supposed to be married to Jesus. But when you rely upon any other method of being saved, you are committing spiritual adultery.
2:15: “doctrine of the Nicolaitans” = See my Revelation 2:6 Note. This Church held, or accepted “the doctrine of the Nicolaitans,” whereas, the Church of Ephesus did not (see verse 6).
2:16: “I will Come unto thee quickly” = Judgement language. See Isaiah 11:4 & Second Thessalonians 2:8. In a side note, under the Roman Empire Theodosius, in 390 A.D., Christianity became the official religion, replacing paganism. However, now it became popular to become a Christian in order to avoid persecution. Thus, there came into the Church an influx of false Christianity.
“with the sword of My mouth” = Jesus tells us how He is going to fight against these false doctrines entering into the Chrush. With the “sword.” In other words, with His Word, the Bible.
2:17: “hidden manna” = According to John 6:32-33, Christ is the “true manna,” that should not be “hidden.”
“white stone” = There is all kinds of conjecture as to what this could mean. In ancient times black or white stones were given in order to demonstrate pardon or acquittance. See Ovid, Metam, in his work, “lib. xv., ver. 41.” They were also given to conquerors in public games. However, with the mention of “hidden manna,” it is also suggested that these “stones” were used as an entrance ticket of admission to public feasts.
2:18: “Thyatira” = Thyatira means, “A perfume,” or “Sacrifice of Labor.” According to the “International Standard Bible Encyclopedia,” “in order to run a business or have a job, people in the Roman Empire had to belong to trade guilds. Thyatira was especially noted for enforcing this requirement. Guild members had to attend the guild festivals and participate in temple rituals, which often included immoral activities. Those who did not comply faced exclusion from the guilds and economic sanctions. For Christians at that time, that meant choosing between total compromise or total exclusion for the sake of the Gospel.” Thus, it will be in the end times when Christians who hold onto their faith will no longer be able to “buy or sell,” Revelation 13:17.
“flame of fire” = Christ sees to the depth of one’s soul; This is judgement language.
“brass” = Brass is known to be resistant to corrosion. It takes a high heat process to make it. Thus, Christ tries His people.
2:19: “thy works” = Notice the most important trait is “works.”
2:20: “Jezebel” = Jezebel is noted as being the evil wife of Ahab, King of Israel, who (Ahab through her influence) is credited for the introduction of the idolatrous worship of Ba-al and Astarte (1Ki. 16:31-33). Thus, Thyatira also becomes immoral through “sexual immorality.” An important thing to notice (for all of the Churches) is that persecution came from outside the Church; but immorality came (comes) from within the Church. In fact, later on (under Roman Catholicism) those who did not accept the corrupting influences of paganism coming into the Church were persecuted by Church members to the point of putting them to death or having the authorities but them to death. It is then that the true Church is said to take refuge in the “wilderness,” Revelation 12:6 & 13-14.
According to James 5:17, it did not rain for “three years and six months,” which equals 1260 years. This equals the reign of the Papacy.
“which calleth herself a prophetess” = The “Sinaiticus Manuscript” and the “Paris Manuscript” and the “Vulgate Latin Transcript,” all read as the “KJV;” but the “Alexandrinus” and “Vaticanus” Manuscripts read, “thy wife,” i.e., the wife of the presiding bishop. In other words, the “Alexandrinus” and “Vaticanus” Manuscripts lesson the influence of Jezebel to that of only her husband, while the true Manuscripts relate her influence to that of an entire nation, i.e., in regards to our Lords instruction here, not to just this Church of Thyatira, but to the entire world.
“a prophetess, to teach” = This “church” claims to speak for God and she teaches false doctrines, such that even God’s “servants” are seduced by her. In other words, know your Biblical doctrines. And I have found the best way to do that is to investigate others who present ideas separate from yours with their own Bible verses. This will either verify your doctrine and belief system, since they would be taking things out of context or manufacturing a new doctrine, or they would be challenging your belief system with truths you have not investigated.
Jezebel typically expresses some self-styled prophetess, or a set of false prophets (for the Greek feminine expresses collectively a multitude), as closely attached to the Thyatira Church as a wife is to a husband, and as powerfully influencing that Church for evil, as Jezebel did to her husband.
“to commit fornication, and to eat things sacrificed unto idols” = Notice also that the sins that are accredited to the Church of Thyatira (Rev. 2:18-29) are “to commit fornication, and to eat things sacrificed unto idols.” These are the same sins our Lord was upset about with the Church of Pergamos (Rev. 2:12-17) in verse 14, i.e., “to eat things sacrificed unto idols, and to commit fornication.” Therefore, we should take a serious look at these two sins.
The Greek word “eidolothuton” comprises the whole expression. This is the same word that is used, and rendered in four different ways as: “meats offered to idols,” in Acts 15:29; “things offered to idols,” in Acts 21:25; “things that are offered in sacrifice unto idols,” in First Corinthians 8:4; and as here in Revelation 2:20, “to eat things sacrificed unto idols,” uniformly meaning, “things sacrificed to idols.”
It must be remembered that the first instructions to the Church, which came out of the very first convention of the early Church at Jerusalem, was “that they abstain from pollutions of idols, and from fornication, and from things strangled, and from blood,” Acts 15:20; repeated in Acts 29: “That ye abstain from meats offered to idols, and from blood, and from things strangled, and from fornication.”
To partake of meat that had been offered to an idol was not normally an issue for a Jew (see Paul’s discourse in First Corinthians, Chapter 8), but, for the Gentile, refusal to partake of the idol-meats involved absence from public and private festivity, a withdrawal, in great part, from the social life of his time. Therefore, there must be a more spiritual aspect and underlying theme involved in this council, and that being a clear reference to abstain from worldly affairs and lusts.
The real controversy here was not over the temptation to Gentile Christians to do what in itself was harmless -- the partaking of meat that had been offered to an idol -- but that which involved the next step, that of being then led to the evil of participation in the pagan feasts. The eating of things sacrificed to idols was more and more a crucial test, involving a cowardly shrinking from the open confession of ones Christian’s faith. In times of persecution, tasting the wine of the libations, or eating meat offered to idols, was understood to signify recantation of Christianity. This is the same type of problem presented to Paul in regards to his counsel to Timothy with respect to circumcision. And my own personal famous dodge counsel on all of this is, “Time, place, and circumstances.”
“fornication” = In this warning against “fornication,” fornication is often connected to idolatry and is summed up in Paul’s counsel to the Corinthians, in First Corinthians 10:14: “Wherefore, my dearly beloved, flee from idolatry.” It must be recalled that it was Balaam’s counsel to Balak, that Balak should get some of the most beautiful women in his kingdom to entice the men of Israel and draw them into uncleanness, and then further into idolatry. Having therefore gone this far, committing whoredom with the daughters of Moab, they would then eat things sacrificed to idols and then bow down to Baal Peor (see Num. 25:1). Inducing professing Christians to attend those feasts where the meat had been sacrificed to idols, would thus lend their countenance towards idolatry, in that they were exposing themselves to all the corruption and licentiousness that commonly attended such celebrations. So it is with parties of our day wherein alcohol is present.
2:22: “I will cast her into a bed, and them that commit adultery with her into great tribulation, except they repent of their deeds” = The first “her” is Thyatira. While the second “her” is “that woman Jezebel,” verse 20. And the “them” is all conclusive to anyone else who ignores this instruction. We each have our own hardships, but they will be “greatly” multiplied if we follow the false doctrines presented in the service of Jezebel. Or in other words, the false churches.
Although it is a very good general rule that opposites are true in Scripture, i.e., if they “repent” they will NOT go “into great tribulation.” Speaking of Revelation 7:14 only, we know that the 144,000, in other words, a select few, will go “into great tribulation.” Therefore, this Scripture could be made to apply to all except them, for they have no sins for which they have not already repented of.
2:23: “I will kill her children” = The “I will kill her children” in this verse, is a clear reference to the Jezebel of verse 20 and how God in old time slaughtered her seventy children via Jehu (2Ki. 10:6-8). Therefore, do not put this action past the Lord of today.
2:24: “many as have not this doctrine” = It is because of these few that we have the persevered Word of God to this day.
“which have not known the depths of Satan” = One of the most profound statements in the Word of God. None know how deep Satan will go in order to entice you into wanting his lifestyle. The efforts that the Holy Spirit puts into forming you into the character of God is the same effort Satan puts into forming you into his character.
2:26: “I give power over the nations” = Only to the extent that “He shall rule [with] them,” verse 27.
2:27: “rod of iron; as the vessels of a potter” = Iron mixed with clay. Which could equal Pagan and Papal Rome mixed together. However, this would not fit into the time line. Because the 1260 years of Papal rule is supposedly referenced in verse 20.
“shivers” = Better, “pieces.” The Greek word is, “syntribo,” meaning, “to rub together; to shiver,” Mark 14:3; Revelation 2:27; “to break, break in pieces,” Mark 5:4; John 19:36; “to break down, crush, bruise,” Matthew 12:20; “to break the power of any one, deprive of strength, debilitate,” Luke 9:39; Romans 16:20.
2:28: “Morning Star” = According to Revelation 22:16, Jesus is the “Morning Star.”
In his 1987 Encyclical letter titled, “Redemptoris Mater; Encyplical letter,” March 25, 1987, the Catholic Pope John Paul II lists mother Mary as the “Mother Redeemer” and the “Morning Star.” In the encyclical “Fulgens Corona,” issued by Pope Pius XII, it and he states, “. . .there is nothing ‘more sweet, nothing dearer than to worship, venerate, invoke and praise with ardent affection the Mother of God conceived without stain of original sin.’ Continuing, “there exists a church in which the Virgin Mother of God is worshipped with more intense devotion, [and] thither. . . But let this holy city of Rome be the first to give the example, this city which from the earliest Christian era worshipped the Heavenly mother.” Notice “worshipped” three times. However, in the 2023 English edition, “worship” and “worshipped” is changed to “venerate” and “venerated.” But in Latin it is still “worship” and “worshipped.” This is in an effort to aline with Protestantism.
CHAPTER THREE
3:1: “Sardis” = Sardis means, “Peace and Joy.” Contrary to its meaning, there was too much “peace and joy,” in that it became lackadaisical, if you will. Thus, it received 7 rebukes. It was a city that was built on top of a steep hill and was considered nearly impregnable. It is stated of her that, “thou livest, and art dead.” The basic meaning would be that she had drifted into spiritual lethargy or complacency. One might consider this better than open apostasy as with Pergamos and Thyatira. But lethargy, eventually, if not corrected, as Jesus is attempting to awaken them to their condition now, will ultimately lead to spiritual death.
“the seven Spirits of God” = See my Revelation 1:4 Note.
“the seven stars” = “The seven stars are the angels of the seven churches,” Revelation 1:20.
“thou livest, and art dead” = This is better understood by reading TM:155 & SpTA01a:13: “Many have become lazy and criminally neglectful in regard to the searching of the Scriptures, and they are as destitute of the Spirit of God as of the knowledge of His Word. We read in the Revelation made to John, of some who had a name to live while they were dead. Yes, there are many such among us as a people, many who claim to be alive, while they are dead.”
3:2: “not found thy works perfect” = Meaning we are to perfect our Christian character. The collapse of the people of God won’t happen in a single decisive battle. Christian values will slowly erode by making compromises with their enemies. According to Psalm 135:18 we become like the things we worship.
3:3: “thou shalt not know what hour I will Come” = This implies that we can know with research, because this Church did not seem to care.
3:4 & 3:5 & 3:18: “(4) garments. . . white (5) white raiment (18) white raiment” = This is explained by seeing Revelation 19:8.
From 20MR:62-63 we read: “The white robes are the garments of Christ’s righteousness, and all who have this righteousness are partakers of the Divine nature.”
3:5: “He that overcometh” = Unless our suffering leads to repentance, it will accomplish no lasting good. Our repentance must be a holy desire to turn from sin, not just to escape from the pain. See Proverbs 28:13.
Here is my Numbers 10:14 Note: “let them deliver you” = It is bizarre that Israel would be worshipping the gods of the nations they had defeated. The greatest judgement that our God can give to us is to let us have our own way. See Romans 1:24 & 26 & 28, where we learn that “God gave them up” to their own lusts.
According to 19MR:384, “ ‘He that overcometh’ {is one who overcomes} (his own inherited and cultivated tendencies).” Jesus “proposes to remove from man the offensive thing that He hates, but man must co-operate with God in the work. Sin must be given up, hated, and the righteousness of Christ must be accepted by faith.” 5T:631.
“I will not blot out his name out of the Book of Life” = This means the false doctrine of “Once Saved Always Saved” is false. See Hebrews 12:1 and my Bible Study: “ONCE SAVED ALWAYS SAVED.”
3:7: “Philadelphia” = Philadelphia means, “Brotherly love.” Excavations indicate that Philadelphia was a center to which people came for health and healing. However, it was shaken by frequent earthquakes, because behind it are the volcanic cliffs to which the Turks have given the name of “Devitt,” or “inkwells.” Therefore, the city’s inhabitants eventually moved to the countryside, living in humble huts.
From the “ISBC” Bible Dictionary we learn: “It was in Asia Minor on the Cogamus River, 105 miles from Smyrna. There city produced a wine of whose excellence the celebrated Roman poet Virgil wrote. Philadelphia is not so ancient as many of the other cities of Asia Minor, for it was founded after B.C. 189 on one of the highways which led to the interior. Its name was given to it in honor of Attalus II, because of his loyalty to his elder brother, Eumenes II, king of Lydia.
“Still another name of the city was Decapolis, because it was considered as one of the ten cities of the plain. A third name which it bore during the 1st century A.D., was Neo-kaisaria; it appears upon the coins struck during that period. During the reign of Vespasian, it was called Flavia. Its modern name, ‘Ala-shehir,’ is considered by some to be a corruption of the Turkish words ‘Allah-shehir,’ meaning, ‘the city of god.’
“Philadelphia quickly became an important and wealthy trade center, for as the coast cities declined, it grew in power, and retained its importance even until late Byzantine times.”
“He that hath the key of David, He that openeth, and no man shutteth; and shutteth, and no man openeth” = This expression comes to us from Isaiah 22:22, where the “key of David” is the “key” of the king’s storehouse, wherein the prophet promises to Eliakim, under the symbol of the key of the house of David, the government of the whole nation; i.e., all the power of the king to be executed by the king as David’s deputy.
This metaphor is explained in Matthew 16:19: “And I will give unto thee the keys of the Kingdom of Heaven: and whatsoever thou shalt bind on earth shall be bound in Heaven: and whatsoever thou shalt loose on earth shall be loosed in Heaven.” A “key” was the emblem of authority and knowledge; the key of David is the regal right or authority of David. David could shut or open the kingdom of Israel to whomever he pleased. He was not bound to leave the kingdom even to his eldest son. He could choose whom he pleased to succeed him. The kingdom of the Gospel and the Kingdom of Heaven are at the disposal of Christ. He can shut against whom He will, and He can open to whom He pleases. If He shuts, no man can open. And if He opens, no man can shut.
3:8: “open door” = Our Lord was pleased with their “open door” policy. Jesus can trust this Church with the “key” because He knows their hearts and actions.
However, this may also have reference to their understanding of the Sanctuary Doctrine because of the mention of “the temple of my God,” in Revelation 3:12. This is in reference to the future event in 1844 when Christ will move into the Most Holy Place.
“little strength” = Very little political authority or influence; their strength is only as they continue to commit to Christ. It could also mean they had just enough strength to continue in their Christian walk.
“and hast kept My Word, and hast not denied My Name” = Is this not what our Lord seeks to testify of His people today, in the past, and for all time?
3:9: “synagogue of Satan” = See my Note in Revelation 2:9.
“which say they are Jews, and are not” = From WLF:12 we read: “God showed me that this class were professed Adventists, who had fallen away and ‘crucified to themselves the Son of God afresh, and put Him to an open shame.’ And in the ‘hour of temptation,’ which is yet to come, to show out everyone’s true character, they will know that they are forever lost, and overwhelmed with anguish of spirit, they will bow at the saint’s feet.”
“worship before your feet” = See Isaiah 60:14.
3:10: “the Word of My patience” = The more we associate with God’s “Word” the more we have comfort and relax into “patience” when persecuted or tempted.
“I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation” = Let’s look at what Rapture Theorists are ignoring. “Because thou hast kept.” This implies a “CONDITION” and thus a partial Rapture, which Rapture Theorists do not teach. Also ignoring that this was told specifically to the Philadelphian Church, and since no one was Raptured then, what is the application to a future, dual application Rapture later? Revelation 2:10 talks about suffering tribulation. Therefore, the “keep thee from the hour of temptation” must apply to, you will have the power of Christ in you (Col. 1:27), in order to endure the “temptation.” John 17:15 states, “I pray not that thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that thou shouldest keep them from the evil.” The Greek for “keep” is “G5083; tereo,” which is the same “keep” as in Revelation 3:10, meaning, to “preserve,” not to take them out of the world. And Revelation confirms this in 7:14: “These are they which came out of [not taken out of] great tribulation.” See also Mathew 24:29; Mark 13:24; then see my Bible Study, “RAPTURE THEORY, THE.”
“them that dwell upon the earth” = This statement occurs here and in Revelation 11:10 & 13:8, and they all carry with them the same connotation, in that these people have chosen earth as their place of abode, both in this life and the life to come. They are earth dwellers; never leaving nor not loving earth.
3:12: “the Name of My God. . . the name of the city of My God. . . My new Name” = We are given “the name of the city of” God, “which is New Jerusalem.” But we are not given the Name of His God. Or better, which name of God we are to be given, since there are many (See my Bible Study: “GOD, THE NAMES OF”). Nor are we given Christ’s new Name. We will just have to wait in order to find out what that Name is and means. In fact, since we are given “the name of the city of” God, and not given the other two, is a clear indication that He could have told us the other two but choose not to at this time.
3:14: “Laodiceans” = “Lao” means, “People,” while “dicea” means, “decide.” Thus, it turns into the phrase, “People Deciding.” They were so happy with themselves that they began to forget the God that had given them everything they owned. It was a wealthy city; in that it was situated on a major trade road. It was famous for its woolen manufacturing industry and its banks which held vast quantities of gold. It also had a medical school which produced eye salve (see verse 18).
“The message to the Laodiceans is applicable to Seventh-day Adventists who have had great light and have not walked in the light. It is those who have not kept in step with their Leader, that will be spewed out of His mouth unless they repent.” 2SM:66.
“The message to the Church of the Laodiceans is a startling denunciation, and is applicable to the people of God at the present time.” RH, September 16,1873.
“Amen” = The Greek is “G281; amen,” meaning “of a truth,” which comes from the Hebrew route, “H543; amen.” See Numbers 5:22.
“the Beginning of the creation of God” = Here is my Colossians 1:16 Note: “principalities” = The Greek word used here for “principalities” is “G746; arche,” which means Jesus also created “rulers, commanders, leaders, superiors, chiefs, supervisors,” over Heavenly beings. Thus, in that sense, Satan was also considered to be an “archangel.” That Jesus is the “G746; arche” over all creation is seen in this Greek words use in Revelation 3:14, where “beginning” should have been translated as “Arche; Ruler, Commander, Leader, Superior, Chief, Supervisor.”
Thus, the Greek word rendered “beginning” is “G746; arche,” and can have a variety of meanings, such as “head; chief; beginning [as in point of time]; origin; source;” or “ruler.” “Arche” can be used passively or actively which helps define how it is to be translated. And the context of this verse forces us to translate “Arche” as either “source [The Source],” “origin [The Originator],” “Author [The Author],” “Ruler [The Ruler],” “Parent [The Parent],” or “Producer [The Producer].” He is NOT first in rank as of being created; but the Creator Himself.
The doctrine that Christ was “the first of creatures,” was first promoted by the Arians, and continued on through Unitarians now. Since elsewhere the Bible states that Christ is the Creator of all things (John 1:3,10; Eph. 3:9; Col. 1:16-17; Heb. 1:2), the meaning becomes clear that Christ is the “head” or rather, the Architect of creation, in that in Him creation had its “beginning.” He Himself states that He is the “Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last,” Revelation 21:6; 22:13. He is the source whence all things have their origin, for “All things were made by Him; and without Him was not any thing made that was made,” John 1:3; Hebrews 1:2. Unless He existed prior, He could not have exercised the creation of Himself either. And as it is Christ Who is Head over all things in and pertaining to the Church (as the counsel to all of the Churches would suggest), therefore the Churches would not exist without Him. All creation would not be represented in the Book of Revelation and the Bible as a whole, pictured here as adoring Him, if He were but one of themselves, not deserving of worship.
3:16: “lukewarm” = The problem with Laodicea is the same as that of Sardis, in that they also drifted into spiritual lethargy or complacency. Since the city lacked water, it was supplied through an aqueduct that came from the hot springs at Hierapolis. The source was distant from Laodicea, so the water became lukewarm by the time it got there. And just like the water that reached the city, they were neither refreshingly “cold nor hot,” but “lukewarm.”
“Those who separate from God and lose their spirituality, do not fall back all at once into a state which the true Witness calls lukewarm. They conform to the world little by little. As its influence steals upon them, they fail to resist it and maintain the warfare. After the first step is taken to have friendship with the world, darkness follows and they are prepared for the next. At every step they take in the downward course darkness gathers about them, until they are enshrouded. As they conform to the world they lose the transforming influence of the Spirit of God. They do not realize their distance from God. They think themselves in good case because they profess to believe the truth. They grow weaker and weaker, until the Spirit of God is withdrawn, and God bids his angels, Let them alone! Jesus spues them out of His mouth. He has borne their names to His Father; He has interceded for them, but He ceases His pleadings. Their names are dropped, and they are left with the world. They realize no change. Their profession is the same. There has not been so glaring a departure from the appearance of right. They had become so assimilated to the world that when Heaven’s light was withdrawn they did not miss it.” RH, November 26, 1861.
“spue thee out of My mouth” = From 1SAT:114; 1888M:346 we read: “He becomes so disgusted with them that He will not take their names into His mouth to present them to the Father.”
“poor, and blind, and naked” = Poor, having no spiritual riches, no holiness of heart. Blind, the eyes have no understanding, being darkened, so that they/we do not see their/our state. Naked, without the image of God, not being clothed with holiness and purity.
3:18: “gold. . . white raiment. . . eyeslave” = From 1MR:350; 1SM:358; 3T:254; 4T:88; 5T:233; 7BC:965-966; DA:280; FLB:205; FW:23 & 84; HS:138; LHU:326; OHC:351; RH, September 16, 1873; RH, July 24, 1888; RH, April 1, 1890; YI, April 22, 1897; we learn that:
Gold (“that thou mayest be rich” with) = Pure Faith and the Divine Love of God.
White Raiment (“that thou mayest be clothed” with) = Purity of Character; Righteous of Christ; Spotless Character; Righteousness of the Saints, Revelation 19:8.
Eye Salve (“that thou mayest see” your wretchedness and start) = Discernment between Good and Evil and the Grace of God and Detection of Sin.
What is interesting to note is that John’s then readers would have associated this “eyeslave,” with the Greek, “agorasai,” which was the name for a famous Phrygian powder for the eyes made in Laodicea at that time. Horace, describing his Burundian journey, relates how, at one point, he was troubled with inflamed eyes, and anointed them with black eye-salve from Laodicea (Nigra Collyria. Sat., i., v., 30). Juvenal, describing a superstitious woman, states: “If the corner of her eye itches when rubbed, she consults her horoscope before calling for salve,” made and from Laodicea (Collyria; vi., 577).
3:20: “knock” = As the English affirms, and as the Greek is even more specific, this “knock[ing]” is in the “present tense.” The Greek is even more intensified and to the point, in that it is suggestive of an ongoing action of continual “knock[ing].”
“sup with Him” = This is most likely a hint to “the marriage supper of the Lamb,” as expressed in Revelation 19:9.
3:21: “My throne, even as I also overcame, and Am set down with My Father in His throne” = See my Bible Study: “THRONES, GOD’S.”
“The reward is not given to all who profess to be followers of Christ, but to those who overcome, even as He overcame. We must study the life of Christ, and learn what it is to confess Him before the world. No one can confess Christ unless the mind and Spirit of Christ are in him.” RH, April 22, 1862.
CHAPTER FOUR
4:1: 4:1: “After these things. . . I will show you things which must take place after this” = That is, after the vision for the “seven Churches” at that time and beyond, Jesus is now giving a new vision for future events.
“a door was opened in Heaven” = In the Greek Old Testament, the” Septuagint,” or as it is also referred to, the “LXX,” the Greek word used for “door” is “thura,” and occurs over two hundred times in it; many of them relating directly to the Sanctuary Temple “door.” Thus, the “door” through which John watched the interior of the throne room was most likely the “door” of the Heavenly Sanctuary, as the context of John’s vision of him being in, or seeing the Heavenly Sanctuary has been so far and also in the future.
“voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet” = According to Revelation 1:10-11 this “great voice, as of a trumpet,” would be none other than Jesus Christ, our Lord.
“voice” = In Revelation 18:2, it depicts “a strong voice.”
In Revelation 1:10; 11:12; 16:1; 19:1; 21:3; it depicts “a great voice.”
In Revelation 5:2 & 12; 6:10; 7:2 & 10; 8:13; 10:3; 12:10; 14:7 & 9 & 15; 19:17; it depicts “a loud voice.”
All are in some accounts our Lord Jesus Christ Himself (except Revelation, Chapter 14, where they are listed as three separate “angels”). The Greek is the same and should be consistently translated the same, i.e., “loud voice.” The Greek is, “Megas phone,” which correlates to our English word, “Megaphone.” The application, both in the Greek and in English is the same, that of carrying the emphasis that this “loud voice” is as “loud” as a voice can get; thus implying the urgency of the message.
4:2: “I was in the Spirit” = This implies a different time period and session in which John was taken in vision, i.e., this is a different vision then the Revelation 1:10 vision.
4:4 & 4:10 & 5:5-6 & 5:8-9 & 5:11 & 5:14 & 7:11 & 11:16 & 19:4 & 22:9: “four and twenty elders” = The “four and twenty elders” must be risen saints (possibly the ones at Christ’s resurrection, see Mat. 27:52-53 and Eph. 4:8) for they are not angels or Heavenly beings. Here is my reasoning:
1) The 24 elders are/could only be “redeemed,” saints according to Revelation 5:8-9.
2) Although this is not all conclusive, the fact that neither Ezekiel, Daniel, Isaiah, nor any other Prophet who was taken to, or saw the sights of Heaven, when they were there, they never mention the 24 elders. Therefore, this is a good indication that the 24 elders were taken to Heaven after their visions. In other words, most likely at the resurrection of Christ.
3) Angels are never referred to or called “elders” in either the Bible or Jewish literature. Nor are they referred to as being “redeemed,” Revelation 5:8-9.
4) Angels are also never described as having “seats,” Revelation 4:4, while around God’s throne (see Rev. 4:6 & especially Rev. 5:11 & 7:11), but rather, standing in His presence, “round about the throne,” Revelation 5:11. What is interesting to note is that these “seats” are actually “thrones,” the Greek word being “thron-os,” because it is the same Greek word used to describe the “throne” of God (See Rev. 1:4; 3:21; etcetera). Since, understandably, the “KJV” translators were not able to give the 24 elders the same elevation as that of our God, they therefore translated this Greek word as “seats” instead of “thrones.”
5) This may or may not be true, but it is the redeemed only who are said to “cast their crowns,” Revelation 4:10; 2SAT:49; 7BC:988; DA:131; HP:216; PUR, November 20, 1902; RH, August 5, 1890; RH, November 11, 1902; RH, October 28, 1909; while never angles or other beings are said to perform this act.
6) Another consideration is that men are in Heaven because they were in a position to open the “Book” of seven seals, but could not. If we go to Revelation 5:3-5; noticing in particular verse 5, that it is an “elder” that approaches John; not any other type of Heavenly being.
7) Another reason that these 24 elders are redeemed men and not Heavenly beings, is found in an interesting observation in Revelation 5:14, in that the “four beasts said, Amen,” while “the four and twenty elders fell down and worshipped,” Jesus; even though I note that they all fall down before the Lamb in Revelation 5:8.
8) That these are raised saints -- human beings and not Heavenly beings -- is because they are symbolic in reality, in that they represent those saints who (futuristic) will be raised because of the redeeming sacrifice of our Lord (His “first fruits” if you will).
9) Referring to the Old Testament, where king David set up the division of 24 priests to perform services dutiful for the Sanctuary services throughout the year (see 1Ch. 23:24-Chapter 24), since the “four and twenty elders” are in the Heavenly Sanctuary (Rev. 4:5; etcetera), why couldn’t they be the twenty-four divisions of service that the temple priests performed throughout the year in the earthly Sanctuary, raised with Christ for this purpose in the Heavenly Sanctuary?
10) Since the 24 elders are taken “out of every kindred, and tongue, and people, and nation,” Revelation 5:9, they are positively identified as not being from any Heavenly being source. Therefore it is worthy of note, that they are not all Jewish, but definitely “redeemed” from all divisions of mankind.
11) In looking at Revelation 22:9, we can see that this personage also identifies as being from the same personage as John, i.e., not a Heavenly being.
12) According to Revelation 19:10, this “fellowservant,” i.e., same as John, has also “the spirit of prophecy,” as does John. Meaning, the 24 elders may all be prophets.
“clothed in white raiment” = The term “clothed in white raiment,” Revelation 4:4, cannot be exclusively used as applying to only the “four and twenty elders,” for the mention of angels in “white” is also depicted as them being in “white linen,” in Revelation 15:6. And although being clothed in “white” is mentioned of the redeemed in Revelation 3:5 & 18; 6:11; 7:9, 13-14; 19:8, it appears that once you are in Heaven, all are “clothed in fine linen, white and clean,” Revelation 19:14.
Something important to notice is that “the elders” have the privilege of, along with “the four beasts,” standing “in the midst of the throne,” Revelation 5:6. They also must have access to the Heavenly Sanctuary, because they carry with them “golden vials full of odours, which are the prayers of saints,” Revelation 5:8. Therefore, according to my favorite Bible Commentator: “As we were about to enter the temple, Jesus raised His lovely eyes and said, Only the one hundred and forty-four thousand enter this place, and we shouted Alleluia.” LS80:217. How is it then that the “four and twenty elders” seem to have access to it, unless her statement has applied to it, “Time, place, and circumstances?”
As mentioned before, I believe there is a certain significance behind the number “24.” The reason is, based upon the priestly structure established by our Lord in the services to be performed for the earthly temple, twenty-four heads of households where required for duty in the annual priestly roster of the Temple. In looking at First Chronicles, Chapter 24, we see that this Chapter lists the divisions of the priests on duty in the Temple. Therefore, these “four and twenty elders” are only the makeup, or type in the Heavenly Sanctuary, as opposed to the antitype of the earthly Sanctuary.
4:5: “lightnings and thunderings and voices” = This is just a representation of the majesty of God and was first magnified and given in Exodus 19:16. This majesty is futuristically displayed in Revelation 8:5; 11:19; 16:18. Thunders, lightnings, and earthquakes usually occur when God manifests His presence in what capacity? “Judgment” (see Isa. 29:6).
See my Bible Study & Chart: “REVELATIONS PLAGUES” & “REVELATIONS PLAGUES CHART [Via E-Mail].”
“seven lamps” = Means that we are in the Holy place of the Heavenly Sanctuary.
“the seven Spirits of God” = See my Revelation 1:4 Note.
4:6: “sea of glass” = Could it be that just as the “Laver” represented the cleansing of the priests before entering into the Sanctuary on earth, so also the “sea of glass” represents the redeemed as being cleansed by the blood of Jesus before they enter into the Sanctuary in Heaven?
“four beasts full of eyes before and behind” = There are some very interesting things to note about these “four beasts.” First of all, they are not the later “beasts” of the Book of Revelation who are of a persecuting nature (as we shall see), nor do they demand “worship” as do the later “beasts.” They are however, the same as found in Ezekiel’s vision in Ezekiel 1:6-10 and 10:14, for they, in his vision, also are “full of eyes all around, Ezekiel 10:12. Also, these “four beasts” are always in proximity to the throne (as in Ezekiel’s vision). See this verse and Revelation 5:6; 14:3.
They are also constantly engaged in worshiping and praising God (see Rev. 4:8-9; 5:8-9 & 14; 7:11-12; 19:4). And since Ezekiel has proclaimed them to be, and definitely identifies them as being “cherubims,” Ezekiel 10:20-22, so should we (See my Bible Study, “ANGELS”). However, Isaiah tells us of “seraphims” which cry “Holy, holy, holy,” Isaiah 6:2-3, just as these do. Therefore, it could be that they are comprised of both. For it is also to be noted that in all three accounts their wings are mentioned. The Books of Isaiah and Revelation mention “six” (Isa. 6:2; Rev. 4:6), while Ezekiel mentions them as having “four” (Eze. 1:6). This could also be explained, in that Ezekiel saw “cherubims,” while Isaiah and John saw “seraphims.”
The proximity of the “four beasts” to the thrown in all three accounts, suggests of them being the “cherubim” associated with the “Ark of the Covenant,” with their “wings,” Isaiah 6:2; Ezekiel 1:6; Revelation 4:6, being stretched over the mercy seat (Exo. 25:18-21; 1Ki. 6:23-28). And God is often pictured in Scripture as being seated upon the “throne” between the “cherubim,” Second Kings 19:15; Psalm 80:1; 99:1; Isaiah 37:16.
4:7: “And the first beast was like a lion, and the second beast like a calf, and the third beast had a face as a man, and the fourth beast was like a flying eagle” = Compare this list with the list in Ezekiel 10:14: “And every one had four faces: the first face was the face of a cherub, and the second face was the face of a man, and the third the face of a lion, and the fourth the face of an eagle.” “Man, “eagle,” and “lion” match, but “calf” and “cherub” do not. That “calf” is a good translation of the Greek word “moschos,” and that “cherub” is a good translation of the Hebrew word “kerub,” is without doubt. Therefore, you figure it out when you get there. The Hebrew word “kerub” is also equivalent to its plural form, “cherubs.” Thus, this verse makes it clear that angles can be hard to define as to what their faces look like; while their bodies seem to be identified regularly to that of mankind’s.
In addition, according to Ezekiel 10:28, these creatures (or this creature) are/is in the “likeness of the glory of the Lord.” And in Ezekiel 10:20, we are told specifically what they are, i.e., “I knew that they were the cherubims.”
The list in Ezekiel 1:10, is also a little different: “As for the likeness of their faces, they four [all four] had the face of a man, and the face of a lion [only], on the right side: and they four [all four] had the face of an ox on the left side; they four [all had] also had the face of an eagle.” Are you confused yet? Let’s get to Heaven so we can see them for ourselves.
4:8: “Holy, holy, holy” = This is my Isaiah 6:3 Note: “Holy, holy, holy” = Could it be that the reason there are “three” “Holies” used, is because of the first one is used for the “Father,” the second one is used for the “Son,” and the third one is used for the “Holy Spirit?”
However, “The crowning glory of Christ’s attributes is His holiness. The angels bow before Him in adoration, exclaiming, ‘Holy, holy, holy, Lord God Almighty.’ ” CT:402.2.
“God Almighty” = Here is my Genesis 28:3 Note: “I saw that God’s Holy Name should be used with reverence and awe. The words God Almighty are coupled together and used by some in prayer in a careless, thoughtless manner, which is displeasing to Him. Such have no realizing sense of God or the truth, or they would not speak so irreverently of the great and dreadful God, Who is soon to judge them in the last day. Said the angel, ‘Couple them not together; for fearful is His name.’ Those who realize the greatness and majesty of God, will take His name on their lips with holy awe. He dwelleth in light unapproachable; no man can see Him and live. I saw that these things will have to be understood and corrected before the Church can prosper.” EW:122.
“which was, and is, and is to come” = See my Revelation 1:4 Note.
4:10: “four and twenty elders” = See my Revelation 4:4 Note.
CHAPTER FIVE
5:ALL: In this Chapter is presented the “Lion of the tribe of Juda,” verse 5, showing that Christ is the victorious Overcomer for mankind, while the figure of the “Lamb as it had been slain,” verse 6, shows how He did it. This is also the Chapter that sets up Christ as a King. We have already seen Him as a Priest; therefore, He is now to be presented as the Kingly Priest, just as “Melchizedek,” i.e., “Thou art a priest for ever after the order of Melchizedek,” Psalm 110:4; Hebrews 6:20; 7:17 (see also Heb. 7:1-3 & 11).
“The fifth Chapter of Revelation needs to be closely studied. It is of great importance to those who shall act a part in the work of God for these last days. There are some who are deceived. They do not realize what is coming on the earth. Those who have permitted their minds to become beclouded in regard to what constitutes sin are fearfully deceived. Unless they make a decided change they will be found wanting when God pronounces judgment upon the children of men. They have transgressed the Law and broken the Everlasting Covenant, and they will receive according to their works.” 9T:267.1.
5:1: “a book” = This most likely is The Book Of Remembrance.
“There in His [God The Father] open hand lay the book, the roll of the history of God’s providences, the prophetic history of nations and the Church. Herein was contained the Divine utterances, His authority, His Commandments, His Laws, the whole symbolic counsel of the Eternal, and the history of all ruling powers in the nations. In symbolic language was contained in that roll the influence of every nation, tongue, and people from the beginning of earth’s history to its close.” 9MR:7.2; 12MR:296.3; 13LtMs, Lt 65, 1898, paragraph 17; 20MR:197.2.
“When Pilate washed his hands, saying, ‘I am innocent of the blood of this just person,’ the priests joined with the ignorant mob in declaring passionately, ‘His blood be on us, and on our children.’ Matthew 27:24 & 25. {COL:293.3}.
“Thus the Jewish leaders made their choice. Their decision was registered in the Book which John saw in the hand of Him that sat upon the throne, the Book which no man could open. In all its vindictiveness this decision will appear before them in the day when this Book is unsealed by the Lion of the tribe of Judah.” COL:293.3-294.1.
Or: Just what is this “Book” that was “sealed,” Revelation 5:1, in this Chapter? It is the “Title Deed To This Earth.” And since Christ Messiah has purchased it with His “blood,” verses 6 & 9, He has the right to own it. Seven “seals” are upon this “Book” (Rev. 5:1). And these “seals,” when they are opened, they describe what is to take place upon this earth. Thus, it is the “Title Deed To This Earth.”
Second Corinthians 4:4, teaches us that Satan is “the god of this world.” Whereas First Corinthians 10:26, teaches us that “the earth is the Lord’s.” Therefore, Satan must be a thief, who has stolen this earth, and has possession of it. Just like a thief steals your acreage and has possession of it, but does not own it. He then attempts to sell your acreage back to you (in our case to Jesus). You state, “I already own it.” He states, “Prove it, I’m in possession of it.” You then go through the process of obtaining a copy of the “deed” with your name on it (i.e., Christ’s Name). This is what is taking place here in the beginning (verses 1-9) of this Chapter.
This would be an example of the “CODE OF CRIMINAL PROCEDURE,” TITLE 1. CODE OF CRIMINAL PROCEDURE, CHAPTER 47. DISPOSITION OF STOLEN PROPERTY, Art. 47.01. SUBJECT TO ORDER OF COURT. “(a) Except as provided by Subsection (b), an officer who comes into custody of property alleged to have been stolen shall hold it subject to the order of the proper court only if the ownership of the property is contested or disputed.”
“on the backside” = From “Vincent’s Word Studies,” we read: “Indicating the completeness of the Divine counsels contained in the Book. Rolls written on both sides were called “opistographi.”
Moreover, from “Robertson’s Word Pictures,” we learn: “Usually these papyrus rolls were written only on the inside, but this one was so full of matter that it was written also on the back side (opisthen), and so was an opisthographon like that in Eze. 2:10.”
It would also indicate that this particular document is very important. Just as important as were “the two tablets of the testimony,” as in Exodus 32:15, which were written “on the front and back.”
In a side note, it is also quite possible that the scroll was a so-called “double document,” which was an expression of a form well known and widely used in the timing of the Bible at this point, i.e., John’s Day. The inner portion was sealed and could be open only by the breaking of the seal, or, as in Revelations case, seals, plural. The making of more than one seal on one document being a common practice. Just as we put more than one lock on import valves so that no one man can decide to open it. The reason I mention this is because if this “Book” here in Revelation, Chapter Five, is represented also as a “double document,” then it would help us to better explain the role of the opening of the seals later on in Revelation, Chapters 12, and onward, for we have “seven seals” which we must open and explore. The difference being, Christ is all powerful and all responsible enough to be accountable as the only One Personage that can open this “Book” without another being needed to verify Christ’s actions.
“right hand” = See my Revelation 5:7 Note.
“sealed” = Sealing a scroll, book, or document involves two basic concepts. The ONE is that there is an authenticity, validity, or ratification going on. Never to be forgotten that there is also an Authority Figure behind it. In other words, the parchment is confirmed as being true by all of the authorities. In this case, Christ. SECONDLY, and more to my point of Bible Study, this “seal” is only used or established (after concept ONE has been enacted) as a storage point. In other words, until an appointed time. And in Revelation, Chapter Five, we have come to that appointed time, i.e., the preparatory and anticipated time which precludes the opening of the seals of which the Prophet Daniel spoke of (Dan. 12:4 & 9); in the Book of Daniel, it was “sealed,” in the Book of Revelation, we will now open it. It will remain no longer stay sealed after the coronation of our Lord takes place. Now one can see that understanding that our Lord is a God of order (Exo. 39:37; 40:4 & 23) helps us better to understand the Book of Revelation. Not order of events, but Godly cleanliness and organization.
5:2: “strong angel” = This is my Psalm 103:20 Note: “His angels, that excel in strength” = This may or may not be an all-inclusive expression given to “all” of the angelic host, as evidenced by Revelation 5:2.
“a loud voice” = In Revelation 18:2, it depicts “a strong voice.”
In Revelation 1:10; 11:12; 16:1; 19:1; 21:3; it depicts “a great voice.”
In Revelation 5:2 & 12; 6:10; 7:2 & 10; 8:13; 10:3; 12:10; 14:7 & 9 & 15; 19:17; it depicts “a loud voice.”
All are in some accounts our Lord Jesus Christ Himself (except Revelation, Chapter 14, where they are listed as three separate “angels,” and in Rev. 6:10, where the martyred are pictured). The Greek is the same and should be consistently translated the same, i.e., “loud voice.” The Greek is, “Megas phone,” which correlates to our English word, “Megaphone.” The application, both in the Greek and in English is the same, that of carrying the emphasis that this “loud voice” is as “loud” as a voice can get; thus implying the urgency of the message.
5:3: “under the earth” = Here is my Philippians 2:10 Note: The true meaning in this context is “all inclusive,” as opposed to a literal location. In other words, every being (not just on earth) is included in the Commandment. However, here is my Exodus 20:4 Note: According to Psalms 24:2 & 33:7 what is “under the earth” is “water.” Therefore, although “water” is essential for the existence of life on earth, it should not be worshiped; such as the Egyptians worshiped the Nile River.
5:4: “man” = Notice that one of the qualifications for the only being that could open the Book is that the being must be a “man.” Thus, John was looking to the “four and twenty elders,” Enoch, Moses, Elijah, or the “many bodies of the saints which slept [who] arose,” in Matthew 27:52 (see also verse 53) with our Lord, or others we do not know of, to open the Book. He had forgotten, seeing how he was weeping, that Jesus, our redeemer, as the “God/Man,” was more than worthy to represent “man [-kind]” and open the Book.
“worthy to open” = This personage must be holy.
5:5: “Lion of the tribe of Judah” = This title comes all the way down to us from Genesis 49:9, where Jacob observes the future actions of his son Judah as that of a “lion.”
“Root of David” = This is another identification mark of Christ. This title goes back to Isaiah 11:1, which declares that “there shall come forth a rod out of the stem of Jesse, and a Branch shall grow out of his roots.” A “root” is an origin of a new shoot from which a stem will grow. In this case, John is referring to Jeremiah who spoke of this as being in the future when God will fulfill His promise and “(5) will raise unto David a righteous Branch, and a King shall reign and prosper, and shall execute judgment and justice in the earth. (6) In his days Judah shall be saved, and Israel shall dwell safely: and this is His name whereby He shall be called, THE LORD OUR RIGHTEOUSNESS.” Jeremiah 23:5-6. See also Jeremiah 33:14-16. And Zechariah also prophesied of this branch in Chapter 6, verses 12-13. Why didn’t John just say: “My Lord Jesus?” Because this Book is for all mankind throughout all time periods; not just Jews.
In these passages, the concept of David’s posterity and perpetuity sitting and reigning upon the throne, as conveniently promised in Second Samuel 7:12-16, is fulfilled in this “Lion,” this “Branch,” this “Root of David,” in the Descendant of David, which is the Messiah. This is well seen in Luke 1:32-33, and the many occurrences of the Gospel writers expressing, “the son of David,” in reference to Jesus. Also, Paul particularly expressly cites Isaiah 11:10 as having been fulfilled in Christ in Romans 15:12.
Therefore, what we have learned is that John has presented Jesus in the beginning of this principal prophetic part of the Book of Revelation, here in Chapter Five (and, as we shall learn, he presents Him in the end of this prophetic Book, in Chapter 22, verse 16, which is meant to show us), that the Old Testament promises and prophecies have been fulfilled in Christ, the Messiah. Therefore, whatever is prophesied in this Book will also be fulfilled.
5:5-6 & 5:8-9 & 5:11 & 5:14: “elders” = See my Revelation 4:4 Note.
5:6: “beasts” = See my Revelation 4:6 Note.
“Lamb as it had been slain” = From AA:589 we read: “The Saviour is presented before John under the symbols of the ‘Lion of the tribe of Judah,’ and of a ‘Lamb as it had been slain.’ These symbols represent the union of omnipotent power and self-sacrificing love. The Lion of Judah, so terrible to the rejecters of His grace, will be the Lamb of God to the obedient and faithful. . . The arm strong to smite the rebellious will be strong to deliver the loyal.”
And from HP:78 we read: “In our behalf He presents before His Father the marks of the crucifixion which He will bear throughout eternity.”
Also, from HP:299 and the North Pacific Union Gleaner, March 16, 1910; we read: “Throughout eternity He will bear in His hands the prints of the cruel nails by which He was transfixed to the cross of Calvary. These will ever bear witness to the sufferings He endured in order that penitent sinners might have life eternal.”
“having” = The “Lamb” is said to be “having” something. This could be understood in two ways. The One Way is in which He is in possession of something, but it is not a physical part of Him. The Second Way, is that it is a part of Him; it is Who or What He is.
In this verses case, the Greek word for “having” is “echo,” which is a primary verb, thus indicating that the “Lamb” possessed the following things, as far as ownership is concerned, but they were and are not Who He is. In other words, the ownership of a thing is a definer of who you are, but it is not you, any more than the following symbols of the Holy Spirit, here in this verse, are the “Lamb” Itself, even though they are an integral part of Who the “Lamb” is. Otherwise, the “having” would denote that the “Lamb” equals the “the seven Spirits of God.” Which we know that the “Lamb” is Jesus. Thus, “having” applies to the Godhead and not one particular Personage.
“seven eyes, which are the seven Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth” = This imagery is drawn from Zechariah 4:10, where the prophet depicts the “seven; they are the eyes of the Lord, which run to and fro through the whole earth.” The symbolism is clear that our Lord sends forth the Holy Spirit throughout the entire world.
“the seven Spirits of God” = See my Revelation 1:4 Note.
“sent forth” = The Greek is “apostello.” This Greek word was used by the Jews in an official manor. It was a technical term used for sending out an official representative of another (like an ambassador) upon a special task (see Mat. 11:10; Acts 10:17; Rev. 1:1; 22:6). Thus, the term here refers to the worldwide mission of the Holy Spirit going forth in the full and complete authority of Christ. That John fully comprehended this reality and had full command of this Greek term is seen in John 14:26; 15:26; 16:7-8.
5:7: “And He came and took the Book” = Verses one through seven describe the coronation of our Lord in Heaven. This very same coronation is described so eloquently by Daniel, in Chapter 7, verses 9-10 and verses 13-14. However, Daniels vision is better understood when we understand this section of the Revelation of John.
According to the instructions our Lord gave to Moses in regards to the coronation of the kings that would ascend to the thrown in Israel, as described in Deuteronomy 17:18-20 and Second Kings 11:12, no king of Israel was to be coronated without first being able to open the Book of the Law (specifically Deuteronomy), and read from its instruction daily. This would qualify him to be ruler of God’s people.
Inside this Book that our Lord is coronated with, is “a copy of this Law,” Deuteronomy 17:18-20, or as it is also called in Second Kings 11:12 -- “the Testimony.” John is now telling us that with this accepting and opening of this sealed scroll, the ideal King of the Davidic lineage has finally been established, as promised throughout the Old Testament Scriptures. That point should not be missed, along with the one of other significance, that this book contains all of the Laws of our Lord. No wonder no one was able or adequate enough to open this Book, except our Lord.
The judgments and destructiveness of what happens upon the opening of this Book now becomes clear. As the Law is revealed, i.e., the opening of the Book, the violations of It are noticed, just as it was noticed by king Joash in the Second Kings 11:12, reference given above, where king Joash brought about reforms in his kingdom due to the reading of the Law, albeit, too late, as with this case here, where the promised punishments for its violations are begun with the opening of It. In other words, this is the “Close Of Probation.” Now, the reason for the judgments of God can be clearly seen as to why there are judgments at all, which are spelled out in this Book that will soon be opened.
In discovering what is contained in this Book, one must also remember that the “Book of the Law,” or “Testimony,” contains not only the “Law” Itself, but also the instructions as to what to do in case there is a violation of It. Therefore, the destructive events that follow, are in other places, but specifically in Revelation, Chapter 16, are merely the proscribed judgments for the infringements thereof. Thus, what is written in this Book comprises most likely “The Law and the Testimony.” The fact that the proscribed events that take place because of the opening of the seals only takes place upon this earth, indicates that the judgments of what is described in the “Book” have only been violated by this earth and nowhere else in the universe. Once again, since judgments transpire because of the opening of these seals, inside this Book must be written “The Law and the Testimony.”
However, 9MR:7.2; 12MR:296.3; 20MR:197.2 gives us more of a description of what is contained in this Book than what I have exposed: “There in His open hand lay the Book, the Roll of the history of God’s providences, the prophetic history of nations and the Church. Herein was contained the Divine Utterances, His authority, His Commandments, His Laws, the whole symbolic counsel of the Eternal, and the history of all ruling powers in the nations. In symbolic language was contained in that roll the influence of every nation, tongue, and people from the beginning of earth’s history to its close.”
“right hand” = In the ancient Near East, it was regarded as the highest honor to sit at the right hand of the king (see verse 1). This must be the Father’s “right hand,” for Jesus is “in the midst of the throne and of the four beasts, and in the midst of the elders,” verse 6,” and had to “came and took the Book,” verse 7, from the Father “upon the throne,” verse 7. This sealed “book” is simply envisioned as waiting for a worthy Candidate to come and take it, open it, which subsequently signifies that the One upon Whom has this ability, also has the right to rule.
When an Israelite king took possession of the throne, his first act (along with the royal crown) was to receive the scroll of the covenant, namely, the Book of Deuteronomy (Deu. 17:18-20; 1Sa. 10:25; 2Ki. 11:12). Thus, this Covenant Scroll became a symbol of his installation upon the throne. The possession of the scroll and the ability to open and read it now demonstrated the king’s right to rule and to deal with any crisis that might occur, for he had his Book of the Law, if you will. At the same time, this also signified that the king of Israel was co-ruler with God. And that Christ, our Great High Priest, is now accepting His right to rule with His Father God at this point in time, albeit, His coronation, is seen and exemplified in Psalm 110:1: “The Lord said unto my Lord, Sit Thou at My right hand, until I make Thine enemies Thy footstool,” and in Acts 2:32-36.
If nothing else is gleaned from this Chapter, one must at least receive the glimpse of Chapter Fives entailing of the enthronement, or better, the coronation of our Lord (explained in verses six and seven). My assertion is, that since Revelation, Chapter Five, describes the coronation of our Lord, then we have discovered something else significant. Christ’s enthronement took place at Pentecost, for according to John 7:39, the Holy Spirit “was not yet given; because that Jesus was not yet glorified.” In addition, in Peter’s Pentecost sermon, he explained that the coming of the Holy Spirit to this earth, experienced by the tongues of fire in the upper room, was the result of Christ’s exaltation at the right hand of God in Heaven (Psa. 110:1; Acts 2:32-36).
Thus, since our Lord is now exalted on the throne of the universe, the work of the Holy Spirit is unlimited, in relation to applying to Christ’s victorious death on the cross. And the significance of verse sixes description of our Lord “having seven horns and seven eyes, which are the seven Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth” becomes a clear representation of the change of role in both Christ and the Holy Spirit.
Although Revelation, Chapter Five, puts a strong emphasis on the inauguration of Jesus into His royal role, the Epistle to the Hebrews describes more particularly the priestly aspect of our Lord’s exaltation at this phase in history. According to that Book (Heb. 1:3 & 13; 8:1; 10:12; 12:2), when our Lord entered Heaven, He entered within the veil of the Heavenly Sanctuary itself, subsequently establishing Himself upon the throne of God at His “right hand,” i.e., co-ruler ship. The main point of that Book being, or rather, as the Book itself states it, the “the sum [of it being, that]: We have such an High Priest, Who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens; (2) A Minister of the Sanctuary, and of the true Tabernacle, which the Lord pitched, and not man.” Hebrews 8:1-2. Now is seen clearly the two aspects of Christ’s ministry combined into one complete picture. We now have full insight into the post-resurrection ministry on behalf of Christ’s faithful people; King of kings and Lord of lords and our faithful High Priest.
From AA:38-39 (ST, May 17, 1899) we read: “Christ’s ascension to Heaven was the signal that His followers were to receive the promised blessing. For this they were to wait before they entered upon their work. When Christ passed within the Heavenly gates, He was enthroned amidst the adoration of the angels. As soon as this ceremony was completed, the Holy Spirit descended upon the disciples in rich currents, and Christ was indeed glorified, even (39) with the glory, which He had with the Father from all eternity. The Pentecostal outpouring was Heaven’s communication that the Redeemer’s inauguration was accomplished. According to His promise He had sent the Holy Spirit from Heaven to His followers as a token that He had, as Priest and King, received all authority in Heaven and on earth, and was the Anointed One over His people.”
5:8: (5:8-9 & 5:11 & 5:14): “four and twenty elders” = See my Revelation 4:4 Note.
“harps” = It is this verse that is used to imply that when we all get to Heaven, we will all have “harps.” However, Note that only the 24 elders and four beasts that are mentioned as having them.
“vials” = A “vial” is a measuring instrument. If we search the Word of God, we learn that God measures the iniquity of Nations, peoples, and most likely, individuals. Examples are: “for the iniquity of the Amorites is not yet full,” Genesis 15:16; “And in the latter time of their kingdom, when the transgressors are come to the full, a king of fierce countenance, and understanding dark sentences, shall stand up,” Daniel 8:23; And our Lord Himself asks His hearers to, “(32) Fill ye up then the measure of your fathers. (33) Ye serpents, ye generation of vipers, how can ye escape the damnation of hell?” Matthew 23:32-33; “Forbidding us to speak to the Gentiles that they might be saved, to fill up their sins alway: for the wrath is come upon them to the uttermost.” First Thessalonians 2:16.
As we learn later, these “vials” reach their filling point, “full of the wrath of God,” in Revelation 15:7, and are ready to be poured out in Revelation, Chapter 16. My point is, that there is a set time, period, or circumstance that triggers these events that later lead to the “vials” being poured out, just as it was for the Amorites (Gen. 15:16). In other words, “The Close Of Probation.”
5:8-14: “Book” = These verses are significant in that at the moment Christ took the “Book” in Heaven, adoration and cries of acclamation are given in acknowledgement of His right to be the Royal Ruler over the entire universe. As we have seen, the One Who takes the Book and reads It, symbolized by the opening of the seals to come later, gives Him the active execution of the function of Lordship. Thus, Jesus Christ is seen here as the end-time Ruler Who, on the basis of the saving work completed by Him on the cross, the destiny of all humanity is placed into His hands. And He testifies of this by saying, “that of all which He [the Father] hath given Me I should lose nothing.” John 6:39 (see also John 17:24).
5:10: “reign” = What is it that the “we,” the 24 elders are to “reign” over? Most likely a proper care-taking of the “new earth.” But another aspect is that they “reign” over the proceedings of the “sentencing judgment.”
Here is 1SG:212-213: “(212) Then I saw thrones, and Jesus and the redeemed saints sat upon them; and the saints reigned as kings and priests unto God, and the wicked dead were judged, and their acts were compared with the Statute Book, the Word of (213) God, and they were judged according to the deeds done in the body. Jesus, in union with the saints, meted out to the wicked the portion they must suffer, according to their works; and it was written in the Book of Death, and set off against their names.”
Also, according to Romans 5:17 & 21 (see also Rom. 6:12), we “reign” over our desires by the power we have placed in our Lord. Also, First Corinthians 4:8, is a perfect example of our future “reign,” as opposed to the treatment we receive now.
However, the bottom line for what it means to “reign on the earth,” or better, “ruling {decisions} on the earth,” seems to imply that it is done collectively, i.e., no one is above another (other than our Lord; we’re speaking of redeemed humanity here). And with Christ as out head, we can easily see how we can then all be in agreement. Psalm 99:1 states that Christ “sitteth between the cherubims.” Between is a supplied word and “sitteth” could also be translated as “dwelleth.” That was then, this is now in the new earth, were it would appear that Christ “dwells” among all that are around Him at any given time. In other words, He “dwells” among the saints also at this time and we come to “reigning,” or better, “ruling” decisions collectively with Jesus. Just as Jesus became co-ruler with God the Father when He sat upon the throne with Him, so we shall become co-rulers with Christ when we sit with Him on His throne (not the Father’s; no NEVER. See my Bible Study: “THRONES OF GOD”). Incredible thought!
5:11 & 5:14: “four and twenty elders” = See my Revelation 4:4 Note.
5:12: “a loud voice” = See my Revelation 5:2 Note.
“Lamb that was slain” = See my Revelation 5:6 Note.
5:13: “under the earth” = Here is my Philippians 2:10 Note: The true meaning in this context is “all inclusive,” as opposed to a literal location. In other words, every being (not just on earth) is included in the Commandment. However, here is my Exodus 20:4 Note: According to Psalms 24:2 & 33:7 what is “under the earth” is “water.” Therefore, although “water” is essential for the existence of life on earth, it should not be worshiped; such as the Egyptians worshiped the Nile River.
“heard I saying” = Notice how John becomes caught up into the grandeur and procedures of Heaven. He tells us about these multitudes of Heavenly beings, then he tells us how he also exalts Christ before all of them: “Blessing, and honour, and glory, and power, be unto Him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb for ever and ever.”
5:14: “four and twenty elders” = See my Revelation 4:4 Note.
CHAPTER SIX
6:ALL: These horses do not represent time periods of history as is put forth by many denominations, along with many Adventist scholars. Rather, I believe it is a time period of consequences, as I will attempt to show below. With the First (horse), Jesus is preached. With the Second (horse), Jesus is rejected. With the Third (horse), God judges (“a balance in His hand”), God judges the rejection. With the Fourth (horse), the judgment is “death.” With the Fifth (seal), judgment (“How long”) of the dead and living. With the Sixth (seal), we have the Second Coming of our Lord.
It is interesting to note that in a slight reference to what is spelled out hear about the four seals, Ezekiel 14:21 speaks of them. And Ezekiel 14:22 tells us that there will only be “a remnant that shall be brought forth” from this chaos; which is a lead in to Revelation, Chapter 7.
“Revelation 6 and 7 are full of meaning. Terrible are the judgments of God revealed. The seven angels stood before God to receive their commission. To them were given seven trumpets. The Lord was going forth to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity, and the earth was to disclose her blood and no more cover her slain.” 15MR:219.2. This is Close of Probation language.
6:2: “white horse” = The reason I believe this to be Christ is because in the Book of Revelation, whenever Christ is seated, it is on something “white.” Here in this verse He is seated upon a “white horse.” In Revelation 14:14, He is seated upon a “white cloud.” In Revelation 19:11, He is again seated upon a “white horse,” which clearly defines that this is Christ also in this verse. And in Revelation 20:11, He is seated upon the “great white thrown.”
Habakkuk 3:8 gives reference to our Lord riding on “horses and chariots of salvation.” Though “white horses” is not mentioned, the reason for riding these “horses” is for the “salvation” of His people. Also, Habakkuk 3:9 & 11, speak of our Lords “bow” and “arrows,” which according to Habakkuk 3:12, is for “thresh[ing] the heathen in anger.”
Also, in an opposite purpose according to Habakkuk 3:12, the “arrows” are used for the “thresh[ing of] the heathen in anger.” Psalm 45:5 puts it this way: “Thine arrows are sharp in the heart of the king’s enemies; whereby the people fall under Thee.” Those that allow Christ’s arrows to piece their heart towards salvation and obedience and “worship” of our Lord will be saved. Whereas those that reject the mercy and Love of our Lord shall receive His wrath.
It is also important to note that the redeemed will be wearing “white robes,” Revelation 6:11; 7:9 & 13 & 14. Thus “white” is symbolism of salvation.
“bow” = According to Hebrews 4:12, the “Word of God” is “sharper than any twoedged sword.” And the only thing that could fit that description and that pierces “even to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit, and of the joints and marrow,” is an arrow from that “bow” that goes straight into “the heart.” Just as the “bow,” this is what happens when one accepts Christ preached to them; for they then set Him up as King of their hearts. And in so doing, “a crown was given unto Him [Christ]” Revelation 6:2. Thus, in our comprehension of Him as the Messiah, we thus go out with Him, “conquering, and to conquer [preaching the Gospel of Christ].”
“crown” = The Greek word for “crown” is “stephanos,” which according to Revelation 2:10; 3:11; 4:4; 14:14, is a crown of victory. Although that is not always the application, it seems a logical conclusion here.
6:4: “red: and power was given to Him that sat thereon to take peace from the earth, and that they should kill one another: and there was given unto Him a great sword” = Staying with the focus that the Word of God is always somehow related to, or about Christ, and that He is also the rider here, consider these verses: Matthew 10:34 [Note the “sword”]; Luke 12:51. Luke’s account tells us that this “sword” means “division” between those that serve God and those that don’t.
Here is my Zechariah 1:8 Note: The rider could have ridden any of the other colored horses, but chooses the “red” one, indicating war and bloodshed, as it is time for the 70-year captivity to end (see verse 12) and the nations that suppressed God’s people will no longer hold them. Also, according to verse ten the other riders report to This Rider, thus indicating Divine attributes. Our Lord Jesus seems to have often appeared in this way, as a prelude to His Incarnation (see for examples Jos. 5:13; Eze. 1:26; Dan. 7:13; 10:6; Rev. 6:4?). In regards to the Revelation connection (if there be one), these verses may be or are connected in regards to redemption. You are either for Christ or against Him; there is no middle ground at this point.
“peace from the earth” = By taking “peace from the earth,” we can clearly see that decisions are made as to whether or not to accept Christ as the Messiah, or reject Him. Then look what people do when they reject Him. They “kill one another.” This would line up with Matthew 24:6.
In an interesting point, notice that the Rider {Jesus} does not do the killing, but only “take[s] peace from the earth.” Thus, as stated before, this would correspond to our Lord’s statement in Matthew 10:34: “Think not that I Am Come to send peace on earth: I Came not to send peace, but a sword.” This statement may better help us to understand what our Lord meant by the use of “a sword.” In other words, it is decision time; either for life or for death.
6:5: “black horse; and He that sat on him had a pair of balances in His hand” = A “balance” in the Bible is always a symbol and indicative of “judgment.” Remember, God is always concerned about one’s character. It is the main purpose (other than getting to know God) for the writing of the Bible at all. “Thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting,” Daniel 5:27. And according to Revelation 14:7, it is the Creator (Christ; for without Him not anything is made) Who is indicative of holding “judgment” in His hand. However, the standout verses are John 5:22 & 27: “For the Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgment unto the Son: [27] And hath given Him authority to execute judgment also, because He is the Son of man.”
Not to be overlooked is what the “balances” are weighing. According to our next verse (6), it is food. Tying this verse in with verse 6, we can see that this also denotes a famine. Comparing with Leviticus 26:26 (“not satisfied”) & Ezekiel 4:16-17, where they are starving spiritually and because of it they are “consume[d] away for their iniquity.”
6:6: “A measure of wheat for a penny, and three measures of barley for a penny” = When you put “wheat” and “barley” together, you can make bread. And we all know Who the Bread of Life is (see John 6:35 & 48).
What is interesting to note here is that this amount of grain, “wheat for a penny” (the Greek word for penny used here is, “denarion”), represented a day’s ration of food for a workingman; while the Roman “penny” represented a day’s wages for an ordinary laborer (see Mat. 20:2; see also 2Ki. 7:1 where a “shekel” equals a day’s wages). Under normal circumstances a daily wage would be enough to buy all the necessities of life for a family for that day. However, if you add a famine into the equation, this would enormously inflate the price of food. Compare with Matthew 24:7-8. Hence, something is about to take place that will only take a short time to accomplish.
Another thing to notice is that “wheat” was the main staple food in the ancient world, whereas “barley” was cheaper than “wheat” and was used for the poor, i.e., “Poor-mans-food.” Thus is presented the picture of a situation where scarcity prevails; when it would take all that a man could earn, i.e., “a penny,” to buy enough of the cheapest kind of food in order to prevail. In the Book of Ruth, we learn that “barley” was the first crop to ripen and be harvested by the poor, i.e., Ruth was gathering this for herself and Naomi.
“oil and the wine” = It now becomes clear that this must be talking about the tribulation period (or if you like, just before; in preparation of worse things to come), because the next part discusses the not hurting of the “oil and the wine,” in other words, “the righteous” during this period of the time of trouble.
“Even before the tithe could be reserved, there had been an acknowledgment of the claims of God. The first that ripened of every product of the land, was consecrated to Him. The first of the wool when the sheep were shorn, of the grain when the wheat was threshed, the first of the oil and the wine, was set apart for God. So also were the first-born of all animals; and a redemption price was paid for the first-born son. The first-fruits were to be presented before the Lord at the Sanctuary, and were then devoted to the use of the priests.” RH, September 10, 1889; PP:526.
“In view of the infinite price paid for man’s redemption, how dare any professing the Name of Christ treat with indifference one of His little ones? How carefully should brethren and sisters in the Church guard every word and action lest they hurt the oil and the wine!” 5T:614; 12MR:116.
“After man has cost such an infinite price as the Son of God, that He might make him a being of His throne, how tenderly should man deal with his fellow men. How fearful should brethren and sisters in the Church feel lest they shall hurt the oil and the wine, and push and destroy one of God’s little ones. How patiently, kindly, and affectionately should they deal with the purchase of the blood of Christ. How faithfully should they labor, and how earnestly, to lift up the desponding, the discouraged, and those whose surroundings may not be as favorable as their own. How tenderly should they treat those who, while seeking to obey the truth, have no encouragement at home, but have constantly to breathe the atmosphere of unbelief. Jesus’ eye is constantly upon these little ones of His fold, and those who are trying to leave all to follow Him.” 12MR:278.
“But I want to impress upon you that you should hurt not the oil and the wine because some have proved to be more dross (than) gold. I will not give them up; I will cling to them; and because these are unfaithful to large responsibilities, shall we be a dead weight, a drag on those instrumentalities ordained of God? Those reproved will, some of them, be corrected.” 18:MR:326.
6:8: “pale horse” = Pale is generally associated with the color of one just before they die. The Greek word used here for “pale” is, “chloros,” and is used for green vegetation in Mark 6:39; Revelation 8:7; 9:4. However, in other contexts, such as here, it designates a “yellowish green,” or “pale” coloring. In this sense, it is always distinguished as meaning that ashen-grey color that resembles a corpse in the advanced state of corruption. And in that sense, “Death, and Hell” are simply the ultimate consequence of the rejection of the Gospel, in other words, for rejecting its Rider -- Jesus Christ.
However, as we shall see, this “death” is not just the natural state of dying, but rather, as the Book of Revelation will so clearly point out in Its later Chapters, with the additional mention of “and Hell” here, this is clearly relevant to meaning the “second death,” of Revelation 20:14.
There is an attempt to associate the “second death” with a lively color such as “green,” and to associate “green” with “death and Hell.” By contrast, this would be taking the verse out of context. More properly it would be a “greenish-yellow,” such as young grass or un-ripen wheat. The fact that “death” is mentioned along with the color of “pale” should silence all objections.
However, in regards to those who believe the true color is “green,” since the Greek is “chloros,” as used in Mark 6:39, Revelation 8:7; 9:4, “Mounce,” “Strong’s,” and “Thayer,” all apply the word as being “pale” in color. And although the “Word Study” applies it to “green” in its other occurances, here in Revelation 6:8, it declares, “Pale or yellowish like the grass when dried up in the heat (Rev 6:8).” The “Robinson Lexicon” also agrees.
According to “Robertson’s Word Pictures,” Homer applies it to “honey,” while Sophocles applies it to “the sand.” Generally then, “pale,” or “pallid.” This Greek word was also used in ancient times “of a mist of sea-water,” and “of a pale or bilious complexion.” Thucydides uses it towards the appearance of persons stricken with the plague (ii., 49). In Homer it is used of the paleness of the face from fear, and so as directly descriptive of fear (“Iliad,” x., 376; xv., 4), i.e., the fear of death. He also uses it “of olive wood” (“Odyssey,” ix., 320, 379), of which the bark is gray. Gladstonesays that in Homer it indicates rather the absence than the presence of definite color. The “People’s New Testament Commentary,” associates this color “pale, [with] the bloodless color of the dead.” In its Hebrew equivalent, Zechariah (Zec. 6:3) uses “poikilos” as being “grizzled” or “variegated.” Thus, to the ancients -- the ones closer to the true meaning of the original meaning of this word -- they all agree that it cannot mean, “green.”
In another thought, “pale” in color is representative of the absence of blood. Spiritually speaking, the individuals who ae not covered by the blood of our Lord Jesus will experience the “second death.”
“Death, and Hell” = See my Revelation. 20:14 Note. Jesus assures us that He has “the keys of hell and of death,” in Revelation 1:18. Therefore, only a “fourth part of the earth,” or only those who are careless, couldn’t care less, as to what is going on, will be destroyed.
Death has no power where there is no sin. The power of sin is death. Repent, Overcome, Overcome Repenting, Overcome Overcoming. Then Worship the True God for the power He gave you to Overcome.
“them” = The Greek is “G846; autos,” and should be translated as “Him; Himself; He.” Because Jesus is the rider.
“fourth part of the earth” = The fact that power is given to “Death, and Hell,” giving them (or better, this personage) to have authority only over a “fourth part of the earth,” indicates that “Death, an Hell,” the “them” of this verse, was given their power from the Horseman. With this given authority over a quarter of the earth, they “kill with sword, and with hunger, and with death,” by using “the beasts of the earth.” The four horses could also apply to, and parallel, the “four winds” in Revelation 7:1, which are related to the “four corners of the earth.” Thus, Christ is the Rider, while the “horses” are angels that do His bidding.
See my Bible Study & Chart: “REVELATIONS PLAGUES” & “REVELATIONS PLAGUES CHART [Via E-Mail].”
6:9: “under the Altar the souls of them that were slain “ = In regards to the state of the dead (See my Bible Study: “DEATH, THE BIBLICAL TRUTH ABOUT”), this is an example of personification, when certain objects are assigned personal attributes. Such is the case of Abel’s blood crying out from the ground (see Gen. 4:9-10; Heb. 11:4 [“he being dead yet speaketh”]). Paul helps us in understanding this language of sacrificial death as applying to, and to denote, martyrdom. Facing death himself Paul wrote: “For I am now ready to be offered,” Second Timothy 4:6. Combined with Philippians 2:17: “Yea, and if I be offered upon the sacrifice.” We can thus discern that Christian martyrs were viewed as sacrifices offered to God and symbolically their blood always speaks to our Lord from “under the altar.”
This Biblical truth becomes even more clear when we consider Revelation 20:4: “and I saw the souls [Greek; G5590; “psuche, meaning “breath;” same as in this verse, meaning, “God’s Breath Plus Man’s Body Equals A Living Soul; Gen. 2:7] of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus, and for the Word of God, and which had not worshipped the beast, neither his image, neither had received his mark upon their foreheads, or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years.” The, “and they lived” literally means, “and they came to life,” for the Greek word “zao,” and is a primary verb, literally or figuratively, meaning, “to live.” Thus, John clearly shows us that here in this section they are literally dead, but their blood, like that of righteous Abel’s blood, still cries for justice to our Lord. And in that sense, they “live.”
“Altar” = In regards to this “Alter” it would be referring to the Alter of Incense, because these are none other than a representation of the prayers of the saints, “for the testimony which they held.” “Testimony” relates to one’s speech.
Granted, the verse speaks “of them that were slain,” meaning blood is involved (Lev. 17:11; “the life [“H5315; nephesh,” meaning “soul”] of the flesh is in the blood”). Thus, it is also a representation of the Brazen Alter. However, the Alter of Incense represents (again) the prayers of the saints, which is going on here, for verse 10 states, “they cried with a loud voice.” Remembering that the Greek for “loud voice” is, “G3173; Megas,” meaning “great; large,” “G5456; Voice,” meaning “sound; voice,” which correlates to our English word, “Megaphone.” Thus, I believe this is referring to a non-literal “Alter” in Heaven or earth, but symbolic of both or either. However, let’s see arguments to the contrary.
By contrast, if this “Alter” is the “Brazen Alter,” this would be taking place symbolically upon the earth; where our Lord was sacrificed; and not in Heaven, which destroys any argument that these “souls” are alive in Heaven. However, staying with the conjecture that it could be referring to either “Alter,” let’s discover Leviticus 4:7: “And the priest shall put some of the blood upon the horns of the ALTER OF SWEET INCENSE before the LORD, which is in the Tabernacle of the congregation; and shall pour all the blood of the bullock at the bottom of the ALTER OF THE BURNT offering, which is at the door of the Tabernacle of the congregation.” Thus again, either “Alter” could be referred to. However again, according to Revelation 6:9, they “were slain,” and there was “blood.” This would indicate the “Brazen Alter,” where Jesus was “slain” upon the “earth,” where also “the blood of the martyrs,” Revelation 17:6, where “slain.”
In order to contrast these non-symbolic conjectures, according to Revelation 6:4, the second horse establishes that these events are taking place upon the “earth,” with speculation that the first horse was also taking place upon the “earth.” And since the third horse is instructed not to “hurt not the oil and the wine,” Revelation 6:6,” we can know that this is taking place during the “Time of Tribulation/Trouble,” upon the earth. Then Revelation 6:8 has our fourth horse events taking place upon the “earth.” And then you have this “fifth seal” taking place upon the earth, because “earthquake[s],” Revelation 6:12, only take place upon this earth. Therefore, if you want to have this “Alter” anywhere physically, it would be upon the “earth,” and not in Heaven, where nobody goes when the die.
In a twist, this could also be a reference to the 24 redeemed elders (see my Rev. 4:4 Note). That they had a “beast” to be worshiped in their day should not be denied, and that God knows, or places a “mark” upon all that are His, should also not prevent one from possibly seeing this application. However, they are told to “rest yet for a little season.” Still, the 24 elders could want it all to be over with and be crying to our Lord. The vindication for all of these martyred souls, as mentioned before, is found in Revelation 20:4.
“As the blood of Abel cried from the ground, there are voices also crying to God from martyrs’ graves.” AURA:203.
“When the fifth seal was opened, John the Revelator in vision saw beneath the altar the company that were slain for the Word of God and the testimony of Jesus Christ. After this came the scenes described in the eighteenth of Revelation, when those who are faithful and true are called out from Babylon {Rev. 18: 1-5 quoted}.” (MS 39, 1906) 7BC:968.
“slain” = The righteous dead.
“the testimony [of Jesus]” = See my Revelation 1:2 Note, which indicates this is Jesus’ testimony.
“Every suffering endured by them increased their reward in Heaven.” 1SG:103. Note, this “suffering” is not a flue you had, but what you suffered for the sake of serving Christ.
6:10: “a loud voice” = In Revelation 18:2, it depicts “a strong voice.”
In Revelation 1:10; 11:12; 16:1; 19:1; 21:3; it depicts “a great voice.”
In Revelation 5:2 & 12; 6:10; 7:2 & 10; 8:13; 10:3; 12:10; 14:7 & 9 & 15; 19:17; it depicts “a loud voice.”
All are in some accounts our Lord Jesus Christ Himself (except Revelation, Chapter 14, where they are listed as three separate “angels,” and in Rev. 6:10, where the martyred are pictured). The Greek is the same and should be consistently translated the same, i.e., “loud voice.” The Greek is, “Megas phone,” which correlates to our English word, “Megaphone.” The application, both in the Greek and in English is the same, that of carrying the emphasis that this “loud voice” is as “loud” as a voice can get; thus implying the urgency of the message.
“How long. . . dost Thou not judge and avenge our blood” = This Biblical question is answered in Revelation 19:2. The Greek word for “avenge” here, is “ekdikeo,” which is a legal term, implying legal action, or as the context of this verse and question suggests, “justice.” It is the same word as used in Luke 18:3. And the concept of “we’ve had enough,” is expressed in the sentiment, “How long,” is also seen throughout God’s Word, such as in Daniel 8:13; 12:6; Habakkuk 1:2; etcetera. This question is the perfect prelude to the next seal, which tells us what that justice will be, i.e., the Second Coming of our Lord and all of Its implications. Thus, this time period seems to apply to the tribulation period (see Mat. 24:21) being about over.
6:11: “white robes” = The only way we can even wear these “white robes,” is according to Philippians 3:9, meaning that Christ is our righteousness. When He lives in us, we are righteous. See Jeremiah 23:6 & 33:16.
“rest yet for a little season, until their fellowservants also and their brethren, that should be killed as they were, should be fulfilled” = The implication has particular interest to all generations, for along with the fulfilling of the literal 144,000 number to be filled up, so it is when this figure is filled up, or “fulfilled,” that our Lord will Come a Second Time.
6:12-13: “[12] a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood” & “[13] stars of heaven fell unto the earth” = Here is my Matthew 24:29 Note: “Immediately after the tribulation” = These signs (see below) may have been fulfilled historically; meaning, this could be a dual prophecy in that they also are the signs just before our Lord Comes a Second time.
SDA’s: However, only the changed book GC, records this as historical; whereas the original 4SP, does not. See my Study: “4SP VERSES GC [Under SDA].”
Here is the true prophetic meaning:
“It is at midnight that God manifests His power for the deliverance of His people. The sun appears shining in its strength. Startling signs and wonders follow in quick succession. The wicked look with terror and amazement upon the scene, while the righteous behold with solemn joy the tokens of their deliverance [“the tokens of their deliverance” = “signs in the sun, moon, and stars”]. Everything in nature seems turned out of its course. The streams cease to flow. Dark, heavy clouds come up, and clash against each other.” 4SP:453.
“The rabbis, Christ said, would declare that the signs that appeared were tokens of the Advent of the Messiah. But. . . The signs that they argue are tokens of their release from bondage, are signs of their approaching destruction.” ST, February 20, 1901.
Now the historic dual prophecy (if there be one):
“shall the sun be darkened” = “At the close of the great papal persecution, Christ declared, the sun should be darkened, and the moon should not give her light. Next, the stars should fall from heaven.” DA:632.
Stars = November 13, 1833: From “The Journal Of Commerce,” November 14, 1833, by Henry Dana Ward: “No philosopher of scholar has told or recorded an event, I suppose, like that of yesterday morning. A prophet 1800 years ago foretold it exactly, if we will be at the trouble of understanding stars falling to mean falling stars; or ‘hoi asters tou ouranou epesan eis teen geen,’ is the only sense in which it is possible to be literally true.”
From “Wikipedia,” under, “Leonids:” “Because of the storm of 1833 and the recent developments in scientific thought of the time (see for example the identification of Halley’s Comet) the Leonids have had a major effect on the development of the scientific study of meteors which had previously been thought to be atmospheric phenomena. Though it has been suggested the meteor shower-storm has been noted in ancient times it was the meteor storm of 1833 that broke into people’s modern day awareness -- it was of truly superlative strength. One estimate is over one hundred thousand meteors an hour, but another, done as the storm abated, estimated in excess of 240,000 meteors during the nine hours of the storm over the entire region of North America east of the Rocky Mountains.”
From Frederick A. Douglass, in his work, “My Bondage and My Freedom,” he records: “I witnessed this gorgeous spectacle, and was awestruck. The air seemed filled with bright descending messengers from the sky. It was about daybreak when I saw this sublime scene. I was not without the suggestion, at that moment that it might be the harbinger of the Coming of the Son of Man; and in my then state of mind I was prepared to hail Him as my Friend and Deliverer. I had read that the ‘stars shall fall from heaven,’ and they were now falling. I was suffering very much in my mind. . . I was looking away to heaven for the rest denied me on earth.”
“This prophecy received a striking and impressive fulfillment in the great meteoric shower of November 13, 1833.” GC:333.
“The signs in the sun, moon, and stars have been fulfilled.” RH, November 22, 1906; AURA:35 & 248; SW, December 1, 1909.
Sun & Moon = First fulfilled on May 19, 1780: From “Noah Webster’s Dictionary, 1869 Edition:” “The dark day, May 19, 1780 -- so called on account of a remarkable darkness on that day extending over all New England. In some places persons could not see to read common print in the open air for several hours together. Birds sang their evening songs, disappeared, and silent; fowls went to roost; cattle sought the barn-yard; and candles were lighted in the houses. The obscuration began about ten o’clock in the morning, and continued till the middle of the next night, but with differences of degree and duration in different places. For several days previous, the wind had been variable, but chiefly from the south-west and the north-east. The true cause of this remarkable phenomenon is not known.”
From The “Journal Of The Connecticut House Of Representatives,” Friday, May 19, 1780: “A solemn gloom of unusual darkness before ten o’clock, -- a still darker cloud rolling under the sable curtain from the north and west before eleven o’clock, -- excluded the light so that none could see to read or write in the House, even at either window, or distinguish persons at a small distance, or perceive any distinction of dress in the circle of attendants; wherefore, at eleven o’clock adjourned the House till two in the afternoon.”
From The “Massachusetts Spy, Correspondence,” 1780: “During the whole time a sickly, melancholy gloom overcast the face of nature. Nor was the darkness of the night less uncommon and terrifying than that of the day, for notwithstanding there was almost a full moon, no object was discernible but by the help of some artificial light, which seen from the neighboring houses and other places at a distance appeared through a kind of Egyptian darkness which seemed almost impervious to its rays. This unusual phenomenon excited the fears and apprehensions of many people.”
“On the 19th of May, 1780, this prophecy was fulfilled.” GC:306.
“May 19, 1780, stands in history as ‘The Dark Day.’ Since the time of Moses, no period of darkness of equal density, extent, and duration has ever been recorded.” GC88:308; GC:308.
“On May 19, 1780, the sun was darkened. That day is known in history as ‘the dark day.’ In the eastern part of North America, so great was the darkness that in many places the people had to light candles at noonday. And until after midnight the moon, though at its full, gave no light.” SJ:176.
“These signs were witnessed before the opening of the nineteenth century. In fulfillment of this prophecy there occurred, in the year 1755, the most terrible earthquake that has ever been recorded. Though commonly known as the earthquake of Lisbon, it extended to the greater part of Europe, Africa, and America. . . [305]
“Twenty-five years later appeared the next sign mentioned in the prophecy, -- the darkening of the sun and moon. What rendered this more striking was the fact that the [306]
“time of its fulfillment had been definitely pointed out. In the Saviour’s conversation with His disciples upon Olivet, after describing the long period of trial for the Church, -- the 1260 years of papal persecution, concerning which He had promised that the tribulation should be shortened, -- He then mentioned certain events to precede His Coming, and fixed the time when the first of these should be witnessed: ‘In those days, after that tribulation, the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light.’ {Mark 13:24} The 1260 days, or years, terminated in 1798. A quarter of a century earlier, persecution had almost wholly ceased. Following this persecution, according to the Words of Christ, the sun was to be darkened. On the 19th of May, 1780, this prophecy was fulfilled.” GC88:304 -306.
THUS, THIS IS A DUAL PROPHECY, in that it will again take place just before Christ’s Second Coming as described in Revelation 16:10 & 16:18.
See also Isaiah 13:10; Jeremiah 4:28; Ezekiel 32:7-8; Joel 2:10 & 31; 3:15; Amos 5:20; Matthew 24:30; Mark 13:24-25; Luke 21:25; Acts 2:19-20.
However, these events here I believe directly correlate to the Second Coming of our Lord as seen in the following verses (Matthew 24:14-17), in that heaven departs (verse 14), men give up (verse 16), and the day of His wrath is His Second Coming (verse 17).
6:13-14: “[13] even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs” & “[14] And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together” = This particular phrase is taken from Isaiah 34:4, where it is definitely speaking of Second Coming language.
6:15: “hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks” = See Isaiah 2:19; Hosea 10:8; Luke 23:30; Revelation 9:6.
6:16: “said to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us” = See Jeremiah 4:29; Hosea 10:8; Luke 23:30.
“hide us from the face of him that sitteth on the throne” = “Adam and his wife hid themselves from the presence of the Lord God,” Genesis 3:8. Also, when people say to themselves, “Life ought to be all about me.” When men take their lives into their own hands and consider that their ways are better than God’s ways, their end result will be the same experience as was Adam and Eve’s, in that they will want to “hide” themselves from the presence, or better, the wrath of our God.
“wrath of the Lamb” = From 13MR:150 we read: “There is no wrath in God except for the hateful character of sin.”
6:17: “who shall be able to stand” = The final question of Revelation, Chapter Six, is the same as given in the last Book of the Old Testament, “who may abide the day of His Coming? and who shall stand when He appeareth?” Malachi 3:2. The implication is that none shall, or very few will. But as Revelation, Chapter Six, ends with little or no hope, hope is given in the form of a list of those who will, as given in Chapter Seven.
Our God’s mercy to us is carried out in what is recorded by the prophet Isaiah: “For the mountains shall depart, and the hills be removed; but My kindness shall not depart from thee, neither shall the covenant of My peace be removed, saith the Lord that hath mercy on thee.” Isaiah 54:10. And when the prophet Nahum asked: “Who can stand before His indignation? and who can abide in the fierceness of His anger? His fury is poured out like fire, and the rocks are thrown down by Him.” Nahum 1:6. Nahum received the unequivocal answer: “The Lord is good, a strong hold in the day of trouble; and He knoweth them that trust in Him.” Nahum 1:7.
CHAPTER SEVEN
7:ALL: See my Revelation, Chapter 6 ALL, EGW Note. Jacob, in naming his sons, had particular meanings involved in them. If we go to all the listings of the tribes in the Scriptures, some tribes are left out, where in other places they are included. Therefore, to assume that a tribe is left out purely because of sins of their past is to miss a message from God in there listing at the time. Therefore, to argue that the tribe of Dan is left out because of its sin, let’s explore that assumption.
Manasses is not listed in Ezekiel’s, Exodus’, or Genesis’ lists: whereas, Dan is. In other words, the tribe of Dan being left out of Revelation’s list, we will see why it the message given; because Manasses does not fit here. However, the reason as to why has caused many a Bible commentator to speculate. Most contend that Jacob, on his deathbed speech to his sons, stated of the tribe of Dan: “a serpent in the way, a viper by the path, that bites the horse’s heels, so that this rider falls backward,” Genesis 49:17. But they miss the real point badly; that being the message God wants to give here.
But more to the point of the spiritual interests of the Book of Revelation, and the reason most Bible commentators explore, is that the tribe of Dan was the first to set up for themselves a graven image (see Jud. 18:27-31). And worse yet, at the time of the building of the temple in Jerusalem, the tribe of Dan built a competing alter in their own territory to which some of the people went to instead (see 1Ki. 12:29-30; 2Ki. 10:29).
In an interesting side note to the tribe of Dan. There are many places in God’s Word were He specifically states that He will abolish someone’s name from history and God’s Kingdom (Heaven). To start with, we find a famous verse in Revelation 22:19: “God shall take away his part out of the Book of Life.” Others are Psalm 9:5; Ezekiel 21:32; 25:10; Zechariah 13:2.
In Revelation’s list, Judah is listed first in rank, whereas, in all of the other lists, Reuben, the eldest son of Jacob, is listed first. The reason is obvious, because Judah is the tribe from which our Lord emerged. But more to the point of our interest and the true reason for this arrangement, let’s continue on.
The tribe of Ephraim is omitted in both Revelation’s and Genesis’ lists, and replaced by Joseph. This is interesting, in that Revelation still keeps one of Joseph’s sons in the list, Manasseh. Whereas Genesis still holds onto Dan. In regards to Ephraim, the prophet Hosea in particular makes this tribe a symbol of Israel’s apostasy and idolatry (see Hos. 4:17; 8:9-11; 12:1). And in Second Chronicles 30:1 & 10-11, we have a decree from king Hezekiah for Israel to come worship before the Lord, with Ephraim being the only tribe not to participate. The Psalmist makes mention of this attitude in Psalm 78:9-10. Also, in the time period of the prophet Isaiah, Ephraim confederated with Syria against Judah (Isa. 7:2-9), thus siding with the enemies of God’s people.
In conclusion, as I have advocated all throughout my Bible Commentary, character and obedience (particularly in the Book of Revelation; Whom do you worship) are the things most important to our Lord.
Here, in the Book of Revelation, our Lord has arranged them so in verses 5-9: “Juda, Reuben, Gad, Aser, Nepthalim, Manasses, Simeon, Levi, Issachar, Zabulon, Joseph, Benjamin.”
Judah = “Praise,” Genesis 29:35;
Reuben = As it stands in Masoretic Text it means, “behold a son,” Genesis 29:32, because of Leah’s “affliction;”
Gad = “A troop cometh,” Genesis 30:11;
Asher = At his birth Leah exclaimed, “Happy am I,” Genesis 30:13;
Naphtali = At his birth Rachel exclaimed, “With great wrestlings have I wrestled,” Genesis 30:8;
Manasseh = At his birth Joseph exclaimed, “Causing me to forget,” Genesis 41:51;
Simeon = At his birth Leah exclaimed = “the Lord hath heard;” Genesis 29:33;
Levi = At his birth Leah exclaimed, “Be joined to me,” Genesis 29:34;
Issachar = At his birth Leah exclaimed, “God hath given me my hire,” Genesis 30:18, a better translation for “hire” being, “reward;”
Zabulon = This is the Greek form of the Hebrew Zebulun. At his birth Leah exclaimed, “Dwell with me,” Genesis 30:20;
Joseph = “Add to me” or “Increase,” Genesis 30:24;
Benjamin = “Son of the right hand,” Genesis 35:18.
Putting these names in a sentence it would thus read: “Praise,” “Behold a Son” and “a troop cometh.” “Happy am I” because “With great wrestling have I wrestled,” “causing me to forget.” “The Lord hath heard” and is “joined unto me.” “God hath given me my reward” and “dwells with me.” God will “add to me” His “Son of the right hand.”
7:1: “four angels standing on the four corners of the earth, holding the four winds of the earth” = In Matthew 24:31, we find our Lord “gather[ing] together His elect from the four winds, from one end of heaven to the other.” This is done while these “four angels” hold events, “that the wind should not blow on the earth, nor on the sea, nor on any tree,” “till we have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads,” verse 3. Check this with Ezekiel, Chapter 9, verses 1-6. In Jeremiah 23:19-20 (see also Dan. 7:2), we learn that “winds” stand for Gods method of using destructive forces. In other words, judgments upon the wicked.
7:2: “another angel ascending from the east” = That our Lord is always depicted in Scripture as Coming from the direction of the “east” is quite evident. Ezekiel sees the glory of God coming to the temple from the east (Eze. 43:2). The Magi saw His star in the “east,” Matthew 2:2 & 9. Jesus is called the “dayspring,” or better, our sunrise, in Luke 1:78, “and the bright and morning star” in Revelation 22:16. But most important of all, our Lord Himself spoke of the sign of the Son of Man as appearing and Coming from out of the “east” (see Mat. 24:27-30). Therefore, while it may be likely that our Lord commissioned an angel to seal His servants, it is more likely our Lord Himself Who is the Sealing Angel. The reason I believe this is our Lord (or better, the Holy Spirit), is because this Angel Commands the other four angels (see verse 3) not to do what they are about to do until He has sealed His people.
“the seal of the living God” = Other characteristics of the 144,000 are found in Revelation 14:1-5.
We are sealed through the ministration of the Holy Spirit: Second Corinthians 1:22; Ephesians 1:13; 4:30. See my Revelation 13:16 & 13:17 Notes. According to Isaiah 8:16, God’s Law equals “the seal of the living God;” better understood when read along with Second Timothy 2:19, because, when you are sealed “The Lord knoweth them that are His.” Ezekiel 9:4 gives us another qualification for being sealed, “set a mark upon the foreheads of the men that sigh and that cry for all the abominations that be done.” So if you want to be “sealed,” you need to be speaking out against errors.
In the First Century, Ephesus was a major city of commerce between the East and West. Rome would send its merchants to Ephesus to buy the East’s products. The head merchant would place wax upon the crates access point, than place his rings seal upon it. Upon arriving in Rome, the workers would see their master’s seal and claim the crate as theirs. The analogy is simple. When God’s Heavenly angels see the seal of their master upon the living saints, they whisk them up claiming them as God’s property.
It must be realized that those who are not sealed with the seal of our living God will be sealed with the seal of the beast and therefore be its property. It is important to notice that there are two seals. The first is the seal of the Holy Spirit as shown above. The second is “the seal of the living God,” which is to seal those who are already sealed with the Holy Spirit, by “having his Father’s Name written in their foreheads.” Revelation 14:1. Because in verse two the angel is “carrying,” if you will, “the seal of the living God.” He cannot “carry” the Holy Spirit. For according to Ephesians 1:13 and Revelation 7:2, these are individuals that already believed, then being “sealed” with the “Holy Spirit of promise.”
Conclusion, when you become a believer, you are then, at that time, are “sealed” with the Holy Spirit (compare also with Eph. 4:30). Therefore, the end time “sealing” is “having his Father’s Name written in their foreheads.” Revelation 14:1. Notice, the Holy Spirit is both the “seal,” and the “Sealer.”
However, there is one more “seal” that comes into play. Exodus 31:13 teaches us that Gods “Sabbaths” are “a sign [better translated as “seal”]. Confirmed in Revelation 14:7 & 12. And in a side note, just as God’s “sealed” people have multiple “seals,” So also do the wicked. They have “the mark,” the name of the beast,” and “the number of his name.” Revelation 13:17.
“Just as soon as the people of God are sealed in their foreheads -- it is not any seal or mark that can be seen, but a settling into the truth, both intellectually and spiritually, so they cannot be moved -- just as soon as God’s people are sealed and prepared for the shaking, it will come. Indeed, it has begun already; the judgments of God are now upon the land, to give us warning, that we may know what is coming.” 4BC:1161.6; FLB:287.7; Mar. 200.2.
“The seal of the Living God is placed upon those who conscientiously keep the Sabbath of the Lord.” 7BC:980 (1897).
“The seal given in the forehead is God, New Jerusalem. ‘I will write upon him the name of My God, and the name of the city of My God’ (Rev. 3:12).” 15MR:225.
“What is the seal of the living God, which is placed in the foreheads of His people? It is a mark which angels, but not human eyes, can read; for the destroying angel must see this mark of redemption. The intelligent mind has seen the sign of the cross of Calvary in the Lord’s adopted sons and daughters. The sin of the transgression of the Law of God is taken away. They have on the wedding garment, and are obedient and faithful to all God’s Commands.” (Letter 126, 1898) 7BC:968.
“The Israelites placed over their doors a signature of blood, to show that they were God’s property. So the children of God in this age will bear the signature God has appointed. They will place themselves in harmony with God’s Holy Law. A mark is placed upon every one of God’s people just as verily as a mark was placed over the doors of the Hebrew dwellings, to preserve the people from the general ruin.” RH, February 6, 1900.
And from (Letter 79, 1900) 7BC:967 we read: “. . .angels are belting the world, refusing Satan his claims to supremacy, made because of the vast multitude of his adherents. We hear not the voices, we see not with the natural sight the work of these angels, but their hands are linked about the world, and with sleepless vigilance they are keeping the armies of Satan at bay till the sealing of God’s people shall be accomplished.”
“Those that overcome the world, the flesh, and the devil, will be the favored ones who shall receive the seal of the living God. Those whose hands are not clean, whose hearts are not pure, will not have the seal of the living God. Those who are planning sin and acting it will be passed by. Only those who, in their attitude before God, are filling the position of those who are repenting and confessing their sins in the great anti-typical day of atonement, will be recognized and marked as worthy of God’s protection. The names of those who are steadfastly looking and waiting and watching for the appearing of their Saviour -- more earnestly and wishfully than they who wait for the morning -- will be numbered with those who are sealed.” TM:445.1.
“a loud voice” = In Revelation 18:2, it depicts “a strong voice.”
In Revelation 1:10; 11:12; 16:1; 19:1; 21:3; it depicts “a great voice.”
In Revelation 5:2 & 12; 6:10; 7:2 & 10; 8:13; 10:3; 12:10; 14:7 & 9 & 15; 19:17; it depicts “a loud voice.”
All are in some accounts our Lord Jesus Christ Himself (except Revelation, Chapter 14, where they are listed as three separate “angels,” and in Rev. 6:10, where the martyred are pictured). The Greek is the same and should be consistently translated the same, i.e., “loud voice.” The Greek is, “Megas phone,” which correlates to our English word, “Megaphone.” The application, both in the Greek and in English is the same, that of carrying the emphasis that this “loud voice” is as “loud” as a voice can get; thus implying the urgency of the message.
7:3: “sealed the servants” = Notice, you must be a “servant” in order to be “sealed.” As discussed under verse 2, we are sealed through the ministration of the Holy Spirit. And, you must be keeping holy God’s Law. And, you must be one who speaks out against error.
“in their foreheads” = See my Revelation 14:9 Note.
7:4 & 7:13-17: “sealed” = In regards to the sealing, see Ezekiel 9:4 & Ephesians 1:13. Hosea 13:1, which explain why the tribe of Ephraim is left out.
“an hundred and forty and four thousand” = “Then we heard the voice of God which shook the heavens and earth, and gave the 144,000 the day and hour of Jesus’ Coming.” DS, March 14, 1846, par. 2; Broadside1, April 6, 1846 par. 8.
“Soon we heard the voice of God like many waters, which gave us the day and hour of Jesus’ Coming. The living saints, 144,000 in number, knew and understood the voice, while the wicked thought it was thunder and an earthquake. As God spoke the day and the hour of Jesus’ Coming, and delivered the everlasting covenant to His people, He spoke one sentence, and then paused, while the words were rolling through the earth.” CET:58.1; CCh:33.1; EW:15; ExV:10-11; LDE:272.2-3; LS:65.1.
“And as God spoke the day and the hour of Jesus’ Coming, and delivered the everlasting covenant to His people, He spoke one sentence, and then paused, while the words were rolling through the earth.” CET:95.3; 1SG:205-206; 1SM:75.3; 3SM:112.2; 16:MR:176.2; Broadside3, April 7, 1847 par. 6; EW:34.1; EW:285; LS:102; ExV:18; RH, July 21, 1851 par. 13; SR:408; WLF:20.
“When the character of Christ is perfectly reproduced in His people then He will Come to claim them as His Own.” COL:69.
“The voice of God is heard from Heaven, declaring the day and hour of Jesus’ Coming, and delivering the everlasting covenant to His people.” DD:49.3; 4SP:458.1; AG:356.2; FLB:182.7; GC88:640; GC:640; Hvn:30.1; Mar:287.2; ML:344.5; OFC:335.4.
“Soon we heard the voice of God like many waters, which gave us the day and hour of Jesus’ Coming. The living saints knew and understood [32] the voice, while the wicked thought it was thunder and an earthquake. When God spake the time, He poured on us the Holy Spirit, and our faces began to light up and shine with the glory of God as Moses’ did when he came down from mount Sinai.
“The 144,000 were all sealed and perfectly united.” 2SG(1860):31-32; 1T:59.1-2.
“Soon we heard the voice of God like many waters, which gave us the day and hour of Jesus’ Coming. The living saints, 144,000 in number, knew and understood the voice, while the wicked thought it was thunder and an earthquake. When God spake the time, He poured upon us the Holy Spirit, and our faces began to light up and shine with the glory of God, as Moses’ did when he came down from Mount Sinai. [1T:59.1]
“It was just as impossible for them to get on the path again and go to the City, as all the wicked world which God had rejected. They fell all the way along the path one after another, until we heard the voice of God like many waters, which gave us the day and hour of Jesus’ Coming. The living saints, 144,000 in number, knew and understood the voice, while the wicked thought it was thunder and an earthquake. When God spake the time, He poured on us the Holy Ghost, and our faces began to light up and shine with the glory of God as Moses’ did when he came down from Mount Sinai.” WLF:14.2; Broadside1, April 6, 1846 par. 2; DS, January 24, 1846.
“Soon we heard the voice of God like many waters, which gave us the day and hour of Jesus’ Coming. The living saints, 144,000, in number, knew and understood the voice, while the wicked thought it was thunder and an earthquake. When God spake the time, He poured on us the Holy Ghost, and our faces began to light up and shine with the glory of God as Moses’ did when he came down from Mount Sinai.” RH, July 21, 1851 par. 2.
7:5-8: “Of the tribe” = Comparing lists in God’s Word: See my Bible Study, “Tribes & Symbols Of Israel.”
7:9: “great multitude” = In regards to the “great multitude,” these are NOT the 144,000, for the 144,000 comprise a literal number (see my Bible Study, “144,000, THE [UNDER SDA ALSO]”). The Day of Atonement equals the experience of the 144,000, because all sins must be confessed before the priest enters into the Most Holy Place, which is the Close of Probation. If we compare this verse with its sister verse, Revelation 19:6, we can see that the “great multitude” cannot be numbered (“many waters” in 19:6, waters equaling “nations, peoples”). Also, the factual statement that this “great multitude” could not be numbered, indicates that this is not the 144,000, for they obviously can be numbered.
According to RH, December 2, 1875, the “great multitude” equals “the righteous dead,” meaning we are discussing the time frame of the “time of trouble.” This means that the Close of Probation has already taken place and only the 144,000 “in number” go through the “time of trouble.”
“What an example have the martyrs for Jesus left us in their lives of self-denial and sacrifice. They were faithful and true to principle. Although prisons, tortures, inquisitions, gibbets, and the stake threatened them, they counted not their lives dear unto themselves. Their love for the truth was here manifested. They chose to obey the truth at the expense of great suffering. The world was not worthy of these heroes of faith. They died for their faith. The pure gold was refined from all dross through trial and suffering. As these shall enter the portals of glory they will shout in triumph: We overcame by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of our testimony. We were faithful unto death, and now receive a crown of life. Shouts of triumph will come from lips that never triumphed before. Those who were too timid to praise God vocally were not too timid to die for their Lord. They struggled and fought the good fight of faith. They were steadfast to the end. They will unite their glad voices in the universal songs of triumph and victory, praising God that they were accounted worthy to receive the Heavenly benediction ‘well done’ from the Master they loved, and for Whom they suffered. His Own right hand will place upon their brows crowns of immortal glory that fade not away.” RH, December 2, 1875, par. 18 (Par. 17 quoting Rev. 7:9-10, 13-17 in reference to the “great multitude”).
“Nearest the throne are those who were once zealous in the cause of Satan, but who, plucked as brands from the burning, have followed their Saviour with deep, intense devotion. Next are those who perfected Christian characters in the midst of falsehood and infidelity, those who honored the Law of God when the Christian world declared it void, and the millions, of all ages, who were martyred for their faith. And beyond is the ‘great multitude which no [480]
“man could number, of all nations and kindreds and people and tongues,’ ‘before the throne and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands.’ Their warfare is ended, their victory won. They have run the race and reached the prize. The palm branch in their hands is a symbol of their triumph, the white robe an emblem of the spotless righteousness of Christ which now is theirs.” 4SP:479-480; GC:665.
“clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands” = The “clothed with white robes” is clear enough langue for the statement of victory in their walk with Jesus. However, the additional mention of the “palms in the hands” is of particular interest, in that it seats the aspect of the 144,000 living a victorious life. At our Lord’s triumphal entry into Jerusalem, the crowd greeted Him waving palm branches (John 12:13), a clear reference to victory. When returning from a victorious campaign, Roman generals actually wore “white robes,” rode upon “white horses,” as our Lord with the first horse of Revelation, Chapter 6, and the people would wave “palm branches,” (see Barclays book, “The Revelation of John,” and his notes on Chapter 2, verses 26-27).
7:10: “a loud voice” = See my Revelation 7:2 Note.
7:11: “four and twenty elders” = See my Revelation 4:4 Note.
7:14: “came out of great tribulation” = This phrase is first used in Daniel 12:1. Here is my Daniel 12:1 Note: “time of trouble” = Tribulation, see Mat. 24:21. I believe this to be a dual prophecy, for it applies to the righteous dead (see my Rev. 7:9 Note) and the 144,000 during the “Time of Trouble.”
“Bread and water is all that is promised to the remnant in the time of trouble.” 1SP:224.
“To stand in defense of truth and righteousness when the majority forsake us, to fight the battles of the Lord when champions are few – this will be our test. At this time we must gather warmth from the coldness of others, courage from their cowardice, and loyalty from their treason.” 5T:136.
“As Satan influenced Esau to march against Jacob, so he will stir up the wicked to destroy God’s people in the time of trouble.” 4SP:435.
“Yet for the elect’s sake, the time of trouble will be shortened.” 4SP:447. (See Rev. 22:11).
“When He leaves the sanctuary, darkness covers the inhabitants of the earth.” 4SP:432.
Here is my Matthew 24:21 Note: “For then” = The Greek word for “then” is “tote,” which means “when, at that time (past or future).” It is sometimes used to introduce a future event as in this Chapter of Matthew (verses 9 & 10 & 14 & 23 & 30 & 40), and in this case coinciding with Matthew, Chapter 24, verse 22, thereby making this text apply to the tribulation period just prior to Christ’s Second Coming.
“washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb” = From ST, November 22, 1905; COL:312; FLB:113; LHU:163; Mar:78, 225; 1MPC:186; ML:272 we read: “the robe of His Own righteousness. . . When we submit ourselves to Christ the heart is united with His heart; the will is merged in His Will; the mind becomes one with His mind; the thoughts are brought into captivity to Him; we live His life. This is what it means to be clothed with the garment of His righteousness.”
CHAPTER EIGHT
8:1: “there was silence in Heaven about the space of half an hour” = It has been calculated that in prophetic time, “half an hour” would equal “7 1/2 Days.” Let’s see if we can come to the same conclusion. In Biblical prophecy a year equals 360 days. Since a day equals 24 hours, “half an hour” would be 48 sections of time (2 x 24). Therefore, 360 divided by 48 would equal 7.5; or 7 and a half days. See Habakkuk 2:20, then Zechariah 2:13.
“And there was silence in Heaven for the space of half an hour, a whole week or seven and a half days.” Joseph Bates, 1847 JB, BP2 84.1.
“When the seventh seal is opened, there will be silence in Heaven, about the space of half an hour: this in prophetic time, will correspond with the seven days before the flood, when God closed the door of the ark -- thus cutting off all hope of deliverance from the antediluvians. We therefore learn that seven days before Christ makes His Second Appearance, the doors of the Ark of Mercy will be closed, when no more sins will be forgiven, and no more souls saved.” Signs of the Times (Himes) June 8, 1842 JVHe, HST:77.7.
“The mourning will commence, in my opinion, when the seventh trumpet shall begin to sound -- when the seventh seal shall be opened, and will continue ‘about the space of half an hour,’ (7 1-2 days) when there shall be ‘silence in Heaven,’ (the church). Not another gospel sermon, exhortation, or prayer, offered for the sinner and our songs will have ceased, while viewing a despairing world around, but at the end of which, the saints, being judged, justified and glorified [= Close of Probation], will then resume their high praises on harps, to cease no more.” Signs of the Times(Himes) September 14, 1842 JVHe, HST 186.4}
“When this emptying Heaven of all the holy angels takes place, will not there be ‘silence in heaven?’ ‘About half an hour.’ Will it not be some seven days? for a prophetic hour is fifteen days. The Advent Review and Sabbath Herald, January 15, 1857 UrSe, ARSH 85.6}.
“The cause of the silence in Heaven for the space of half an hour, we are not here prepared to state, unless it be by an extremely literal interpretation of Matt. xxv,31, which says that the Son of Man shall Come in His glory, and all the holy angels with Him. We cannot conceive what else at that momentous period would leave Heaven silent. Half an hour, prophetic time, is seven days and a half. William Peabody, The Advent Review and Sabbath Herald, June 17, 1858 UrSe, ARSH 40.3.
“And when he had opened the seventh seal, there was silence in Heaven about the space of half an hour. {September 16, 1862 JWe, ARSH 124.2}
“In prophetic time, a day for a year, about half an hour would be a week’s duration.” The Advent Review and Sabbath Herald, September 16, 1862 JWe, ARSH 124.2-3.
“And under the seventh seal (chap.8:1) when there is silence in Heaven about the space of half an hour; when the great Mediator ceases to plead for sinners, the day of grace ends; then the judgment or trial {Time Of Trouble} will proceedon the living inhabitants of the earth.” John Andrews, 1890 JNA, JEO:97.2.
“But we wish to notice a few other particulars which have been looked upon as somewhat obscure, though it would seem that, by ‘comparing Scripture with Scripture,’ they may be made plain. They are the standing up of Michael -- the silence in Heaven -- and the time, as to the order of events, when the last plagues begin.” Apollos Hale, 1843 ApH, HOB:26.2.
“It is under the opening of the sixth seal of Revelation Seventh Chapter, where the servants of God are sealed preparatory to the resurrection. And under the seventh seal, (chapter viii. 1,) when there is silence in Heaven about the space of half an hour; when the great Mediator ceases to plead for sinners, the day of grace ends; then the judgment or trial [Time of Trouble] will proceed on the living inhabitants of the earth.” Josiah Litch, 1842 JoL, PREX1:53.1.
“And now, we only wait for the last seal to open. ‘And when he had opened the seventh seal, there was silence in Heaven about the space of half an hour.’ Zechariah says, 2:13, ‘Be silent, O all flesh, before the Lord; for he is raised up out of his holy habitation!’ Habakkuk says, 2:20, {1842 WiM, MWV2:188.1}
“But the Lord is in his holy temple; let all the earth keep silence before him!” [Hab. 2:20] From these passages I should infer, that when God arises up to the prey, when his great white throne is set in the heavens, and when the Son of Man shall Come in the clouds of heaven, with power and great glory, then will all flesh be silent before Him. And it is reasonable to suppose that the whole universe of rational beings who may be permitted to witness that grand scene, will be so filled with wonder and awe at the sight of the glory of God, that they will be silent.” William Miller, 1842 WiM, MWV2:188.1-2.
8:2: “seven trumpets” = The rest of the Book of Revelation is devoted to what takes place at the blowing of the trumpets of our Lord. Therefore, it would behoove us to take a serious look at what the Bible has to say about their significance. See my Bible Study, “Trumpets At Second Coming.” According to Numbers 10:8-10, trumpets were used to announce the “alarm” to go to “war.” And Joel 2:1 explains they announce the coming of “The day of the Lord.”
8:3: “stood at the altar, having a golden censer” = This would equal the Golden Altar of Incense, in the Holy Place.
8:4: “the smoke of the incense” = The “smoke” represents “the prayers of all saints,” as also mentioned in verse 3(see also Rev. 5:8). The fact that burning incense in the Holy Place was primarily the responsibility of the high priest (see Exo. 30:1, then verses 7-8), suggests that the angel which John saw represents and was Jesus as our Mediator. Jesus is taking the prayers of the saints, contaminated by sin, and cleanses them through an atoning incense. In other words, Jesus not only is cleansing our prayers, but cleansing His followers in preparation of clothing them with “shite robes.” See Numbers 16:46-47.
8:5: “cast it into the earth” = The casting down of the censer indicates the “Close of Probation” at worst, or at best a warning that the intercession of Christ will not last forever. However, based on what takes place in the following verses, it is clear that this is the “Close of Probation” and a description of what takes place during the “Time of Trouble” is about to be explained to us.
According to Adult Sabbath School Lesson, February 10, 2019, “Jewish commentary on the Bible explains that at the evening sacrifice the lamb was placed upon the altar of burnt offering, and the blood was poured out at the base of the altar. An appointed priest took the golden censer inside the temple and offered incense on the golden altar in the Holy Place. When the priest came out, he threw the censer down on the pavement, producing a loud noise. At that point, seven priests blew their trumpets, marking the end of the temple services for that day.”
“and there were voices, and thunderings, and lightnings, and an earthquake” = See my Revelation. 4:5 Note. The fact that this event follows the casting down of the censer indicates to me that this is the “Close of Probation.”
8:7: “hail and fire” = These are signs of judgment. See Job 38:22-23.
“third part” = God’s judgments occasionally happen in thirds. See Ezekiel 5:2 & 12.
8:8: “a great mountain burning with fire” = A mountain in the Old Testament is often representative of a kingdom or empire (see Psa. 48:1; 78:68; Isa. 2:2-3; 13:4; 31:4; 41:15; 42:15; Jer. 51:24-25 & 42 & 63-64; Eze. 35:2-3; 38:20; Oba. 1:8-9; Zec. 4:7). Whereas, in Daniel 2:35 and Isaiah 65:25, God’s Kingdom is thus described in terms of a “great mountain.” This reminds me of the text in First Peter 4:17: “that judgment must begin at the house of God.”
“was cast into the sea” = However, in regards to my remark above, the destruction of ancient Babylon is described in the prophecy of Jeremiah as its sinking into the sea (see Jer. 51:42 & 63-64). Of course, literally it just meant its destruction. And John uses this same spiritual language in describing spiritual Babylon both possibly here, but definitely in Revelation 18:21. Thus Babylon is destroyed here, meaning at the preparation of the Coming of Christ
8:9: “third part of the creatures which were in the sea” = “Thousands of ships will be hurled into the depths of the sea. Navies will go down, and human lives will be sacrificed by millions. Fires will break out unexpectedly, and no human effort will be able to quench them. The palaces of earth will be swept away in the fury of the flames. Disasters by rail will become more and more frequent; confusion, collision, and death without a moment’s warning will occur on the great lines of travel.” ST, April 21, 1890; FLB:343; LDE:24; Mar:37; MYP:89; PH120:10.
8:11: “Wormwood” = The Greek is “apsinthos” and is the name for a group of herbs, “artemesia absinthium,” in the Near East. They are notorious for their bitterness (see Deu. 29:17-18; Lam. 3:19). Although “Wormwood” was not poisonous, poisonous effects were often associated with it (see Deu. 29:18; Jer. 9:15; Amos 6:12). God, through the prophet Jeremiah threatened to give Israel and her prophets “Wormwood” to eat, and poisoned water to drink (see Jer. 9:13-15; 8:14; 23:15).
Therefore, “Wormwood” is a symbol of Divine punishment for apostasy. Jesus warned of false prophets who would seduce the people of God with their deceptive teachings (see Mat. 24:4-5 & 11 & 23-24); and Paul did the same in his farewell address to the Ephesians in Acts 20:26-31 (similar predictions are found in other portions of Scripture in 1Ti. 4:1-2; 2Ti. 4:3-4; 2Pe. 2:1-3; 1Jo. 1:18-19; 4:1; Jude 1:3-4). And once again, this reminds me of the text in First Peter 4:17: “that judgment must begin at the house of God.”
8:13: “a loud voice” = In Revelation 18:2, it depicts “a strong voice.”
In Revelation 1:10; 11:12; 16:1; 19:1; 21:3; it depicts “a great voice.”
In Revelation 5:2 & 12; 6:10; 7:2 & 10; 8:13; 10:3; 12:10; 14:7 & 9 & 15; 19:17; it depicts “a loud voice.”
All are in some accounts our Lord Jesus Christ Himself (except Revelation, Chapter 14, where they are listed as three separate “angels,” and in Revelation 6:10, where the martyred are pictured). The Greek is the same and should be consistently translated the same, i.e., “loud voice.” The Greek is, “Megas phone,” which correlates to our English word, “Megaphone.” The application, both in the Greek and in English is the same, that of carrying the emphasis that this “loud voice” is as “loud” as a voice can get; thus implying the urgency of the message.
“Woe, woe, woe” = These are most likely in reference to the three “woe’s” that are to follow. Also, if you see my Revelation 4:8 note, the other side of that would be that each “woe” here is given by each part. In other words, one for/from the Father, one for/from the Son, and one for/from the Holy Spirit.
CHAPTER NINE
9:ALL: “[334] In the year 1840, another remarkable fulfillment of prophecy excited widespread interest. Two years before, Josiah Litch, one of the leading ministers preaching the Second Advent, published an exposition of Revelation 9, predicting the fall of the Ottoman empire, and specifying not only the year but the very day on which this would take place. According to this exposition, which was purely a matter of calculation on the prophetic periods of Scripture, the Turkish government would surrender its independence on the eleventh day of August, 1840. The prediction was widely published, and thousands watched the course of events with eager interest.
“At the very time specified, Turkey, through her ambassadors, accepted the protection of the allied powers of Europe, and thus placed herself under the control of Christian [335] nations. The event exactly fulfilled the prediction. When it became known, multitudes were convinced of the correctness of the principles of prophetic interpretation adopted by Miller and his associates, and a wonderful impetus was given to the Advent movement.” GC88:334-335.
In an interesting statement by Barbara Tuchman, in the book, “The March Of Folly,” we read this: “The advance of the Turks since the fall of Constantinople (1453) was generally considered to have been allowed by God in punishment for the sins of the Church.”
9:1-2: “bottomless pit” = That the “bottomless pit” equals the “earth” can be noticed by seeing verse 3, where the “smoke” that came “out of the pit,” verse 2, is “upon the earth.” The Greek word for “bottomless pit” is “abussos.” In the “LXX”, in Genesis 1:2, the word “abussos” translates to the Hebrew word “tehom,” meaning “deep,” which is the word that describes the surface of the earth as it appeared on the first day of creation, i.e., “without form, and void.” It also is the same word that is translated “great deep” in Genesis 7:11. In Jeremiah 4:23-30, it is used to describe the desolate and uninhabited portion of Palestine during the Exile. In Isaiah 24:21-22, it is translated as “pit” in verse 22, and is definitely referring to “the kings of the earth upon the earth,” verse 21.
Getting back to the Greek word “abussos,” as it is used in the New Testament, it is usually described as the dark and chaotic prison abode of the fallen angels and demons who are under the control of God (see Luke 8:31; 2Pe. 2:4; Jude 1:6). In Revelation 20:1 & 3, it is used to depict the habitat of Satan’s imprisonment during the millennium, which we know to be this earth. However, it is there referenced as literal; whereas in Chapter Nine, it is spiritually discerned (symbolism).
From EW:290; 4SP:475; EW:290 (1882ed); FLB:353; GC88:659; GC:659; MAR:307 & 313; SR:415 we read: “The earth looked like a desolate wilderness. Cities and villages, shaken down by the earthquake, lay in heaps. Mountains had been moved out of their places, leaving large caverns. Ragged rocks, thrown out by the sea, or torn out of the earth itself, were scattered all over its surface. Large trees had been uprooted and were strewn over the land. Here is to be the home of Satan with his evil angels for a thousand years. Here he will be confined, to wander up and down over the broken surface of the earth and see the effects of his rebellion against God’s Law. For a thousand years he can enjoy the fruit of the curse, which he has caused. Limited alone to the earth, he will not have the privilege of ranging to other planets, to tempt and annoy those who have not fallen. During this time, Satan suffers extremely. {See Isa. 24:1, 3, 5-6; 14:18-20}. . . During the thousand years between the first and the second resurrection, the Judgment of the wicked dead takes place.”
Also, according to GC:658-659; 88GC:658: “That the expression ‘bottomless pit’ represents the earth in a state of confusion and darkness, is evident from other Scriptures. Concerning the condition of the earth ‘in the beginning,’ the Bible record says that it ‘was without form, and void; and darkness was upon the face of the deep.’ Gen. 1:2. Prophecy teaches that it will be brought back, partially at least, to this condition. Looking forward to the great day of God, the prophet Jeremiah declares: {Jer. 4:23-27 quoted}.” NOTE: In Jeremiah, Chapter 4, Jeremiah could not be referring to creation, for “the cities thereof were broken down” and “the birds of the heavens were fled.”
9:2-3: “smoke” = “Smoke” in the Bible is in general a term used in regards to “judgment” and “punishment” (see Gen. 19:28; Exo. 19:18; Deu. 29:20; Jos. 8:20-21; Psa. 11:6; 37:20; 68:2; 74:1; 102:3; 104:32; 119:83-84; Isa. 6:4-5; 9:18-19; 14:31; 34:8-10; 65:5; Eze. 38:22; Joel 2:30; Nah. 2:13; Acts 2:19; Rev. 8:4-5; 14:11; 18:9).
9:4: “grass of the earth, neither any green thing, neither any tree” = Since the thing that they can hurt are “those men which have not the seal of God in their foreheads,” it stands to reason that the they, “the grass” and “any green thing,” or “tree,” would be representative of God’s people here.
9:5 & 10: “five months” = In an interesting fact, the lifespan of a “locust” is “five months.” Therefore, the harm of this plague which Satan could inflict would be the time period in which one entire generation of “locusts” would survive. Five months would equal 150 days, and in prophetic terms that would equal 150 years. By contrast, this is a dual prophecy. see my Revelation 9:15 note for this “five months” time period. And as such, this could very well be giving us the time period for the “tribulation” being only a literal “five months.”
9:7-10: “locusts” = These verses give a description of the “locusts.” And in the entire Chapter 2 of Joel, the prophet gives a description of what I believe to be one and the same, as Joel describes it just before the Second Coming of our Lord, “for the day of the Lord cometh, for it is nigh at hand,” verse 1.
9:10: “tails” = The prophet Isaiah teaches us that the metaphor of a “tail” has reference to false prophets who deceive the people (see Isa. 9:15). In addition, according to Revelation 12:4, Satan himself deceived a “third” part of the angels of Heaven through the power of the metaphor of his “tail.” Therefore, the conclusion here is that men are “tormented,” verse 5, and “hurt,” verse 10, by the false doctrines they have been deceived by or outright accepted as truth.
9:11: “king over them” = What is interesting is that the “locusts” are said to have a “king over them.” But according to Proverbs 30:27, “locusts have no king,” over them, and they go “forth all of them by bands.” Therefore, the conclusion must be that these are a symbolism of something else as opposed to literal “locusts,” of which they most likely are in the proceeding verses, or that they take upon themselves a different aspect here. Other reasons they are symbolic include the fact that locusts have not the power of “scorpions,” Revelation 9:3 & 5.
They do not normally possess poisonous stings (Rev. 9:10). And locusts normally attack plants, not people. Finally, the fact that the locusts come out from the abyss, which is the prison house of demonic forces, which is confined because of their dong destructive work, which they would have done all along, except for the four angels of God restraining them from the four corners of the earth (see Rev. 7:1). This makes me believe that these symbolistic “locusts” actually refer to the demons who are now unleashed to do their harmful work, and that they do have a “king over them,” i.e., Satan, i.e., “Abaddon” & “Apollyon.”
“star” = It is my belief that this “star,” verse 1, and “king,” verse 11, is none other than Satan himself. The reason is that he is seen as “a star fall [en] from Heaven unto the earth,” verse 1. This “star” that falls out from “Heaven” evokes the account given us about Satan and his rebellion, as found in Isaiah 14:12; Luke 10:18; Revelation 12:7-10.
Also, the fact that “to him was given the key of the bottomless pit,” verse 1, entails the explanation that Satan was given control and possession rights over this earth when Adam and Eve transgressed. The passive form here for “was given,” functions as the “Hebrew Divine Passive.” It was very common in Judaism that God’s Name was too sacred to be uttered, except in rare circumstances. When conversing about God, or His actions, Jews usually used what is called the “Divine Passive.” For instance: “You are blessed,” clearly, meant in their thought process, “God has blessed you.” That this is how the “Divine Passive” form, used often in the Book of Revelation, is perfectly portrayed here, in that the fallen “star,” “was given the key of the bottomless pit,” meaning that the key “was given” to him by God.
“Abaddon” & “Apollyon” = These Hebrew words mean “destruction.” “Apollyon” is equivalent to “Abaddon,” in that it means “the one who destroys,” of, “the destroyer.” The meaning is clear. Satan is a destroyer when it comes to man. Our Lord Himself calls Satan a “destroyer” of people in John 10:10. It must be acknowledged that these are titles, and not names. Thus, they are simply “titles” for Satan. However, with help from Second Thessalonians 2:3, we can better understand that the true meaning is that Satan is headed for destruction because he is a destroyer.
Here is my Second Thessalonians 2:3 Note: “son of perdition” = Or “son of destruction.” There is only one other place in Scripture where this appellation is used. It is applied to Judas by or Savior (John 17:12) as one who allowed Satan to enter into his heart (John 13:2 & 27). This is another title or description of the “man of sin” who is headed for “destruction.” To be totally clear, Satan is headed for destruction.
“Not till after the great apostasy, and the long period of the reign of the ‘man of sin,’ can we look for the Advent of our Lord. The ‘man of sin,’ which is also styled ‘the mystery of iniquity,’ ‘the son of perdition,’ and ‘that wicked,’ represents the papacy, which, as foretold in prophecy, was to maintain its supremacy for 1260 years. This period ended in 1798. The Coming of Christ could not take place before that time. Paul covers with his caution the whole of the Christian dispensation down to the year 1798. It is this side of that time that the message of Christ’s Second Coming is to be proclaimed.” GC:356.
9:13: “golden altar which is before God” = This would equal the “Alter of Incense” which stands in the Holy Place (see Exo. 30:6).
9:14: “four angels” = Just as the “four angels” of Revelation, Chapter 7 (specifically verses 1-3), hold back the judgments to come, so these “four angels” (who may be one and the same), have been holding back the enemies of God (see “great river Euphrates” note below) from His righteous people; just as in Revelation, Chapter 7, where we wait to have God’s people “sealed” before everything is let loose upon “earth.”
“great river Euphrates” = The “Euphrates” river is called the “great river” in Genesis 15:18; Deuteronomy 1:7; Joshua 1:4. In Scripture, it is depicted as the “boundary” that separates God’s people from their enemies (see Isa. 7:20; Jer. 46:10; 51:13 [“many waters” = the Euphrates] Rev. 16:12). Therefore, when Isaiah describes the Euphrates River as overflowing its banks and sweeping into the land of Judah (Isa. 8:7-8), he is describing the breach of the boundary between God’s people and her enemies, or better, the righteous and the wicked. I believe this to be a reference to the upcoming battle of “Armageddon,” Revelation 16:16, which for the righteous is a spiritual battle, and for the wicked the hoped-for physical battle (rid themselves of these Christians once and for all). It also applies to -- according to Revelation 17:16 -- the turning away from supporting Babylon by its followers, since its fall -- the drying up of the river -- in Revelation 16:12.
9:15: “And the four angels were loosed” = For the first time in the Book of Revelation, God’s restraining hand upon Satan’s hellish forces is let loose. For “were loosed” is another use of the Divine Passive (as discussed in my Rev. 9:11 Note), in which the true meaning is, “were loosed by God.”
“for an hour, and a day, and a month, and a year” = From SDA Bible Commentary 7, additional notes on Chapter 9, pp. 794-795 we read: “The Swiss reformer, Heinrich Bullinger, in 1575 A.D., agreeing with Martin Luther, set forth this trumpet as symbolic of Moslems. On the basis of the year-day principle [see Num. 14:34; 1Sa. 20:6; Psa. 90:10; Eze. 4:5; and then see Gen. 6:3], William Miller calculated the five months of the fifth trumpet (Rev. 9:5) to be 150 literal years, and the hour, day, month, and year of the sixth [trumpet] to be 391 years and 15 days. Miller set forth the view that the time period of the sixth trumpet followed immediately upon that of the fifth, so as to make the entire period one of 541 years and 15 days. This period he dated from 1298 A.D., when he considered the first attack by the Ottoman Turks on the Byzantine Empire occurred, to 1839. Thus, according to his view, both trumpets represented the Ottoman Turks, the fifth, their rise and the sixth, their period of domination. In 1838 Josiah Litch, one of Miller’s associates in the Second Advent movement in America revised Miller’s dates to 1299 to 1449 A.D. for the fifth trumpet, and 1449 to 1840 for the sixth.
“Litch accepted the date July 27, 1299, for the battle of Bapheum, near Nicomedia, which he took as the first attack by the Ottoman Turks on the Byzantine Empire. He saw the date 1449 as significant of the collapse of Byzantine power, for toward the end of 1448 a new Byzantine emperor, Constantine Palaeologus, had requested permission of the Turkish sultan Murad II before daring to ascend his throne, and he did not, in fact, receive the crown until January 6, 1449, after such permission had been granted. Litch believed that this 150-year period constituted the time during which the Ottoman Turks ‘tormented’ (see v. 5) the Byzantine Empire. As already stated, Litch set 1299 as the beginning of the fifth trumpet, to be more exact, July 27, 1299, his date for the battle of Bapheum. He gave to this fifth trumpet a period of 150 years. This brought him to July 27, 1449, for the beginning of the sixth trumpet. Adding on 391 years brought him to July 27, 1840. The 15 days carried him over into the month of August of that year. He predicted that in that month the power of the Turkish Empire would be overthrown. However, at the outset he did not fix on a precise day in August. A short time before the expiration of this period he declared that the Turkish Empire would be broken August 11, which is exactly 15 days beyond July 27, 1840. At that time world attention was directed to events taking place in the Turkish Empire. In June 1839, Mohammed Ali, pasha of Egypt and nominally a vassal of the sultan, had rebelled against his overlord. He defeated the Turks and captured their navy. At this juncture Mahmud II, the sultan, died, and the ministers of his successor, Abdul Mejid, proposed a settlement to Mohammed Ali by which he would receive the hereditary pashalik of Egypt, and his son Ibrahim, the rulership of Syria.
“However, Britain, France, Austria, Prussia, and Russia, who all had interests in the Near East, intervened at this point and insisted that no agreement between the Turks and Mohammed Ali be made without their consultation. Negotiations were protracted until the summer of 1840, when, on July 15, Britain, Austria, Prussia, and Russia signed the Treaty of London, proposing to back with force the terms suggested the previous year by the Turks. It was about this time that Litch announced that he anticipated Turkish power to come to an end on August 11. On that day the Turkish emissary, Rifat Bey, arrived at Alexandria with the terms of the London Convention. On that day also the ambassadors of the four powers received a communication from the sultan inquiring as to what measures were to be taken in reference to a circumstance vitally affecting his empire. He was told that ‘provision had been made,’ but he could not know what it was. Litch interpreted these events as a recognition by the Turkish government that its independent power was gone. These events, coming at the specified time of Litch’s prediction, exercised a wide influence upon the thinking of those in America who were interested in the Millerite movement. Indeed, this prediction by Litch went far to give credence to other, as yet unfulfilled, time prophecies -- particularly that of the 2300 days -- which were being preached by the Millerites. Thus this occurrence in 1840 was a significant factor in building up the expectation of the Second Advent three years later.”
This assessment is acceptable in that our Lord is still in the Holy Place at this point in time. In other words, He has not moved to the Most Holy Place (that takes place in Rev. 11:19) and is still among the “candlesticks” and the “Golden Altar of Incense” (see Rev. 8:3; 9:13; which are in the Holy Place) at this point in time; which is pre-1844.
However, how it is ascertained that “an hour, and a day, and a month, and a year” equals 391 days, i.e., years, is that a Biblical year equals 360, plus a month equals 30, plus a day equals 1, with an hour being 1/24th of a day, or 15 days out of a year, equaling 391 years and 15 days.
This is all nice history, and many can make numbers line up to some event. I am not disagreeing with what I have noted above. What I am stating here is that I believe this to be a dual prophecy. Surly we can see that a “third part of men,” Revelation 8:11; 9:15 & 18, upon the earth have not yet been slain.
If you see my Bible Study: “REVELATION’S PLAGUES [Better Seen In My CHART; Via E-Mail]” you will see that I believe this applies to that time period of the “Time of Trouble” when the plagues of Revelation, Chapter 16, will be falling. Jeremiah speaks of Babylon’s finality in Jeremiah 51:60-63.
9:16: “horsemen” = Although the “locusts came from out of the “bottomless pit,” or abyss, while the “horsemen” come from the “great river Euphrates,” both have “breastplates,” Revelation 9:9 & 17 (although there purposes are different, the one of “iron,” verse 9, the other of “fire,” verse 17). Also, both have their power coming from their “tails,” Revelation 9:10 & 19. While the “locusts” have teeth like “lions,” Revelation 9:8, the “horses” have heads of “lions,” Revelation 9:17. Now all Satanic powers are let loose by our Lord because of sinful, unrepentant (verse 20) man.
“I heard the number of them” = Based upon the fact that in Revelation, Chapter 7, I am taking the number to be literal, this number of two hundred million must also be taken literally, for the phraseology, “I heard the number of them,” is the same as in Revelation 7:4.
“smoke” = See my Revelation 9:2-3 Note.
9:19: “their power is in their mouth” = False prophecies.
9:20: “And the rest of the men which were not killed by these plagues yet repented not” = The KEY in this statement is that men still, at this point in time, have the ability to “repent.” The failure of the wicked to “repent” signals the approaching cessation of Christ’s intercession in the Sanctuary above, which is the coming “Close of Probation.” It may thus be concluded here that since Revelation, Chapter 7, was the description of the “sealing” of God’s people (the 144,000), therefore, this Chapter is the description of the “sealing,” or numbering of the wicked. This could very well be the wicked peoples last opportunity for salvation just before the “tribulation period,” and the cause of the “silence in Heaven” spoken of in Revelation 8:1.
“The Gospel dispensation is the last period of probation that will ever be granted to men. Those who live under this dispensation of test and trial and yet are not led to repent and obey will perish with the disloyal. There is no second trial. The Gospel that is to be preached to all nations, kindreds, tongues, and peoples presents the truth in clear lines, showing that obedience is the condition of gaining eternal life.” 7BC:971 (MS:40 1900).
CHAPTER TEN
10:1: “Rainbow” = See Ezekiel 1:26-28.
10:2: “little book open” = The fact that both the “Book” of Revelation, Chapter 5, and this “Book” are associated with a “strong angel,” suggests that the two “Book[s]” are one and the same. The “Book” of Revelation, Chapter 5, was still “sealed.” Whereas, this “Book” is now “open.” This would make sense, in that the seven seals (six at least; we have here an interlude between the opening of the seventh seal and the six that have been described and already open) have been opened. Therefore, this must be the “Book” of Revelation, Chapter 5, which was “open[ed]” by our Lord at His coronation.
“right foot upon the sea, and his left foot on the earth” = “The Angel of Revelation 10 is represented as having one foot on the sea and one foot on the land, showing that the message will be carried to distant lands, the ocean will be crossed, and the islands of the sea will hear the proclamation of the last message of warning to our world.” 17MR:9.
“The mighty Angel who instructed John was no less a personage than Jesus Christ. Setting His right foot on the sea, and His left upon the dry land, shows the part, which He is acting, in the closing scenes of the great controversy with Satan. This position denotes His supreme power and authority over the whole earth.” 19MR:319; 1MR:99; 7BC:971.
10:3: “a loud voice” = In Revelation 18:2, it depicts “a strong voice.”
In Revelation 1:10; 11:12; 16:1; 19:1; 21:3; it depicts “a great voice.”
In Revelation 5:2 & 12; 6:10; 7:2 & 10; 8:13; 10:3; 12:10; 14:7 & 9 & 15; 19:17; it depicts “a loud voice.”
All are in some accounts our Lord Jesus Christ Himself (except Revelation, Chapter 14, where they are listed as three separate “angels,” and in Rev. 6:10, where the martyred are pictured). The Greek is the same and should be consistently translated the same, i.e., “loud voice.” The Greek is, “Megas phone,” which correlates to our English word, “Megaphone.” The application, both in the Greek and in English is the same, that of carrying the emphasis that this “loud voice” is as “loud” as a voice can get; thus implying the urgency of the message.
“lion roareth” = According to Hosea 11:10, a lion’s roar symbolizes God’s voice (in this case, Jesus).
10:4: “seven thunders” = According to Psalm 29:3, our Lord’s voice is depicted as sounding like, and having the power of (see the rest of the Psalm) “thunder.” In addition, Jewish tradition holds that, “the voice of Yahwen on Sinai was heard as seven thunders,” Aune, Revelation 6-16, p. 568. Other places in Scripture where God’s voice is as “thunder,” are First Samuel 7:10; Job 26:14; 37:5; Psalm 18:13; John 12:28-29.
“Seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered, and write them not” = “The special light given to John which was expressed in the seven thunders was a delineation of events which would transpire under the first and second angel’s messages.” 1MR:100; 7BC:971.
“This time, which the Angel [Christ; see my Rev. 10:6 Note] declares with a solemn oath, is not the end of this world’s history, neither of probationary time, but of prophetic time, which should precede the Advent of our Lord. That is, the people will not have another message upon definite time. After this period of time, reaching from 1842 to 1844, there can be no definite tracing of the prophetic time. The longest reckoning reaches to the autumn of 1844.
“The Angel’s [Christ; see my Rev. 10:6 Note] position, with one foot on the sea, the other on the land, signifies the wide extent of the proclamation of the message. It will cross the broad waters and be proclaimed in other countries, even to all the world. The comprehension of truth, the glad reception of the message, is represented in the eating of the little Book. The truth in regard to the time of the Advent of our Lord was a precious message to our souls.” 7BC:971 (MS 59, 1900); 1MR:99; 19MR:320; CTr:344.
“The special light given to John which was expressed in the seven thunders was a delineation of events which would transpire under the first and second angel’s messages. It was not best for the people to know these things, for their faith must necessarily be tested. The first and second angels’ messages were to be proclaimed, but no further light was to be revealed before these messages had done their specific work. This is represented by the Angel [Christ; see Rev. 10:6 Note] standing with one foot on the sea, proclaiming with a most solemn oath that time should be no longer. This time, which the angel declares with a solemn oath, is not the end of this world’s history, neither of probationary time, but of prophetic time, which should precede the Advent of our Lord. That is, the people will not have another message upon definite time. After this period of time, reaching from [321]
“1842 to 1844, there can be no definite tracing of the prophetic time. The longest reckoning reaches to the autumn of 1844. The Angel’s [Christ; see my Rev. 10:6 Note] position, with one foot on the sea, the other on the land, signifies the wide extent of the proclamation of the message. It will cross the broad waters and be proclaimed in other countries, even to all the world. The comprehension of truth, the glad reception of the message, is represented in the eating of the little Book. The truth in regard to the time of the Advent of our Lord was a precious message to our souls.” 19MR:320-321.
10:5: “stand upon the sea and upon the earth” = See my Revelation 10:1-2 Note.
10:6: “sware by Him that liveth for ever and ever” = Herein is Christ personified. In swearing by the Creator, the Angel, Who is Christ (see verse 1), swears by Himself. This statement of truth is cleared up by seeing Hebrews 6:13: “For when God made promise to Abraham, because He could swear by no greater, He sware by Himself.”
“Who created Heaven, and the things that therein are, and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the sea, and the things which are therein” = This is Christ, because this is the same “Him that liveth for ever and ever” as the One in Revelation 4:10-11 & 5:14. These Verses (including Rev. 10:6; see also Rev. 14:7) all exemplify and bring to a head the fact that the issue coming up is going to be: W[w]ho, do you worship (the Creator, or what?); When do you worship Him (the Sabbath issue, for creation is mentioned in regard to the worship issue); How do you worship (is the Sabbath-day holy); and What do you worship (the beast and his image or the Creator of heaven and earth). The reason these verses stand out is because they specifically tell us to “worship” the Creator of “heaven and earth,” a clear reference to “creation week,” which will bring about God’s Holy Sabbath as a point of contention.
“time no longer” = The Greek word for “time” is “chronos,” which literally means, “delay.” Therefore, a better translation would be, “no more delay,” for the coming judgments. It also applies to the indication that there would be no more time prophecies that have not already before been prophesied (not that they will not be mentioned again as we see in later Chapters of Revelation).
“After these seven thunders uttered their voices, the injunction comes to John as to Daniel in regard to the little Book: ‘Seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered.’ These relate to future events which will be disclosed in their order. Daniel shall stand in his lot at the end of the days. John sees the little Book unsealed. Then Daniel’s prophecies have their proper place in the first, second, and third angels’ messages to be given to the world. The unsealing of the little Book was the message in relation to time.
“The Books of Daniel and the Revelation are one. One is a prophecy, the other a revelation; one a Book sealed, the other a Book opened. John heard the mysteries which the thunders uttered, but he was commanded not to write them.
10:7: “voice of the seventh angel” = Close of probation/Second Coming. Compare with Revelation 11:15.
“mystery of God” = Obviously this mystery is about to be revealed. Meaning that the “mystery of God” refers to God’s purpose in reference to FUTURE EVENTS which are to take place. “Surely the Lord God will do nothing, but He revealeth His secret unto His servants the prophets.” Amos 3:7.
However, “the mystery of God,” according to Colossians 1:27, “is Christ in you, the hope of glory.” In other words, perfection of Christian character, as shown in Colossians 1:28. When “sin” is abolished, there will no longer be a need for an “Intercessor.” In Isaiah 59:16, there is “no Intercessor.” Why? Because the righteous have “put on righteousness as a breastplate.” Meaning, they have perfected their Christian character. According to Luke 5:31, if you are not sick (sinning) you have no need of “a physician [intercessor].” See my Bible Study: “PERFECTION REQUIRED, SALVATIONAL.”
10:9: “eat it up” = Comparing to Ezekiel 2:8 through Ezekiel 3:4, we can understand that this means reading God’s Word then giving them to the people.
“The comprehension of truth, the glad reception of the message, is represented in the eating of the little book.” 7BC:971.
10:10: “ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter” = By “ate it up” must mean that John understood what was in the “book.” And now he is going to relay that information to us. Confirmed in verse 11. Compare with Revelation 14:6.
Compare John’s experience here with others: Job 23:12; Psalm 19:10; 119:103; Jeremiah 15:16; Ezekiel 3:1-7. Notice that in all of the other experiences, God’s Word is always sweet, as with John’s. However, an additional mention is made in John’s account as to it becoming “bitter” in his “belly.” The world has always been hostile to the Gospel message. However, our Lord is informing us that in the proclamation of the final Gospel message, God’s people will be preparing to experience the “Time of Trouble.” In other words, I go along with Robert H. Mounce, who states: “Before the final triumph believers are going to pass through a formidable ordeal. As the great scroll of Chapter 5 outlined the destiny of all mankind, so the little scroll unveils the lot of the faithful in those last days of fierce Satanic opposition.” Mounce, page 216.
This makes sense in regards to the statement in verse 6, “there should be time no longer,” and the additional mention of God’s Word becoming “bitter.” It must be remembered that the whole purpose of the Book of Revelation is “to shew unto His servants things which must shortly come to pass,” Revelation 1:1; see also Deuteronomy 29:29. This is the purpose of the opening of the various “books.” In Daniel they are sealed; in Revelation they are opened for God’s remnant people; to prepare a people to “stand”, better, “overcome” in the last days.
However, I must point out that I believe that there are many dual applications in the Word of God, and especially in the Books of Daniel and Revelation. And that this “bitterness” that John has in his belly here, can also represent the experience of the Second Coming prophecies and disappointment of the William Miller movement in October of 1844, when, on the basis of the prophecy of the 2,300-year period, when Christ did not appear as expected, they experienced a bitter disappointment.
10:11: “prophesy again” = According to the dual prophecy I mentioned in my Revelation 10:10 comment, this could also refer to the misunderstanding of the Millerite movements prophesying of the Second Coming of Christ, originally in 1843, and that John is being told to prophecy this message “again,” because of the phrase in Revelation 10:6, “that there should be time no longer,” a clear understanding that 1844 would be the end of all time prophecies. In other words, no time prophecy would extend beyond 1844.
“peoples, and nations, and tongues, and kings” = See my Bible Study: “REVELATION’S SYMBOLS.”
“In Revelation 17 an angel explained that waters represent ‘PEOPLES, and MULTITUDES, and NATIONS, and TONGUES.’ Revelation 17:15.” GC:440.
CHAPTER ELEVEN
11:ALL = According to 21MR:91, this Chapter and Chapter 18, describe what will take place in the cities in the end times: “For our people to begin commercial enterprises in such a place will be to soothe the fears of those to whom they will come with the Bible message of truth. Let all who would understand the meaning of these things read the eleventh Chapter of Revelation. Read every verse, and learn the things that are yet to take place in the cities. Read also the scenes portrayed in the eighteenth Chapter of the same Book.”
11:1: “a rod” = Can be used as a correctioning device. However, in this case it has to do with a correctioning device.
“measure the temple of God” = Measuring indicates judgment (see Mat. 7:2). The reference to the temple, the altar, and the worshiper’s, points to the Day of Atonement (see Lev. 16:16-19). And that judgment would be referring to “The Investigative Judgment.” See my Bible Study’s: “INVESTIGATIVE JUDGMENT, THE,” & “JUDGMENTS, THE THREE FINAL [Under SDA].”
“The grand judgment is taking place, and has been going on for some time. Now the Lord says, Measure the temple and the worshipers thereof. Remember when you are walking the streets about your business, God is measuring you; when you are attending your household duties, when you engage in conversation, God is measuring you. Remember that your words and actions are being daguerreotyped {photographed} in the Books of Heaven, as the face is reproduced by the artist on the polished plate.” 7BC:972.
“Here is the work going on, measuring the temple and its worshipers to see who will stand in the last day.” (MS 4, 1888) 7BC:972; 2SAT:53.
“and them that worship therein” = In others words, “judgment must begin at the house of God,” First Peter 4:17. The fact that John is told to “measure the temple of God” and not the earth, or any other thing of the world, indicates this presupposition.
“altar” = Or better, the “Golden Altar” of Incense, meaning we are still in the Holy Place.
11:2: “the court” = The fact that John was specifically told to “leave out,” “the court which is without the temple,” “and measure it not; for it is given unto the Gentiles,” precludes the point that the unrighteous are not being judged yet. The Greek words “ekballo exothen,” translated, “leave out,” literally means, “to throw out,” “to cast out,” or in this case, “to exclude.” It has the same application as is used in Third John 1:10, “casteth them out of the church.” In other words, in the next point in time, Christ moving into the Most Holy Place, and the “judgment” of “the house of God” will begin.
“holy city” = The True Church.
“tread” = The Greek is “pateo,” which is the same exact word used in Luke 21:24, indicating that Luke’s “trodden down of the Gentiles, until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled,” is speaking of the same event.
“forty and two months” = 1260 years. For the Biblical principle of a prophetic “day” equaling a “year” in prophecy see Numbers 14:34; First Samuel 20:6; Psalm 90:10; Ezekiel 4:5; and then see Genesis 6:3.
Pagan Rome became both Pagan (Political) and Papal (Religious) in power. But in 538 A.D. Papal Rome became more powerful and persecuted the True Church for 1260 years. Thus, for 1260 years ahe persecuted the true Church. 1260 years later would equal 1798 A.D. See my Revelation 11:3 Note for understanding 1798 A.D.
“To John the exile on lonely Patmos was given a view of the 1260 years during which the papal power was permitted to trample upon God’s Word and oppress His people. Said the angel of the Lord: ‘The holy city {the true church} shall they tread under foot forty and two months. And I will give power unto My two witnesses, and They shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and threescore days, clothed in sackcloth.’ {REV. 11:2-3}. The periods here mentioned are the same, alike representing the time in which God’s faithful witnesses remained in a state of obscurity.” 4SP:188.
See Daniel 7:25; 12:7; Revelation 11:2 & 3; 12:6 & 14; 13:5 = 42 months = 1260 days = 538 A.D. – 1798 A.D.
“The periods here mentioned -- ‘forty and two months,’ and ‘a thousand two hundred and threescore days’ -- are the same, alike representing the time in which the Church of Christ was to suffer oppression from Rome. The 1260 years of papal supremacy began in 538 A.D., and would therefore terminate in 1798. At that time a French army entered Rome, and made the pope a prisoner, and he died in exile. Though a new pope was soon afterward elected, the papal hierarchy has never since been able to wield the power which it before possessed.” GC:266.
11:3 & 10: “two witnesses” & “two prophets” = The “Two Witnesses” = Revelation 1:9; 6:9; 12:11; 20:4 = “the Word of God” and “the testimony of Jesus Christ,” because they both “prophecy,” verse 6, and give “testimony,” verse 7, and “tormented them that dwelt on the earth,” verse 10.
It is interesting that John uses the Greek word “martus,” for “witnesses,” which is what we also associate this word “martus” with “martyrs.” In John’s mind they are one and the same.
“The two witnesses represent the Old and New Testament Scriptures. Both are important testimonies to the origin and perpetuity of the Law of God. Both are witnesses also to the plan of salvation. The types, sacrifices, and prophecies of the Old Testament point forward to a Saviour to Come. The Gospels and Epistles of the New Testament tell of a Saviour Who has Come in the exact manner foretold by type and prophecy. ‘These are the two olive trees, and the two candlesticks standing before the God of the earth.’ {Zec. 4:3; Rev. 11:4.}. Said the Psalmist, ‘Thy Word is a lamp unto my feet, and a light unto my path.’ {PSA. 119:105}.” 4SP:188-189; GC:267.
“a thousand two hundred and threescore days, clothed in sackcloth” = This time period is the same time period of verse 2, equaling the 42 months, which of course, equals the 1260-year period.
Sackcloth is the garment used when one is mourning (Gen. 37:34). This points to the difficult time when the truths of the Bible were buried, or concealed from the people, or covered over by human traditions.
“The papal power sought to hide from the people the Word of Truth, and set before them false witnesses to contradict Its testimony. When the Bible was proscribed by religious and secular authority; when Its testimony was perverted, and every effort made that men and demons could invent to turn the minds of the people from It; when those who dared proclaim Its sacred truths were hunted, betrayed, tortured, buried in dungeon cells, martyred for their faith, or compelled to flee to mountain fastnesses and to dens and caves of the earth, -- then indeed did the faithful witnesses prophesy in sackcloth. . . Notwithstanding the Lord’s witnesses were clothed in sackcloth, they continued to prophesy throughout the entire period of 1260 years. In the darkest times there were faithful men who loved God’s Word, and were jealous for His honor. To these loyal servants were given wisdom, power, and authority to declare His truth during the whole of this time.” 4SP:190.
11:4: “Two olive trees, and the two candlesticks” = The Old and New Testaments (see 4SP:188-189 quoted above; GC:267; Zec. 4:3 & 11-14).
These are to be compared to Zechariah’s vision (see Zec. 4:2). In Zechariah’s vision there is only one candlestick, indicating the Old Testament was the only Word of God (see Zec. 4:6) at that time. This also indicates that in John’s vision of them the Church is to receive a double blessing just as Elisha asked for and received of Elijah.
11:5: “hurt them” = The “them” equals the Old and New Testaments.
“But men cannot with impunity trample upon the Word of God. The Lord had declared concerning His two witnesses, ‘If any man will hurt them, fire proceedeth out of their mouth, and devoureth their enemies; and if any man will hurt them, he must in this manner be killed.’ {REV. 11:5}.” 4SP:189.
“be killed” = Those who are “killed” are those who refuse to be converted by the testimony of the “two witnesses,” verse 3, the “two olive trees,” verse 4, the “two candlesticks,” verse 4, and the “two prophets,” verse 10, which is the Word of God.
“The meaning of this fearful denunciation [Rev. 11:5] is set forth in the closing Chapter of the Book of Revelation. [Rev. 22:18-19 quoted].” 4SP:189; GC:267.
11:6: “These have power” = The Papacy and all that support it has this power for the period of 1260 years.
11:7: “when they shall have finished their testimony” = When the testimony is given to the unrighteous and they repent not, then they “make war” and “kill” the righteous during the 1260 year period.
“These events were to take place near the close of the period in which the witnesses testified in sackcloth. Through the medium of the papacy, Satan had long controlled the powers that ruled in Church and State. The fearful results were especially apparent in those countries that rejected the light of the Reformation. There was a state of moral debasement and corruption similar to the condition of Sodom just prior to its destruction and to the idolatry and spiritual darkness that prevailed in Egypt in the days of Moses.” 4SP:190-191.
“The period when the two witnesses were to prophesy clothed in sackcloth, ended in 1798. As they were approaching the termination of their work in obscurity, war was to be made upon them by the power represented as ‘the beast that ascendeth out of the bottomless pit.’ In many of the nations of Europe the powers that ruled in church and state had for centuries been controlled by Satan, through the medium of the papacy. But here is brought to view a new manifestation of satanic power.” GC:268-269.
“The 1260 days, or years, terminated in 1798.” GC:306.1; Mar. 150.3.
“the beast” = According to Daniel 7:5 & 6 & 7 & 11 & 19 & 23, a “beast” represents a Nation or Kingdom. See also my Revelation 11:8 Note for its identification.
“bottomless pit” = See my Revelation 9:1-2 Note, which equals this earth.
11:8: “great city, which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt, where also our Lord was crucified” = Notice that what is “called Sodom and Egypt” is to be “spiritually” discerned. Thus, “where also our Lord was crucified” covers literally Israel, but more specifically, as with “Sodom and Egypt,” any city, or country that rejects the message of “our Lord” and crucifies Him afresh. That Israel is represented here, is borne out by the fact that her apostasy is frequently equated with “Sodom” by her prophets (see Isa. 1:9-10; 3:9; Jer. 23:14; Eze. 16:48-58).
However, that the “great city” in reality equals “Babylon,” is seen by understanding Revelations symbols (see my Bible Study: “REVELATIONS SYMBOLS”), where Revelation 18:21 clearly identifies “Babylon” as being the “great city.” And remember, “Babylon” is any city or country that rejects the message of “our Lord” and crucifies Him afresh. Thus, a “great city” in Revelation refers to those who are constantly in opposition to God.
If we go to First Peter 5:13, we can denote that Peter, although writing to the Church in Rome, calls the Churches location as that in “Babylon,” because of Rome’s persecuting power, both then, and more importantly, in the future.
“ ‘The great city’ in whose streets the witnesses are slain, and where their dead bodies lie, is ‘spiritually’ Egypt. Of all nations presented in Bible history, Egypt most boldly denied the existence of the Living God and resisted His Commands. No monarch ever ventured upon more open and highhanded rebellion against the authority of Heaven than did the king of Egypt. . . According to the words of the prophet, then, a little before the year 1798 some power of satanic origin and character would rise to make war upon the Bible. And in the land where the testimony of God’s two witnesses should thus be silenced, there would be manifest the atheism of the Pharaoh and the licentiousness of Sodom. This prophecy has received a most exact and striking fulfillment in the history of France.” GC:269.
“where also our Lord was crucified” = France. “These events were to take place near the close of the period in which the witnesses testified in sackcloth. Through the medium of the papacy, Satan [191] had long controlled the powers that ruled in Church and State. The fearful results were specially apparent in those countries that rejected the light of the Reformation. There was a state of moral debasement and corruption similar to the condition of Sodom just prior to its destruction, and to the idolatry and spiritual darkness that prevailed in Egypt in the days of Moses.
“In no land had the spirit of enmity against Christ and the truth been more strikingly displayed than in giddy and godless France. Nowhere had the gospel encountered more bitter and cruel opposition. In the streets of Paris, Christ had indeed been crucified in the person of His saints. The world still recalls with shuddering horror the scenes of that most cowardly and cruel onslaught, the Massacre of St. Bartholomew. The king of France, urged on by Romish priests and prelates, lent his sanction to the dreadful work. The palace bell, tolling at midnight, gave the signal for the slaughter to begin. Protestants by thousands, sleeping quietly in their homes, trusting to the plighted honor of their king, were dragged forth without a warning, and murdered in cold blood.
“Satan, in the person of the Roman zealots, led the van. As Christ was the invisible leader of His people from Egyptian bondage, so was Satan the unseen leader of his subjects in this horrible work of multiplying martyrs. For three days the butchery went on; more than thirty thousand perished. The result caused great joy to the hosts of darkness. The Roman pontiff, sharing in the diabolical rejoicing, proclaimed a jubilee to be observed throughout his dominions, to celebrate the event. [192]
“The same master-spirit that urged in the Massacre of St. Bartholomew, led also in the scenes of the French Revolution. Satan seemed to triumph. Notwithstanding the labors of the Reformers, he had succeeded in holding vast multitudes in ignorance concerning God and His Word. Now he appeared in a new guise. In France arose an atheistical power that openly declared war against the authority of Heaven. Men threw off all restraint. The Law of God was trampled under foot. Those who could engage in the most Heaven-daring blasphemy and the most abominable wickedness were most highly exalted. Fornication was sanctioned by law. Profanity and corruption seemed deluging the earth. In all this, supreme homage was paid to Satan, while Christ, in His characteristics of truth, purity, and unselfish love, was crucified. The Bible was publicly burned. The Sabbath was blotted out. Romanism had enjoined image worship; now divine honors were paid to the vilest objects. The work which the papacy had begun, atheism completed. The one withheld from the people the truths of the Bible; the other taught them to reject both the Bible and its Author. The seed sown by priests and prelates was yielding its evil fruit.
“Terrible indeed was the condition of infidel France. The Word of Truth lay dead in her streets, and those who hated the restrictions and requirements of God’s Law were jubilant. But transgression and rebellion were followed by the sure result. Unhappy France reaped in blood the harvest she had sown. The war against the Bible and the Law of God banished peace and happiness from the hearts and homes of men. [193]
“No one was secure: he who triumphed today was suspected, condemned, tomorrow. Violence and terror reigned supreme. The land was filled with crimes too horrible for pen to trace.
“God’s faithful witnesses were not long to remain silent. ‘The Spirit of life from God entered into them, and they stood upon their feet, and great fear fell upon them which saw them.’ [Revelation 11:11.] The world stood aghast at the enormity of guilt which had resulted from a rejection of the Sacred Oracles, and men were glad to return once more to faith in God and His Word.” 4SP:190-193.
“ ‘Where also our Lord was crucified.’ This specification of the prophecy was also fulfilled by France. In no land had the spirit of enmity against Christ been more strikingly displayed. In no country had the truth encountered more bitter and cruel opposition. In the persecution which France had visited upon the confessors of the gospel, she had crucified Christ in the person of His disciples.” GC:270.
11:9: “their dead bodies” = The Old and New Testament’s.
“three days and an half” = 3 1/2 years. For the Biblical principle of a prophetic “day” equaling a “year” in prophecy see Numbers 14:34; First Samuel 20:6; Psalm 90:10; Ezekiel 4:5; and then see Genesis 6:3.
On November 26, 1793, a decree was issued in Paris, abolishing religion, which went until June 17, 1797, when the French government removed restrictions against the practice of religion.
“It was in 1793 that the decrees which abolished the Christian religion and set aside the Bible, passed the French Assembly. Three years and a half later a resolution rescinding these decrees, thus granting toleration to the Scriptures, was adopted by the same body.” GC:287.
11:10: “them that dwell on the earth” = Here is my Revelation 3:10 Note: This statement occurs here and in Revelation 11:10 & 13:8, and they all carry with them the same connotation, in that these people have chosen earth as their place of abode, both in this life and the life to come. They are earth dwellers; never leaving nor not loving earth.
“two prophets” = These are the same as the “two witnesses” of verse 3, meaning, the Old and New Testaments.
11:11: “three days and an half” = See my Revelation 11:9 Note.
“the Spirit of life from God entered into them” = The “them” meaning the Word of God; the Bible.
“great fear fell upon them” = The “them” meaning the ungodly.
“Since the French Revolution the Word of God has been honored as never before. The Bible has been translated into nearly every language spoken by men, and scattered over every part of the globe. After being, as it were, thrust down to hell, It has, in truth, been exalted to Heaven.” 4SP:193.
11:12: “a great voice” = In Revelation 18:2, it depicts “a strong voice.”
In Revelation 1:10; 11:12; 16:1; 19:1; 21:3; it depicts “a great voice.”
In Revelation 5:2 & 12; 6:10; 7:2 & 10; 8:13; 10:3; 12:10; 14:7 & 9 & 15; 19:17; it depicts “a loud voice.”
All are in some accounts our Lord Jesus Christ Himself (except Revelation, Chapter 14, where they are listed as three separate “angels,” and in Rev. 6:10, where the martyred are pictured). The Greek is the same and should be consistently translated the same, i.e., “loud voice.” The Greek is, “Megas phone,” which correlates to our English word, “Megaphone.” The application, both in the Greek and in English is the same, that of carrying the emphasis that this “loud voice” is as “loud” as a voice can get; thus implying the urgency of the message.
“saying unto them” = The 1260 years of torment of the Word of God is ended and It can now be spread once again throughout the entire earth.
11:13: “a great earthquake, and the tenth part of the city fell, and in the earthquake were slain of men seven thousand” = Although this prophecy is supposed to be against what we have identified as the country of France up to this point, nothing in French history as found yet, matches with this prophecy. However, “and the remnant were affrighted, and gave glory to the God of Heaven” does apply to the repentance, or changed attitude of the French people against the Word of God.
11:15: “And the seventh angel sounded” = The correlation between the seventh month Feast of Trumpets and its announcement of the judgment, and the seventh trumpet, ”and the time of the dead, that they should be judged,” verse 18, is unique because it announces the beginning of the judgment as part of the consummation of redemption (those who will be saved).
It is noteworthy that the announcement of the judgment is followed by the opening of the most Holy Place of the Heavenly Temple where the Ark of the Covenant is seen (Rev. 11:19). This is a clear allusion to the Day of Atonement, which finds its antitypical fulfillment in the Second Coming of Christ as indicated by the manifestation of the cosmic signs of the End.
The timing of Christ’s Second Coming, was originally calculated based upon the Jewish fall festivals, as Adventists calculated, who looked for the Second Coming of our Lord on the 22nd day of October, in 1844, because this was the day that corresponded with the blowing of the trumpet.
“On the fourteenth day of the first Jewish month, the very day and month on which, for fifteen long centuries [SDA’s = WHAT IS “fifteen long centuries” REFERING TO?], the Passover lamb had been slain, Christ, having eaten the Passover with His disciples, instituted that feast which was to commemorate His Own death as ‘the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.’ That same night He was taken by wicked hands, to be crucified and slain. And as the antitype of the wave-sheaf, our Lord was raised from the dead on the third day, ‘the first-fruits of them that slept,’ [1Co. 15:20] a sample of all the resurrected just, whose ‘vile body’ shall be changed, and ‘fashioned like unto his glorious body’ [Php. 3:21].
“In like manner, the types which relate to the Second Advent must be fulfilled at the time pointed out in the symbolic service. Under the Mosaic system, the cleansing of the sanctuary, or the great Day of Atonement, occurred on the tenth day of the seventh Jewish month, [Lev. 16:29-34] when the high priest, having made an atonement for all Israel, and thus [400]
“removed their sins from the Sanctuary, came forth and blessed the people. So it was believed that Christ, our great High Priest, would appear to purify the earth by the destruction of sin and sinners, and to bless His waiting people with immortality. The tenth day of the seventh month, the great Day of Atonement, the time of the cleansing of the Sanctuary, which in the year 1844 fell upon the 22nd of October, was regarded as the time of the Lord’s Coming. This was in harmony with the proofs already presented that the 2300 days would terminate in the autumn, and the conclusion seemed irresistible.” GC88:399-400.
That we should also consider acknowledging these Feast Days, let alone maybe keep them, is still under investigation. Why? Because we might better understand “Last Day Events In Their Order.” The sequential order is given to us in the Book of Revelation, namely: The announcement of the judgment, the opening of the Most Holy Place, and the Second Advent, which corresponds to the progression from the typology of the Feast of Trumpets, to that of the Day of Atonement.
“The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord” = This is a Second Coming text; see First Thessalonians 4:16.
This particular phrase is borrowed from Psalm 2:2: “The kings of the earth set themselves, and the rulers take counsel together, against the Lord, and against His Anointed.” Notice that it is the “kings” and “rulers,” in other words, the governments of this earth that set themselves up against our Lord and His Father.
11:16: “four and twenty elders” = See my Revelation 4:4 Note.
11:17: “God Almighty” = Here is my Genesis 28:3 Note: “I saw that God’s Holy Name should be used with reverence and awe. The words God Almighty are coupled together and used by some in prayer in a careless, thoughtless manner, which is displeasing to Him. Such have no realizing sense of God or the truth, or they would not speak so irreverently of the great and dreadful God, Who is soon to judge them in the last day. Said the angel, ‘Couple them not together; for fearful is His name.’ Those who realize the greatness and majesty of God, will take His Name on their lips with holy awe. He dwelleth in light unapproachable; no man can see Him and live. I saw that these things will have to be understood and corrected before the Church can prosper.” EW:122.
“which art, and wast, and art to Come” = See my Revelation 1:4 Note.
11:18: “And the nations were angry, and Thy wrath is come” = Notice that God’s “wrath” is only in response to the angry “wrath” of everyone else.
“the time of the dead, that they should be judged” = Herein is a clear allusion to what is to take place in verse 19, the moving from the Holy Place, to the Most Holy Place, and judgment begins of the dead. “Soon – none know how soon – it will pass to the cases of the living.” 4SP:315; FLB:211; GC(1888):490; GC:490; GH, August 1, 1910; LHU:330; Mar. 250; RH, November 9, 1905.
“them that fear Thy Name, small and great” = This phrase is borrowed from Psalm 115:13, and denotes all faithful believers from every socio-economic level.
“destroy them which destroy the earth” = In regards to the second “destroy” in this verse, the Greek is “diaphthetro,” meaning: “To rot thoroughly, to ruin, decay utterly, pervert, corrupt, destroy, perish.” This is the only occasion where this word is translated “destroy.” It is translated “perish” in Second Corinthians 4:16, and “corrupt” in First Timothy 6:5. A better rendition would be: “destroy them [those who have been “judged” as being rotten, perverted, and corrupt in character] which corrupted the earth [through their unrighteous/corrupt characters].” And here is an interesting fact. The original reading of the “LXX,” which is the Greek version of Genesis 6:1-12, is the same as the Hebrew rendering of these versions. Here is Genesis 6:11-12: “[11] But the earth was corrupt[ed] [or “destroyed,” Greek, “ephthare”] before God, and the earth was filled with violence [better translation, “iniquity”]. [12] And God looked upon the earth, and behold, it was corrupt[ed] [or “being destroyed,” Greek, “katephtharmene”]; for all flesh had corrupted [or “destroyed,” Greek, “katephtheire”] his [or better, “its”] way upon the earth.”
The meaning is clear. In the antediluvian world, our Lord decided to “destroy” those people for “destroying” His earth, which He had made for them to take care of. So He will do again at the end of this earth’s history. And in an interesting side note, in First Corinthians 3:17, we are told that our Lord will also “destroy” those who “destroy” the Temple of God. And in Jeremiah 51:25, God will “destroy Babylon” for “destroying” the “earth.” Herein is a direct correlation of “Babylon” of old, to the spiritual “Babylon” of Revelation.
11:19: “the temple of God was opened in Heaven” = “. . . the ministration of Christ in the Most Holy Place began at the termination of the prophetic days in 1844. To this time apply the words of the Revelator, [verse 19 quoted].” 4SP:273.
“. . . the announcement that the Temple of God was opened in Heaven, and the Ark of His testament was seen, points to the opening of the Most Holy Place of the Heavenly Sanctuary, in 1844, as Christ entered there to perform the closing work of the atonement.” GC:433; 4SP:273.
“Therefore the announcement. . . points to the opening of the Most Holy Place of the Heavenly Sanctuary, at the end of the twenty-three hundred days, -- 1844.” RH, November 9, 1905; 4SP:457; GC88:433; GC:433; LHU:136.
“Testament” = The Greek word used here is, “diathede,” meaning, “Covenant.” See Revelation 15:5.
From 18MR:187 we read: “ ‘The Ark of His Testament’ -- the two tables of stone upon which are written, with the finger of God, the Ten Commandments. The Ark is a symbol of the presence of God. In clear, steady rays, the light shines from It to the world. . . The Temple of God was opened in Heaven in answer to the prayers of His people.”
“lightenings, and voices, and thunderings, and an earthquake, and great hail” = See my Revelation 4:5 & 8:7 Notes. Second Coming language.
CHAPTER TWELVE
12:ALL: “In the Book of the Revelation, under the symbols of a great red dragon, a leopard-like beast, and a beast with lamb-like horns, are brought to view those earthly governments which are especially engaged in trampling upon God’s Law and persecuting His people. Their war is carried forward to the close of time. The people of God, symbolized by a holy woman and her children, are greatly in the minority. In the last days only a remnant exists.” 4SP:276; ST, Nov. 1, 1899.
12:1: “great wonder” = The Greek word here is “seneion,” meaning “sign” or “mark,” or “miracle.” In John’s Gospel, he uses it in reference to Jesus’ miracles. However, he uses it in the Book of Revelation seven times, three of which (Rev. 12:1 & 3; 15:1) refer not to miracles, as in the four occasions when it refers to the miracles performed by Satan and his allies (Rev. 13:13 & 14; 16:14; 19:20), but more as a “sign” or “mark,” when used around the actions of our Lord; such as to mean a striking visual scene that captures one’s attention.
“woman” = Throughout the Bible God’s Church is represented as a woman, either righteous (Isa. 54:5-6; Jer. 3:20; 6:2; Eze. 16:8-14; Hos. 1-3; Amos 5:2; 2Co. 11:2; Eph. 5:25-32; Rev. 12:1-6 & 13-17), or unrighteous (Jer. 3:20; Eze. 23:2-6 & 11-12 & 15; Rev. 17:1-4).
“sun, and the moon under her feet” = The “sun” would well represent the True Church (Christ; Mal. 4:2), whereas the “moon” would well represent any that the True Church converts.
“crown” = The Greek word for “crown” used here is “stephanos,” meaning a “crown of victory.” Like that portrayed in Revelation 12:10, as opposed to a “kingly crown,” as found in verse 3, which is translated from the Greek word “diadema.” It is interesting to note that although the Roman soldiers thought they were putting, as it were, a kingly crown upon the head of Christ in Matthew 27:29, Matthew uses the Greek word “stepanos” to denote the “victors crown” “of thorns” given to Christ, considering Jesus to be victorious even in this humiliating event.
“twelve stars” = Because of the symbolism used in the Book of Revelation, speaking of God’s people comprising twelve “tribes” (see especially Chapter 7), I believe these “twelve stars” to symbolize God’s people (see verse 4) and ultimately the twelve divisions of the 144,000 (see also Dan. 12:3) who are victorious; and also the twelve apostles whose names make up the gates upon the New Jerusalem (see Rev. 21:14).
12:2: “being with child” = The birth of Jesus Christ.
“The line of prophecy in which these symbols are found, begins with Revelation 12, with the dragon that sought to destroy Christ at his birth. The dragon is said to be Satan; he it was that moved upon Herod to put the Saviour to death. But the chief agent of Satan in making war upon Christ and His people during the first centuries of the Christian Era was the Roman Empire, in which paganism was the prevailing religion. Thus while the dragon, primarily, represents Satan, it is, in a secondary sense, a symbol of pagan Rome.” GC:438.
12:3: “great red dragon” = This is the first real introduction of the opposition, Christ and His Church in verse 1, Satan and his hordes in this verse. The controversy began with “war in Heaven,” and continues to be “war” forever after; for we see “the dragon stood before the woman,” verse 4, meaning opposition, until our Lord finalizes it with the conclusion being the “second death,” Revelation 2:11; 20:6 & 14; 21:8.
“Thus while the dragon, primarily, represents Satan, it is, in a secondary sense, a symbol of pagan Rome.” GC:438.
“seven heads” = The “seven heads” also symbolize “seven mountains,” Revelation 17:9. Vatican City has been identified as this beastly power by Protestants for many centuries; plus she sits on seven hills. All of these kingdoms will be united in their efforts (Rev. 3:4 & 14), as symbolized by this one “beast,” on the side of the “little horn” of Daniel 7:8, which is Daniel’s continued prophecy being continued here in the Book of Revelation.
Other positive identifying marks which confirm the papacy as the “little horn” of Daniel, Chapter Seven, and the “seven heads” of Revelation 12:3, are: Revelation 13:1, where it has “the name of blasphemy,” and Revelation 13:5, “a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies.”
If we go back to Daniel 7:8 & 11 & 20 & 25, “and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months,” which equals 1260 days, which is the 1,260 years of Daniel 7:25 and Revelation 11:2; 13:5. Also, in Revelation 13:7, it is a persecuting power, as in Daniel 7:19 & 21 & 23 & 25. In addition, this “beast” comes out from “the sea,” Revelation 13:1, just as did Daniels beast (see Dan. 7:2-3).
In addition, according to Revelation 13:1, this “beast,” under the control of the “great red dragon,” comes “out of the sea.” The symbolism of “water” or “waters, “or in this case “sea,” represents “peoples and multitudes, and nations, and tongues,” Revelation 17:15. Therefore, this must be identified with an area that is already populated.
“ten horns, and seven crowns” = Notice the “ten horns” and “seven crowns” should remind us of the “ten horns,” i.e., “ten kingdoms” of Daniel 7:7, which both prophets are looking forward to in vision. We also notice the “seven heads,” which remind us of Daniel 7:8, where the “little horn,” “plucked up,” “three of the first [ten] horns,” leaving us with the seven kingdoms still in existence today as symbolized by the “seven heads” here.
12:4: “tail” = According to Isaiah 9:14-15 & Revelation 12:9, the “tail” represents Satan’s ability to “deceive,” and tell “lies,” while at the same time the “tail” is used to “hurt,” Revelation 9:10.
“third part of the stars of Heaven” = See Isaiah 14:12; Ezekiel 28:16-17; Luke 10:18; Second Peter 2:4; Jude 1:6, which equals “deceiving” a “third part” of the angelic host.
“The very thing that gained for Satan the sympathy of one-third of the angels in Heaven, was this spirit of self-justification. The angels were deceived by Satan’s misrepresentations and by his artful power of accusing those who would not unite with him.” 18MR:325.
According to the book “Prophets and Kings,” the redeemed are to take the place of the once loyal angels who fell from Heaven: “Satan has an accurate knowledge of the sins that he has tempted God’s people to commit, and he urges his accusations against them, declaring, that by their sins they have forfeited Divine protection, and claiming that he has the right to destroy them. He pronounces them just as deserving as himself of exclusion from the favor of God. ‘Are [589] these,’ he says, ‘the people who are to take my place in Heaven, and the place of the angels who united with me?’ ” PK:588-589.
“Heaven will triumph, for the vacancies made in Heaven by the fall of Satan and his angels will be filled by the redeemed of the Lord.” RH, May 29, 1900.
“stars of Heaven” = Jewish tradition holds that “stars of Heaven” stand for Divine beings who, because of their rebellion against God, become demonic and evil (see Barclay, The Revelation of John, 2:47; Charlesworth, 1:967). It also must be remembered that “stars” in the Book of Revelation represent “angels” (see my Bible Study: “REVELATION’S SYMBOLS”), Revelation 1:20.
“cast them to the earth” = The fact that they could not be “cast” to this earth unless it was already in existence indicates to me that the rebellion took place after the creation of this earth. Imagine witnessing what the angels have witnessed (creation) and still rebelling against God. This is confirmed by seeing Job 38:7.
12:5: “brought forth a man child” = The God Michael (see my Bible Study: “MICHAEL THE ARCHANGEL, IDENTIFICATION OF”) becomes the “man” Jesus.
“rod of iron” = According to this verse and Revelation 2:27, Christ “rules” the nations. But according to Psalm 2:9, Christ will eventually destroy them because of their hate for His Law.
12:6: “into the wilderness” = This also corresponds to the “two witnesses” who are clothed in “sackcloth,” Revelation 11:3-6, thus linking it with the “a thousand two hundred and threescore days.” Therefore, this could not be a time period of 3 1/2 years, but a specific prophetic time prophecy of 1260 years. Although it does have a duel application in that Christ’s ministry lasted 3 1/2 years, Himself experiencing it as if it were, “clothed in sackcloth,” stating, “If they have persecuted Me, they will also persecute you,” John 15:20.
“a thousand two hundred and threescore days” = 1260 days = 42 months = 538 A.D. to 1798 A.D. = “a time, and times, and half a time” = all found in Daniel 7:25; 12:7; Revelation 11:2 & 3; 12:6 & 14; 13:5.
“In the sixth century the papacy had become firmly established. Its seat of power was fixed in the imperial city, and the bishop of Rome was declared to be the head over the entire church. Paganism had given place to the papacy. The dragon had given to the beast ‘his power, and his seat, and great authority.’ And now began the 1260 years of papal oppression foretold in the prophecies of Daniel and John. Christians were forced to choose, either to yield their integrity and accept the papal ceremonies and worship, or to wear away their lives in dungeon cells, or suffer death by the rack, the fagot, or the headsman’s ax. Now were fulfilled the words of Jesus {Luke 21:16-17 quoted}.” 4SP:57.
“The prophet says of this power, which represents the Papacy: {verse quoted}.” ST, June 18, 1894; 4SP:276.
12:7: “war in Heaven” = Here is where we learn that Christ was assigned to bring down the rebellion of Satan. Satan’s lie was that God is unjust. Throughout history, and in the earthly ministry of Jesus, God has been exampling that God is just. There is a suggestion in the Greek word “Polemos” which translates as, “a dispute, strife, quarrel.” However, the only other use of this Greek word outside of the Book of Revelation is found in Luke 14:31, were it carries with it the clear indication of “battlement,” as is implied here in Revelation.
Taking a closer look at the Greek word for “war,” “G4171; polemos,” which means, “Thayer Definition: 1) a war; 2) a fight, a battle; 3) a dispute, strife, quarrel.” Since it appears that no one died, this must have begun as a “war” of words. In other words, definition “3.” It is more like politics, arguing over a concept or idea; that God is unjust. Thus, the conflict and disagreement is/was over the Commandments of God. In other words, the government of God and Satan’s concept of whose governing powers would be a better system to comply with. This can be proven by seeing Revelation 12:17, where Satan continues that same “war” against “the remnant” because they do what he hates, “which keep the Commandments of God.” And according to Revelation 13:4-6, Satan’s “war” is a “war” of words. However, it then osculated to the point of conflict, where Satan and his sympathizers had to be expelled.
Here is my Genesis 1:1 Note: In regards to beginnings, or a timeline, according to Job 38:4-7 the angels “sang” at the creation of this earth; meaning they existed before it. Just when Satan sinned we are not specifically told, but we are told that there was “war in Heaven,” Revelation 12:7, and that Satan and his angels were cast out of Heaven and sent to this earth (Rev. 12:9), meaning that Adam and Eve were already alive when this “war” occurred. Imagine Satan and his angels being able to witness the creation of this universe, and then sinning anyway.
“God desired that a change take place and that the work of Satan be brought out in its genuine aspect. But the exalted angel, standing next to Christ, was opposed to the Son of God. The underworking was so subtle that it could not be made to appear before the Heavenly host as the thing that it really was; and so there was war in Heaven, and Satan was expelled with all who would not stand on the side of loyalty to God’s government. The Lord God stood forth as Supreme Ruler.
“This condition of things had existed a long period of time before Satan was unmasked and the evil ones expelled.” LT:162, 1906.
“Satan came to this world and determined to carry out here the idea that men could be equal with God.” LT:132, 1910.
From “Story of Hope,” page 7.3-8.5, we read, “The loyal angels hurried to the Son of God to tell Him what was taking place among the angels. They found the Father in conference with His Son, to determine how, for the best good of the loyal angels, they could forever put down the authority that Satan had claimed for himself. The great God could have hurled this arch-deceiver from Heaven immediately, but this was not His intention, He would give the rebels an equal chance to test their strength and might against His Own Son and His loyal angels. {SH:7.3}.
“In this battle every angel would choose sides, for all to see. It would not have been safe to allow any who joined Satan in his rebellion to continue to occupy Heaven. They had learned the lesson of genuine rebellion against Gods unchangeable Law, and this is incurable. If God had exercised His power to punish this chief rebel, discontented angels would not have been unmasked. So God took another course, because He wanted to reveal His justice and His judgment clearly to all the Heaving beings. {SH:7.4}.
“War in Heaven -- It ws the highest crime to rebel against the government of God. All Heaven seemed in commotion. The angels were assigned in companies, each division with a higher commanding angel at its head. Satan was warring against the Law of God, because he was ambitious to exalt himself and unwilling to submit to the authority of Gods Son, Heavens great Commander. {SH8.1}.
“All the angels of Heaven were summoned to appear before the Father. Satan unblushingly announced his dissatisfaction that Christ was honored before him. He stood up proudly and urged that he should be equal with God. Good angels wept to hear the words of Satan and his insolent boasts. God declared that the rebellious should remain in Heaven no longer. They had held their high and happy existence on condition of obedience to the Law that God had given to govern the high order of intelligences. But no provisio had been made to save those who dared to transgress His Law. {SH8:2}.
“Stan grew bold in his rebellion, expressing his contempt for the Creators Law. He claimed that angels needed no law but should be left free to follow their own will, which would always guide them rightly. Law, he said, was a restriction of their liberty, and to abolish Law was one great aim of his taking a stand in opposition. {SH8:3}.
“The happiness of the angels consisted in their perfect obedience to Law. Each had his special work assigned him, and until Satan rebelled, there had been perfect order and harmonious action in Heaven. {SH8:4}.
“Then there was war in Heaven. The Son of God, the Prince of Heaven, and His loyal angels engaged in conflict with the arch-rebel and those who united with him. The Son of God and the true, loyal angels prevailed, and Satan and his sympathizers were expelled from Heaven. All the remaining angels acknowledged and adored the God of justice. Not a taint of rebellion was left in Heaven. Everything was peaceful and harmonious again, as before. Angels in Heaven mourned the fate of those who had been their companions in happiness and bliss. All Heaven felt their loss. {SH8:5}.
12:8: “their place” = They occupied a specific “place” in Heaven. According to my Revelation 12:4 Note, the redeemed are to take the fallen angels places which they once held in Heaven.
12:9: “deceiveth” = The essence of deception is that you are unaware that you are being deceived. This is actually the greater power of Satan as opposed to any power he has with nature. Genesis, Chapter 3, verse 1, even tells us that he “was more subtil” in regards to deception “than any” other of all the other created beings.
Deception is a major successful weapon of the evil one and most people will not investigate (careless = couldn’t care less) or fear leaving their comfort zone. In the final stages of this earth’s history, Satan still uses his deceptions to lure this class of people (Rev. 12:9; 13:14; 18:23; 19:20; 20:3 & 8 & 10).
“he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him” = This is reminiscent of Daniel 8:10, in that “and it cast down some of the host and of the stars to the ground.”
“Our only safety is in giving no place to the devil; for his suggestions and purposes are ever to injure us, and hinder us from relying upon God. He transforms himself into an angel of purity, that he may, through his specious temptations, introduce his devices in such a manner that we may not discern his wiles. The more we yield, the more powerful will be his deceptions over us. It is unsafe to controvert or to parley with him. For every advantage we give the enemy, he will claim more. Our only safety is to reject firmly the first insinuation to presumption. God has given us grace through the merits of Christ sufficient to withstand Satan, and be more than conquerors. Resistance is success. ‘Resist the devil, and he will flee from you.’ Resistance must be firm and steadfast. We lose all we gain if we resist today only to yield tomorrow.” RH, April 8, 1880.
12:10: “loud voice” = In Revelation 18:2, it depicts “a strong voice.”
In Revelation 1:10; 11:12; 16:1; 19:1; 21:3; it depicts “a great voice.”
In Revelation 5:2 & 12; 6:10; 7:2 & 10; 8:13; 10:3; 12:10; 14:7 & 9 & 15; 19:17; it depicts “a loud voice.”
All are in some accounts our Lord Jesus Christ Himself (except Revelation, Chapter 14, where they are listed as three separate “angels,” and in Rev. 6:10, where the martyred are pictured). The Greek is the same and should be consistently translated the same, i.e., “loud voice.” The Greek is, “Megas phone,” which correlates to our English word, “Megaphone.” The application, both in the Greek and in English is the same, that of carrying the emphasis that this “loud voice” is as “loud” as a voice can get; thus implying the urgency of the message.
“accuser of our brethren is cast down, which accuse them before our God day and night” = You need to learn whose eyes (besides God) are watching you constantly.
12:11: “by the blood” = Here is my Ephesians 2:13 Note: A cadaver’s blood will last in a clean and pure state for five weeks after death. In a little-known fact, eighty percent of blood transfusions are done through cadaver’s blood. In a type, meeting antitype, thus it is that our Lord’s blood is of more value after His death.
12:12: “because he knoweth that he has but a short time” = How does the Devil “knoweth that he has but a short time?” Because he understands the time prophecies as given in the Scriptures.
12:13: “And when the dragon saw that he was cast unto the earth, he persecuted the woman” = Having failed in Heaven to dethrone our Lord, Satan asserts his efforts against the apple of Christ’s heart, His people, which “the women” is a representative of here.
12:14: “two wings” = Speed in order to flee persecution.
“a time, and times, and half a time” = A year, two years, and half a year = A year is 360 days, meaning 2 years would be 720 days, while half a year would be 180 days. All totaled would be 1260 Days = See Daniel 7:25; 12:7; Revelation 11:2 & 3; 12:6 & 14; 13:5.
12:15: “And the serpent cast out of his mouth water as a flood after the woman” = This is in reference to Psalm 124:2-6: “If it had not been the Lord Who was on our side, when men rose up against us: Then they had swallowed us up quick, when their wrath was kindled against us: Then the waters had overwhelmed us, the stream had gone over our soul: Then the proud waters had gone over our soul.”
However, as we have learned, this may also mean Satan’s way of using “deceitfulness” upon God’s people in order to destroy God’s true Church. In particular, the acronym of “serpent,” is used, instead of the “dragon,” the “beast,” or Satan. This “serpent” figure is reminiscent of the Garden of Eden experience where the “serpent” “deceived” the woman. Thus, false doctrines and attacks upon the true doctrines will cause many to question their own doctrines, which will lead to confusion within the Church.
“water as a flood” = A flood of water is a symbol of persecuting armies (see Jer. 46:7 & 8; 47:2; Dan. 9:26), remembering that “water” symbolizes “peoples, nations, and tongues,” Revelation 10:11 & 17:3. Headed by thee persecuting power of the Roman Catholic church at this time, the unrighteous at this point will hate the righteous who are pointing out the errors adapted into the Roman Church. And just like unrighteous Cain, who sought to kill righteous Abel, so the worlds powers who follow the instructions of the church of Rome, will instruct and allow their populous to kill the righteous Christians.
12:16: “And the earth helped the woman, and the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up the flood” = Here, the earth is described as helping the persecuted Church. In 1620 A.D., the first pilgrims, fleeing the religious persecution in Europe, arrived on the American continent. On this newly discovered continent they found a safe haven where the persecuting armies of the European powers could not reach them. Thus, symbolically, the new continent of America swallowed up the persecuting armies.
12:17: “war” = See my Revelation 12:7 Note.
“remnant of her seed” = Note that only a few are left even from the true Church. The “remnant” or a dress or whatever is being made, is cut off from the main article. Meaning, the main article is not in a saving position.
“Bread and water is all that is promised to the remnant in the time of trouble.” 3SG:252.
“We have little enough of Christ’s character. We need it all through our ranks, We must reveal that love which dwelt in Jesus. Then we shall keep the Commandment [that we love one another], which not one in a hundred of those who claim to believe the truth for this time are keeping.” 7MR:389.3.
“which keep the Commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ” = It is these two things in particular which excite the wrath of Satan. Notice that John is in tribulation because of it (Rev. 1:9). Also the Prophets of old were murdered because of it (Rev. 6:9; 20:4).
“the testimony of Jesus Christ” = See my Revelation 1:2 Note.
CHAPTER THIRTEEN
13:ALL: We know of the True Triune Godhead. But here in Revelation, Chapter 13, we see the forming of a false trinity being made up of Satanic forces. It is the “dragon,” Revelation 12:3 & 7 & 9 & 13 & 16 & 17; 13:2 & 4 & 11; 16:13; 20:2; the (leopard-like) “beast,” Revelation 13:2-4; and the “beast coming up out of the earth,” Revelation 13:11; just as is portrayed in Revelation 16:13. The “dragon” is obviously Satan, equaling Spiritualism, while the next “beast” is Roman Catholicism (Note: And “paganism”) (see Revelation, Chapter 12, for Roman Catholicism), and the “beast coming up out of the earth,” is “lamb-like,” and as we shall discover, will equal the United States of America, or better, Apostate Protestantism.
In verse 14 we have described Satan’s plagues, which occur before God’s plagues in Chapter 16. This is man’s last chance to repent. According to Second Thessalonians 2:9-12 (read it as if God is talking, not Paul), Satan is very convincing with his deception to the wicked. Or better, this is what they want anyway. They would rather be deceived than obey God.
Keep in mind that there are four beasts mentioned in the Book of Revelation (besides the Godly beasts of Revelation 4:6 & 8 & 9; 5:6 & 8 &11 &14; 6:1 & 6; 7:11; 14:3; 15:7; 19:4). First comes “The Worship Of The Beast,” Revelation 13:8 & 12; 14:9 & 11, then comes “The Image To The Beast,” Revelation 13:15; 14:9 & 11, then comes receiving “The Name Of The Beast,” Revelation 13:1 & 17, and lastly, “The Mark Of The Beast,” Revelation 13:18. Knowing that Satan’s greatest achievement is to counterfeit what God does, the First of the Ten Commandments is “Worship To God Alone,” the Second Commandment is “Do Not Worship Images,” the Third Commandment is “Not To Take God’s Name In Vain,” while lastly, the Fourth Commandment deals with “The Mark Of The Beast,” or better, “Which (Day Will You Worship On, Or, Which) Mark Will You Receive” as a result of which day you choose to worship on.
Therefore, “The Worship Of The Beast” = Violation of Commandment Number One.
Making “The Image To The Beast” = Violation of Commandment Number Two.
Taking “The Name Of The Beast” = Violation of Commandment Number Three.
While, “The Mark Of The Beast” = Violation of Commandment Number Four.
Who will receive the “Mark of the Beast?” “Those who have step by step yielded to worldly demands and conformed to worldly customs will not find it a hard matter to yield to the powers that be, rather than subject themselves to derision, insult threatened imprisonment, and death. The contest is between the Commandments of God and the commandments of men.” 5T:81.
“In the Book of the Revelation, under the symbols of a great red dragon, a leopard-like beast, and a beast with lamb-horns, are brought to view those earthly governments which are especially engaged in trampling upon God’s Law and persecuting His people. . . Through the great powers controlled by paganism and the papacy, symbolized by the dragon and the leopard-like beast, Satan for many centuries destroyed God’s faithful witnesses.” 4SP:276.
“In [Revelation] Chapter 13:1-10 is described another beast, ‘like unto a leopard,’ to which the dragon gave ‘his power, and his seat, and great authority. . .’ This prophecy, which is nearly identical with the description of the little horn of Daniel 7, unquestionably points to the papacy.” GC:439.
13:1: “beast. . . out of the sea” = The symbolism of “water” or “waters, “or in this case “sea,” represents “peoples and multitudes, and nations, and tongues,” Revelation 17:15. Therefore, this must be identified with an area that is already populated.
“seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns” = The Papacy (see my Rev. 12:3 Note). However, in Revelation 12:3, it is stated as having “seven heads and ten horns, and seven crowns.” Here John (Christ, for it is His Revelation) mentions “ten crowns,” as opposed to the “seven crowns” of Revelation 12:3. Interesting that John backtracks and acknowledges the original “ten kingdoms” before the papacy destroys 3 of them.
“the name of blasphemy” = This term, “blasphemy” will be a key term in understanding what is going to become the theme, along with “worship,” for the rest of the Book of Revelation. The beast is described as carrying “the name of blasphemy,” which means that he claims his name as being the only one worthy of a title; a title, which belongs to God alone.
13:2: “the beast which I saw” = “Through the great powers controlled by paganism and the papacy, symbolized by the dragon and the leopard-like beast, Satan for many centuries destroyed God’s faithful witnesses. Under the dominion of Rome, they were tortured and slain for more than a thousand years; but the papacy was at last deprived of its strength, and forced to desist from persecution.” 4SP:276.
“By this first beast is represented the Roman church.” 4SP:278.
“ ‘The beast’ mentioned in this message, whose worship is enforced by the two-horned beast, is the first, or leopard-like beast of Revelation 13, -- the papacy. The ‘image to the beast’ represents that form of apostate Protestantism which will be developed when the Protestant churches shall seek the aid of the civil power for the enforcement of their dogmas.” GC88:445; GC:445.
“beast[s]. . . leopard. . . bear. . . lion” = A main thing to note is that this “beast” looks entirely like a “leopard” with the exception of “his feet,” which are “of a bear, and his mouth,” which is “a lion.” The Key to understanding this is that this beastly power will trample upon God’s Law and blaspheme God’s Name.
In the Book of Revelation, “beasts” usually refer to a political power. However, the “beasts” here in Revelation, Chapter 13 are of a religious persecuting power and have political power. Identifying them as being a persecuting power tells us that only a political power would have the authority to persecute on a large scale. This “beast” can only be understood from an understanding of the Book of Daniel, especially Chapter Seven.
The answer to whom these “beast” represent is found in Daniel 7:17: “These great beasts, which are four, are four kings,” or more precisely, four “kingdoms,” Daniel 7:23. The lion (Dan. 7:4) is Babylon, the bear (Dan. 7:5) is Medo-Persia, the leopard (Dan. 7:6) is Greece, and the fourth beast (Dan. 7:7) is Rome. The beast described here is none other than the culmination of those kingdoms, with John now going on to continue Daniel’s “closed up and sealed till the time of the end,” Daniel 12:9, vision.
Daniel’s order of “beasts” (Lion, Bear, Leopard, Beast) present history as he looked forward. While John’s order is simply looking backwards. The FACT that John lists them in reverse order of Daniel’s perspective gives us clear evidence that John must have known that Rome was the fourth “beast” and in typical prophetic language (also to protect his life) he just stays with animals to represent the known kingdoms. Because the first three are obviously known by now in his time.
Notice the “ten horns” and “ten crowns” that remind us of the “ten horns,” i.e., ten “kingdoms” of Daniel 7:7, which both prophets are looking forward to in vision. We also notice the “seven heads,” which remind us of Daniel 7:8, where the “little horn,” “plucked up,” “three of the first [ten] horns,” leaving us with the seven kingdoms still in existence today as symbolized by the “seven heads” here.
“dragon” = The Emperor Justinian, in the sixth century, gave the papacy authority over all other religions. The dragon (the pagan/papacy Roman Empire empowered by Satan) gave the beast his power, his throne, and his great authority. Just as the Father has given His Throne and Authority to Christ (Rev. 2:27), so Satan invests in the “beast” as his coregent and representative on earth.
“In the sixth century the papacy had become firmly established. . . Paganism had given place to the papacy. The dragon had given to the beast ‘his power, and his seat, and great authority.’ And now began the 1260 years of papal oppression foretold in the prophecies of Daniel and John.” 4SP:57.
As such, the “dragon” would equal Satan (see Rev. 12:9; 20:2).
13:3: “wounded to death” = Fulfilled when in 1797, the French revolutionary government wrote Napoleon that the “Roman religion. . . [would always be] an irreconcilable enemy of the Republic. . . [and so it asked him to] destroy, if possible, the center of unity of the Roman Church.” “Christianity and the French Revolution,” by A. Auland, translated by Lady Frazer, London 1927, p. 151. Napoleon then sent General Alexander Berthier to Rome, where, on February 15, 1798, he took the pope (Pius 6) captive to Valence, France, (where he soon died in the tower he was confined to) and decreed that he “should no longer exercise any function,” ibid. This nullifyed any political rule of the Papacy.
Popes had been taken captive before this incident but never in an attempt to destroy the Roman Catholic church itself. Joseph Rickaby, a Jesuit priest, relating on this event of the passing away of this prelate as a French prisoner states, “all Europe thought. . . that with the Pope the Papacy was dead.” “The Modern Papacy, in Lectures on the History of Religions (London: Catholic Truth Society,” 1910), vol. 3, lecture 24, p. 1.
In addition, from the Roman Catholics themselves we read: “Pius VI, although 81 years old and ill, was seized and taken as a prisoner to France, where he died (Aug. 29, 1799). On this day the total destruction of the Holy See seemed too many to be accomplished.” “New Catholic Encyclopedia,” vol. VI, p. 191. Also, and more to the point, we find, “After stripping Pius VI of his temporal power, the French deprived him of his liberty. His death while a prisoner marked a low point in papal fortunes not plumbed for centuries and gave rise to a prophecy that the apostolic succession had come to a close with the demise of ‘Pius the Last.’ ” “ibid.” vol. X, p. 965. Note the title: “Pius the Last.”
“The infliction of the deadly wound [Rev. 13:3 & 12] points to the downfall of the Papacy in 1798.” FLB:329.
“The infliction of the deadly wound points to the abolition of the papacy in 1798.” GC:579.
“his deadly wound was healed” = Fulfilled in 1929, when Mussolini executed the “Concordat of 1929,” with the Pope, restoring the properties that had been taken away from the Roman Catholic church. In amazement (see “wondered” below) the Pope was actually made king and Vatican City was set up as a political sovereign power.
In a side note, Christians of the first century saw the fulfillment of this prophecy through the re-rising of Nero after he set Rome on fire. Notice however, that the application is still that of Rome.
“all the world wondered after the beast” = “[14] Satan is working to the utmost to make himself as God and to destroy all who oppose his power. And today the world is bowing before him. His power is received as the power of God. The prophecy of the Revelation is being fulfilled, that ‘all the world wondered after the beast.’ Revelation 13:3.
“Men in their blindness boast of wonderful progress and enlightenment; but to the eye of Omniscience are [15] revealed the inward guilt and depravity. The Heavenly watchers see the earth filled with violence and crime. Wealth is obtained by every species of robbery, not robbery of men only, but of God. Men are using His means to gratify their selfishness. Everything they can grasp is made to minister to their greed. Avarice and sensuality prevail. Men cherish the attributes of the first great deceiver. They have accepted him as God, and have become imbued with his spirit.” 6T:14-15.
“John saw this multitude. This demon-worship was revealed to him, and it seemed as if the whole world were standing on the brink of perdition.” AUCR, January 1, 1901.
13:4: “worshipped [twice in this verse]” = Notice the main and central issue of the entire Book of Revelation. Who do you “worship,” How do you “worship,” When do you “worship,” What do you “worship?” This is the issue, this is what is at stake, this is what defines the character of the individual. Moreover, as we shall see later on in this Chapter, one does not have a choice of being lukewarm at this point in time. Notice that when “they” “worshipped the beast,” “they” are in essence and in reality, are really worshipping “the dragon,” who is Satan.
“Who is like unto the beast? who is able to make war with him” = This rhetorical question is a parody of “who is like God?” (see Exo. 15:11; Psa. 35:10; Mic. 7:18). Thus, this phrase is as if to say that Satan has obtained the power and position of God upon this earth.
13:5: “a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies” = Notice who these “blasphemies” are directed against, in verse 6: “against God, to blaspheme His Name, and His Tabernacle, and them that dwell in Heaven.” However, Satan only wars against “the saints,” verse 7. Biblical “blasphemy” is done only against God. The sea beast seeks to negate Christ’s mediatorial work by attempting to replace it with a human priesthood that claims to administer salvation and the forgiveness of sins. Does this sound like the Papacy? We know that these powers only belong to God. Thus, this is the essence of blasphemy.
Blasphemy is just another identifying mark of the Papacy. Biblical “blasphemy” is:
A) Claiming equality with God, or to be God Himself (Mat. 26:63-65; Mark 14:61-64; John 10:30-36). The Pope claims to be “The Vicar of Christ;”
B) Claiming to forgive sins (Mat. 9:2-3; Mark 2:7; Luke 5:21). The Roman Catholic church claims to be able to absolve one of one’s sins;
C) Usurping the authority of God (Mat. 9:3; Mark 2:7; Luke 5:21). In this case, the Roman Catholic church does this by seeing reasons A and B above;
D) To commit a trespass against God by breaking His Law (Eze. 20:27; Rom. 2:22-24). In this case the Roman Catholic church accomplishes this by the changing of God’s Law, i.e., The Biblical Sabbath to Sunday;
E) Unworthy conduct that misrepresents the character of God (2Sa. 12:14; [something Paul attempted to have Christians do in Acts 26:11]; Rom. 2:24; [and possibly 1Ti. 1:20]; 1Ti. 6:1; Tit. 2:5; Rev. 2:9). The killing, or better, murder of thousands of Christians for not “worshipping” the way Roman Catholicism would have them, constitutes this atrocity;
F) Evil-speaking in general (Acts 13:45; 18:6; Col. 3:8; 1Ti. 1:13);
G) Evil-speaking of God in general (Lev. 24:11; Num. 21:5; 2Ki. 19:22; Psa. 74:10, 18; Isa. 52:5; Mat. 12:32; Luke 12:10; Jam. 2:7);
H) Rejection of God (Mat. 12:31; Mark 3:29);
I) Denying Jesus as the Messiah ((Luke 22:65; John 10:36).
“forty and two months” = 42 x 30 = 1260 Days/Years = See Daniel 7:25; 12:7; Revelation 11:2 & 3; 12:6 & 14; 13:5. For the Biblical principle of a prophetic “day” equaling a “year” in prophecy see Numbers 14:34; First Samuel 20:6; Psalm 90:10; Ezekiel 4:5; and then see Genesis 6:3.
“The forty and two months are the same as the ‘time and times and the dividing of time,’ three years and a half, or 1260 days, of Daniel 7, -- the time during which the papal power was to oppress God’s people. This period, as stated in preceding Chapters, began with the supremacy of the papacy, 538 A.D., and terminated in 1798.” GC:439.
13:6: “he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme His Name, and His Tabernacle, and them that dwell in Heaven” = This parallels Daniel 7:25’s “little horn,” and thus should be identified as the same character, which is Rome. There is a key point given us here in this verse. The only way anyone could “blasphemy against God” and “His Name” and “them that dwell in Heaven,” while being here on earth, would be to attack His “Tabernacle.” And just what is this “Tabernacle?” Since, in previous Chapters leading up to this point in time, according to Revelation 11:19, we have moved into the Most Holy Place of the “Tabernacle.” Thus, by clouding or totally obscuring the ministry of the Sanctuary in Heaven, Satan has succeeded in disguising the path to and understanding of what it takes in order to be saved. The obedience of God’s Law.
Also, according to Revelation 12:17, “the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which keep the Commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ,” it becomes clear that this “beast” commits this blasphemy by acts C and D above (Usurping the authority of God and the changing of God’s Law). And as we shall see, he has this power to do so: “and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations,” Revelation 13:7.
13:8: “all that dwell upon the earth” = See my Revelation 3:10 Note. These are earth dwellers; they love the things of the earth. Be not an earth dweller, but a Heavenly seeker.
“And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, whose names are not written in the Book of Life of the Lamb” = Satan here usurps the worship that is due to God alone. How does he do this? Just as Jesus began His ministry by coming out of the water (Luke 3:21-23), so the sea beast begins his ministry by coming from out of the sea. The beast is described as one with the dragon, as Jesus is one with the Father (John 14:9).
As Christ received the authority of the Father (Rev. 2:27), so the sea beast receives its authority from the dragon (Rev. 13:4). Both Christ (Rev. 19:12) and the beast (Rev. 12:3; 13:1) wear crowns upon their heads. While Christ has a sword (Rev. 1:16; 2:12 & 16; 6:4 & 8; 19:15 & 21), Satan has “blasphemy” (Rev. 13:1 & 8; 17:3). Both have horns (Rev. 5:6; 12:3; 13:1; 17:3 & 7 & 12 & 16). Both receive a mortal wound (Rev. 5:6; 13:3). Both come back to life (Mat. 28:6; Rev. 13:3) and have greater authority then before they died (Mat. 28:18; 2Th. 2:9; Rev. 13:7). Both are worshiped after the mortal wound is healed (Mat. 28:17; Rev. 13:4). Both have followers with inscriptions upon their foreheads (Rev. 13:16; 14:1). And lastly, and I may have missed some, both Christ (Mat. 28:18) and Satan exercise global authority over “every tribe and people and tongue and nation,” Revelation 13:7. My point is, Satan is definitely trying to usurp the position of Christ.
13:10: “He that leadeth into captivity shall go into captivity: he that killeth with the sword must be killed with the sword” = This is an echo of Jeremiah 15:2; 43:11. It was also used by our Lord in Matthew 26:52. The force of the meaning is more towards the actions of the “beast” more than that of believers. The point is, as the devil leads mankind into sin, sin being the meaning of “captivity,” by worshipping the beast, thus, one “shall go into captivity,” meaning hell. And if you fight and arm yourself with a sword instead of reasoning powers, you will be killed by a sword.
13:11: “two horns like a lamb” = As far back as 1851 A.D. some Adventists were identifying America as the second beast power of Revelation 13:11-15, which was a very remarkable identification given the status of the United States back then. In the mid-1800’s, the major players (powers) were still in the Old World -- Prussia, France, Austria-Hungary, and England. At that time America had a peace-time army of about twenty thousand men, which was about one-tenth the number of combatants at the Battle of Waterloo (1815 A.D.) alone.
Also, in 1814 A.D., just 37 years earlier from 1851 A.D., the British invaded and burned Washington, D.C. In 1867, Sitting Bull’s braves wiped out General Custer’s Seventh U.S. Cavalry regiment. Thus, even after some commentators identified the United States as being the power that would one day help to enforce the “mark of the beast” on the world, the nation was still fighting native Americans on its own soil, and not always winning either! Thus, other than its treatment of the Native-Americans, the U.S.A. was “lamb-like,” i.e., Christ centered, in that it was founded upon Christian principles. The prophecy that it will become a persecuting power is already beginning to take shape in the attack of Christendom through the media, movies, restrictive laws, etcetera.
“The ‘two horns like a lamb’ well represent the character of the United States Government, as expressed in its two fundamental principles, Republicanism and Protestantism.” ST, November 1, 1899; 4SP:277; GC:440-441.
“beast” = Positive identification of this second “beast” =
1) It is seen “coming up,” or rather, coming to power after 1798 A.D. when the first beast is “wounded to death” (vs. 3). The United States Constitution was voted upon and accepted in 1787 A.D.; and the Bill of Rights was adopted in 1791 A.D. America was first recognized by a world power (France) in 1798 A.D. Coincidence or providential?
2) It starts out like “a lamb,” which is a representation of Jesus. It has “two horns” but has no crowns on those “two horns,” symbolizing not kings, but two powers working together in one kingdom, such as Republicanism and Protestantism. In other words, this “beast” has no (“horns”) king. Also, it is seen “coming up out of the earth,” Revelation 13:11, as opposed to “waters” which represent “peoples and multitudes, and nations, and tongues,” Revelation 17:15, meaning it came from an unpopulated area of the earth. That the United States was a refuse for fleeing pilgrims from Roman tyranny is unquestionable. This Beast = The false Prophet (see my Note on Rev. 16:13).
“What nation of the New World was in 1798 rising into power, giving promise of strength and greatness, and attracting the attention of the world? The application of the symbol admits of no question. One nation, and only one, meets the specifications of this prophecy; it points unmistakably to the United States of America.” GC:440.
“The conflict is between the Requirements {Commandments} of God and the requirements of the beast. The first day, a Papal institution which directly contradicts the Fourth Commandment, is yet to be made a test by the two-horned beast {U.S.A.}. And then the fearful warning from God declares the penalty of bowing to the beast and his image.” 4bSG:54.
13:11-12: “[11] he spake as a dragon. . . [12] exerciseth all the power of the first beast” = “The prediction that it will speak ‘as a dragon,’ and exercise ‘all the power of the first beast,’ plainly foretells a development of the spirit of intolerance and persecution that was manifested by the nations represented by the dragon and the leopard-like beast.” GC:442.
That the United States could become a persecuting power has been questioned as not being possible to fulfil this prophecy. However, its moral behavior and continuous laws against Christianity are being played out to this very day.
13:12: “and causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed” = The real attach, as we shall see, is against the Law of God. Here, the U.S.A. joins forces with the Papacy, the “first beast,” forcing “worship” to its dogmas.
“As America, the land of religious liberty, shall unite with the papacy in forcing the conscience and compelling men to honor the false sabbath, the people of every country on the globe will be led to follow her example.” 6T:18.
“Protestantism will yet stretch her hand across the gulf to grasp the hand of Spiritualism; she will reach over the abyss to clasp hands with the Roman power; and under the influence of this threefold union, our country will follow in the steps of Rome in trampling on the rights of conscience.” 4SP:405.
“whose deadly wound was healed” = See my Revelation 13:3 Note. Also notice in Revelation 13:3, it is stated as: “his deadly wound was healed.”
13:13: “fire” = The Greek word for “fire” in this verse is “pur,” which is the same Greek word as is found in Acts 2:3, in regard to the outpouring of the Holy Spirit. According to Revelation 13:14, this “fire,” or “by the means of those miracles,” is the “he,” that “deceiveth them that dwell on the earth.” And according to Second Corinthians 11:13-14, “false apostles” will transform “themselves into the apostles of Christ. And no marvel: for Satan himself is transformed into an angel of light.” Therefore, what is depicted as “fire” will probably literally “come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men,” but figuratively, in a literal sense, as in Acts Chapter Two, it will be a Satanic spirit being poured out into a counterfeit revival and a counterfeit outpouring of the Holy Spirit.
13:14: “miracles” = See Revelation 16:14. These miracles help the lamb-like beast (U.S.A.) to persuade the inhabitants of the earth to make an image to the sea beast (Roman Catholicism) that received the deadly wound.
“an image to the beast” = That “image” being the changing of God’s Law. Or better, the “worship” of Satan’s Sunday sabbath as opposed to God’s Holy Seventh-Day Sabbath.
“[405] Satan himself is converted, [406] after the modern order of things. He will appear in the character of an angel of light. Through the agency of Spiritualism, miracles will be wrought, the sick will be healed, and many undeniable wonders will be performed. And as the spirits will profess faith in the Bible, and express regard for Sunday, their work will be accepted as a manifestation of Divine power.” 4SP:405-406; GC:558.
“Fearful sights of a supernatural character will soon be revealed in the heavens, in token of the power of miracle-working demons. The spirits of devils will go forth to the kings of the earth and to the whole world, to fasten them in deception, and urge them on to unite with Satan in his last struggle against the government of Heaven. By these agencies, rulers and subjects will be alike deceived. Persons will arise pretending to be Christ Himself, and claiming the title and worship which belong to the world’s Redeemer. They will perform wonderful miracles of healing and will profess to have revelations from Heaven contradicting the testimony of the Scriptures. As the crowning act in the great drama of deception, Satan himself will personate Christ.” GC:624.
“[442] As the crowning act in the great drama of deception, Satan himself will attempt to personate Christ. The Church has long professed to look to the Saviour's Advent as the consummation of her hopes. Now the great deceiver will make it appear that Christ has Come. In different parts of the earth, Satan will manifest himself among men as a majestic being of dazzling brightness, resembling the description of the Son of God given by John in the Revelation [Rev. 1:13-15]. The glory that surrounds him is unsurpassed by anything that mortal eyes have yet beheld. The shout of triumph rings out upon the air, ‘Christ has come! Christ has come!’ The people prostrate themselves in adoration before him, while he lifts up his hands, and pronounces a blessing upon them, as Christ blessed His disciples when He was personally upon the earth. His voice is soft and subdued, yet full of melody. In gentle, compassionate tones he presents some of the same gracious, Heavenly truths which the Saviour uttered; he heals the diseases of the people, and then, in his assumed character of Christ, he claims to have changed the Sabbath to Sunday, and commands all to hallow the day which he has blessed. He declares that those who persist in keeping holy the Seventh Day are blaspheming his name by refusing to listen to his angels sent to them with light and truth. This is the strong, almost overmastering delusion. Like the Samaritans who were deceived by Simon Magus, the multitudes, from the least to the greatest, give heed to these sorceries, saying, This is ‘the great power of God.’
“[443] But the people of God will not be misled. The teachings of this false Christ are not in accordance with the Scriptures. His blessing is pronounced upon the worshipers of the beast and his image, -- the very class upon whom the Bible declares that God’s unmingled wrath shall be poured out. And, furthermore, Satan is not permitted to counterfeit the manner of Christ’s Advent. The Scriptures teach that ‘as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west; so shall also the Coming of the Son of Man be;’ [Mat. 24:27] that He ‘cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see him;’ [Rev. 1:7] that He will ‘descend from Heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God;’ [1Th. 4:16] that He will “Come in His glory, and all the holy angels with Him,” [Mat. 25:31] and will “send His angels with a great sound of a trumpet, and they shall gather together His elect.’ [Mat. 24:31]. Those who have received the love of the truth will be shielded from the powerful delusion that takes the world captive. By the testimony of the Scriptures they will detect the deceiver in his disguise.
“To all, the testing time will come. By the sifting of temptation, the genuine Christian will be revealed. Are the people of God now so firmly established upon His Word that they would not yield to the evidence of their senses? Would they, in such a crisis, cling to the Bible, and the Bible only? Satan will, if possible, prevent them from obtaining a preparation to stand in that day. He will so arrange affairs as to hedge up their way, entangle them with earthly treasures, cause them to carry a heavy, wearisome burden, that their hearts may be overcharged with the cares of this life, and the day of trial may come upon them as a thief.” 4SP:442-443.
13:14-15: “image to the beast” = This is “worship” language. Remember, Who do you worship is what Revelation wants you to focus upon and understand what is to take place in the end times. Notice also that it is not until the second beast has the power of the use of “miracles” until it demands the making of “an image to the beast.” The “image to the beast” is to become a CARBON COPY of the beast in that:
“Here is clearly presented a form of government in which the legislative power rests with the people, a most striking evidence that the United States is the nation denoted in the prophecy.” GC:443.
“When the Protestant churches shall unite with the secular power to sustain a false religion, for opposing which their ancestors endured the fiercest persecution; when the state shall use its power to enforce the decrees and sustain the institutions of the church -- then will Protestant America have formed an image to the papacy, and there will be a national apostasy which will end only in national ruin.” ST, March 22, 1910; 7BC:976 [stated differently in GC:445].
“The Lord has shown me clearly that the image of the beast will be formed before probation closes; for it is to be the first test for the people of God, by which their eternal destiny will be decided. . . In Revelation 13 this subject is plainly presented [Rev. 13:11-17 quoted]. . . This is the test that the people of God must have before they are sealed. All who prove their loyalty to God by observing His Law, and refusing to accept a spurious sabbath, will rank under the banner of the Lord God Jehovah, and will receive the seal of the Living God. Those who yield the truth of Heavenly origin, and accept the Sunday sabbath, will receive the mark of the beast. What need will there be of the solemn warning not to receive the mark of the beast, when all the saints of God are sealed and ticketed for the New Jerusalem?” 15MR:15; 7BC:976.
“The people of the United States have been a favored people; but when they restrict religious liberty, surrender Protestantism, and give countenance to popery, the measure of their guilt will be full, and ‘national apostasy’ will be registered in the Books of Heaven. The result of this apostasy will be national ruin.” RH, May 2, 1893; LDE:133; Mar:216.
“The image is made to the first or leopard-like beast [Re. 13:2], which is the one brought to view in the third angel’s message. By this first beast is represented the Roman church, an ecclesiastical body clothed with civil power, having authority to punish all dissenters. The image to the beast represents another religious body clothed with similar power. The formation of this image is the work of that beast whose peaceful rise and mild professions render it so striking a symbol of the United States. Here is found an image of the papacy. When the churches of our land, uniting upon such points of faith as are held by them in common, shall influence the State to enforce their decrees and sustain their institutions, then will Protestant America have formed an image of the Roman hierarchy. Then the true Church will be assailed by persecution, as were God’s ancient people. . . Persecution always follows religious favoritism on the part of secular governments.” 4SP:278.
This is very clear: “And all who will not bow to the decree of the national councils and obey the national laws to exalt the sabbath instituted by the man of sin, to the disregard of God’s Holy Day, will feel, not the oppressive power of popery alone {which equals the Beast}, but of the Protestant world {which is}, the image of the beast.” 2SM:380.1; 12MR:324.2.
“The test upon this question does not come until Sunday observance is enforced by law, and the world is enlightened concerning the obligation of the true Sabbath. Not until the issue is thus plainly set before the people, and they are brought to choose between the Commandments of God and the commandments of men, will those who continue in transgression receive the mark of the beast. . . the warning against this sin is to be given to the world before the visitation of God’s judgments, that all may know why they are to be inflicted, and have opportunity to escape them.” 4SP:282.
Speaking of the USA, “the crime which shall fill up the measure of her iniquity is that of making void the Law of God.” 4SP:398.
“Just as soon as the people of God are sealed in their foreheads -- it is not any seal or mark that can be seen, but a settling into truth, both intellectually and spiritually, so they cannot be moved -- just as soon as God’s people are sealed and prepared for the shaking, it will come.” 4BC:1161.
“Before the work is closed up and the sealing of God’s people is finished, we shall receive the outpouring of the Spirit of God.” 1SM:111.
“I saw that God would in a wonderful manner preserve His people through the time of trouble. As Jesus poured out His soul in agony in the garden, they will earnestly cry and agonize with Him day and night for deliverance. The decree will go forth that they must disregard the Sabbath of the Fourth Commandment, and honor the first day, or lose their lives; but they will not yield, and trample under their feet the Sabbath of the Lord, and honor an institution of the Papacy. Satan’s host, and wicked men, will surround them, and exult over them, because there will seem to be no way of escape for them. But in the midst of their revelry and triumph, there is peal upon peal of the loudest thunder. The heavens have gathered blackness, and are only illuminated by the blazing light and terrible glory from Heaven, as God utters His voice from His holy habitation.
“The foundations of the earth shake, buildings totter and fall with a terrible crash. The sea boils like a pot, and the whole earth is in terrible commotion. The captivity of the righteous is turned, and with sweet and solemn whisperings they say to each other, ‘We are delivered. It is the voice of God.’ With solemn awe they listen to the Words of the voice. The wicked hear, but understand not the Words of the voice of God. They fear and tremble, while the saints rejoice. Satan and his angels, and wicked men, who had been exulting that the people of God were in their power, that they might destroy them from off the earth, witness the glory conferred upon those who have honored the Holy Law of God. They behold the faces of the righteous lighted up, and reflecting the image of Jesus. Those who were so eager to destroy the saints could not endure the glory resting upon the delivered ones, and they fell like dead men to the earth. Satan and evil angels fled from the presence of the saints glorified. Their power to annoy them was gone forever.” RH, May 27, 1862.
13:14-15: “worship” = Emperor “worship” began under Emperor Caesar Augustus (B.C. 27 - 14 A.D.) as a way to unite the multiplicity of nations that made up the Roman Empire into a common loyalty and a sense of national destiny. It was, however, toward the end of the first century, during the reign of Emperor Domitian (81-96 A.D.) that the emperor cult posed the greatest threat to the Christian Church. While Domitian’s father, Vespasian (69-79 A.D.) and his brother Titus (79-81 A.D.), were accorded Divine honor at their death, Emperor Domitian had to seek it during his lifetime.
The Roman historian Suetonius informs us that Domitian referred to himself grandiosely as “Dominus et Deus-Lord and God.”
Here is Suetonius’ statement: “And so the custom arose of henceforth addressing him in no other way even in writing or in conversation. He suffered no statues to be set up in his honor in the Capitol, except of gold and silver and of a fixed weight,” “Suetonius, Domitian,” xiii.
The worship of the emperor became for Christians a test of their faith. In a letter that Pliny, Governor of Bythinia, wrote in 111 A.D. to Emperor Trajan to obtain instructions on how to proceed against Christians, he explains that the procedure he had followed was to ask them if they were Christians. Those who confessed were executed, but those who claimed that they were no longer Christians, were asked to worship the image of the emperor by offering incense and wine before it. The worship of “the image of the beast” was an acid test of the Christian faith. This helps us to understand why John speaks of the land-beast bidding people “to make an image for the beast,” Revelation 13:14, and “to cause those who would not worship the image of the beast to be slain,” Revelation 13:15.
13:15: “speak. . . cause” = This “speak” means laws, legislation. While “cause” means enforcement, persecution.
“The ‘speaking’ of the nation is the action of its legislative and judicial authorities.” GC:442.
“The decree which is to go forth against the people of God will be very similar to that issued by Ahasuerus against the Jews in the time of Esther.” 5T:450.
“He [Satan] will appear in the character of an angel of light. Through the agency of Spiritualism, miracles will be wrought, the sick will be healed, and many undeniable wonders will be performed. And as the spirits will profess faith in the Bible, and express regard for Sunday, their work will be accepted as a manifestation of Divine power.
“The line of distinction between professing Christians and the ungodly is now hardly distinguishable. Church-members love what the world loves, and are ready to join with them; and Satan determines to unite them in one body and thus strengthen his cause by sweeping all into the ranks of Spiritualism. Papists who boast of miracles as a certain mark of the true church, will be readily deceived by this wonder-working power; and Protestants, having cast away the shield of truth, will also be deluded. Papists, Protestants, and worldlings will alike accept the form of godliness without the power, and they will see in this union a grand movement for the conversion of the world, and the ushering in of the long-expected millennium. {Note: Notice how it is the religious entities who are now in control of the world’s powers}.
“Through Spiritualism, Satan appears as a benefactor of the race, healing the diseases of the people, and professing to present a new and more exalted system of religious faith {Note: The changing of God’s Law}; but at the same time he works as a destroyer. His temptations are leading multitudes to ruin. Intemperance dethrones reason; sensual indulgence, strife, and bloodshed follow.” 4SP:406; DD:33; GC88:588-599; GC:588-589.
“The dignitaries of church and State will unite,” 4SP:410 & 444.
“When secular rulers unite with ministers of religion to dictate in matters of conscience, then it will be seen who really fear and serve God.” AA:432.
“should be killed” = Death Decree will have a set time to be carried out.
“The decree that will finally go forth against the remnant people of God will be very similar to that issued by Ahasuerus against the Jews. Today the enemies of the true Church see in the little company keeping the Sabbath Commandment, a Mordecai at the gate. The reverence of God’s people for His Law is a constant rebuke to those who have cast off the fear of the Lord and are trampling on His Sabbath.” Prophets and Kings, page 605.
“I saw the leading men of the earth consulting together, and Satan and his angels busy around them. I saw a writing, copies of which were scattered in different parts of the land, giving orders that unless the saints should yield their peculiar faith, give up the Sabbath, and observe the first day of the week, the people were at liberty after a certain time, to put them to death.” EW:282.
13:16: “And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond” = Here is a clear indication of the Bibles last day remarks in regards to there being no middle ground. You are either for Christ or against Him.
“a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads” = The Greek word for “mark” is, “charagma.” It signifies an imprinted or engraved mark. It also signified a graven image (see Acts 17:29). It was also a technical term used for the imperial stamp on commercial documents and the royal impression on Roman coins. It was also used as a technological term for the branding of animals (see Theological Dictionary of the New Testament, by Ulrich Wilckens, comments on Rev. 13:16). By contrast, no evidence indicates any ancient practice of placing “charagma” physically on a person, such as might be expected in those times of the branding of slaves. In those cases the Greek word “stigmata” was used (see Gal. 6:17).
Therefore, I believe this “mark” to be a spiritual branding. The “mark of the beast” in the Book of Revelation, Chapter 13, stands in sharp and direct contrast to the “seal of God,” in Revelation 9:4, and clearly stands as a counterfeit to it. However, both function as a mark of ownership. Both are signs of loyalty to God or loyalty to the beast. And the emphasis in the final crisis is about those who “keep the Commandments of God,” Revelation 12:17 & 14:12, and those who give their obedience to the beast.
The sealed person, who belongs to God, is displayed in Second Timothy 2:19: “Nevertheless the foundation of God standeth sure, having this seal, The Lord knoweth them that are His. And, Let every one that nameth the Name of Christ depart from iniquity.” See also Ephesians 1:13-14; 4:30; Second Timothy 2:19; Revelation 7:2-3; 14:1. By contrast, the symbolic “mark” of ownership and loyalty to Satan is found in the Book of Revelation (13:16-17; 14:9-10; 16:2; 19:20; 20:4).
Notice that the children of God are sealed in their “foreheads” ONLY, indicating that their minds are made up and they will only serve God and keep His Commandments. While the unrighteous are sealed both in their “foreheads” and “hands,” Revelation 20:4, meaning they have chosen to believe they have the correct truth and will serve whom they believe to be right (they believe they are truly worshiping God); and also that they will use their might (“hand,” equaling force) to ensure that they get their way against the people of God.
We can cross reference this “mark” to Ezekiel 9:4 & 6, where the “mark” spoken of there is the Hebrew word “tav,” which is a masculine noun meaning, “a mark, a signature.” It is the name of the last letter of the Hebrew alphabet. It indicates a spiritual marking put on a person as an identifying mark or signature, such as in Job 31:35, where his “desire,” or character is implicated. In the case of The Book of Ezekiel, it was a sign of exemption from judgment.
From 4SP:281-282 (see also Ev:234) we read: “The change of the Sabbath is the sign, or mark, of the authority of the Romish church. Those who, understanding the claims of the Fourth Commandment, choose to observe the false in place of the true Sabbath, are thereby paying homage to that power by which alone it is commanded. The change in the Fourth Commandment is the change pointed out in the prophecy, and the keeping of the counterfeit sabbath is the reception of the mark. But Christians of past generations observed the first day, supposing that they were keeping the Bible Sabbath, and there are in the churches of today many who honestly believe that Sunday is the Sabbath of Divine [282]
“appointment. None of these have received the mark of the beast. There are true Christians in every church, not excepting the Roman Catholic communion. The test upon this question does not come until Sunday observance is enforced by law, and the world is enlightened concerning the obligation of the true Sabbath. Not until the issue is thus plainly set before the people, and they are brought to choose between the Commandments of God and the commandments of men, will those who continue in transgression receive the mark of the beast.”
SDA’s NOTE THE GC WRITING IS ACTUALLY QUOTED from (the questionably edited) RH, April 27, 1911 par. 17-18:
“The Sabbath will be the great test of loyalty, for it is the point of truth especially controverted. When the final test shall be brought to bear upon men, then the line of distinction will be drawn between those who serve God and those who serve Him not. While the observance of the false sabbath in compliance with the law of the state, contrary to the Fourth Commandment, will be an avowal of allegiance to a power that is in opposition to God, the keeping of the true Sabbath, in obedience to God’s Law, is an evidence of loyalty to the Creator. While one class, by accepting the sign of submission to earthly powers, receive the mark of the beast, the other choosing the token of allegiance to Divine authority, receive the seal of God.”
“Heretofore those who presented the truths of the third angel’s message have been often regarded as mere alarmists. . . But as the question of enforcing Sunday observance is widely agitated, the event so long doubted and disbelieved is seen to be approaching, and the third message will produce an effect which it could not have had before.” GC:605.
HERE IS THE ORIGINAL: “The Sabbath will be the great test of loyalty; for it is the point of truth especially controverted. {422.2.}
“Heretofore those who presented the truths of the third message have often been regarded as mere alarmists. The prediction that church and State would unite to persecute those who keep the Commandments of God has been pronounced groundless and absurd. It has been confidently declared that this land {U.S.A. NOTICE THIS IS LEFT OUT IN THE CHANGED WRITINGS} could never become other than what it has been, the defender of religious freedom. But as the question of enforcing Sunday observance is widely agitated, the event so long doubted and disbelieved is seen to be approaching, and the third message produces an effect which it could not have had before.” 4SP:423.1.
From Mar. 211, we read: “The living righteous will receive the seal of God prior to the close of probation. The sign, or seal, of God is revealed in the observance of the Seventh-Day Sabbath, the Lord’s memorial of creation. . . The mark of the beast is the opposite of this -- the observance of the first day of the week. Sunday keeping is not yet the mark of the beast, and will not be until the decree goes forth causing men to worship this idol sabbath.”
From 7BC:968; 21MR:52, we read: “What is the seal of the living God, which is placed in the foreheads of His people? It is a mark which angels, but not human eyes, can read; for the destroying angel must see this mark of redemption.”
From ST, November 1, 1899 (4ST:72), we read: “In the issue of the great contest two parties are developed: those who ‘worship the beast and his image,’ and receive his mark, and those who receive ‘the seal of the living God,’ who have the Father’s Name written in their foreheads. This is not a visible mark.”
From 19MR:182, we read: The mark of the beast “is in direct contrast with the mark of God (Exo. 31:12-17 quoted).”
And from GC:604, we read: “Fearful is the issue to which the world is to be brought. The powers of earth, uniting to war against the Commandments of God, will decree that ‘all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond’ (Revelation 13:16), shall conform to the customs of the church by the observance of the false sabbath. All who refuse compliance will be visited with civil penalties, and it will finally be declared that they are deserving of death. On the other hand, the Law of God enjoining the Creator’s Rest Day demands obedience and threatens wrath against all who transgress Its Precepts. With the issue thus clearly brought before him, whoever shall trample upon God’s Law to obey a human enactment receives the mark of the beast; he accepts the sign of allegiance to the power which he chooses to obey instead of God.”
“in their right hand” = That this is referring to “work,” or the action taken by oneself, here is Ecclesiastes 9:10: “Whatsoever thy hand findeth to do, do it with thy might.” See also Ezekiel 9:6; First Peter 4:17.
“in their foreheads” = That this is referring to the “choices” we make in life, here is Hebrews 8:10: “For this is the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel after those days, saith the Lord; I will put My Laws into their mind.” See also Revelation 20:4, then Exodus 13:9 & 16; 11:18; Ezekiel 9:4.
According to Revelation 7:3 & 13:16; 14:9, the “seal” of God and the “mark” of the beast is “in” the “forehead” and “in” the hand; not “on” the “forehead” or on the “hand.” In other words, we are discussing one’s character; what one believes (“forehead”), and what one will do (“hand”). This is the truth expressed throughout the entire Word of God; our characters.
It is according to Deuteronomy 6:8, that we still see devout Jews today with visible symbols upon their bodies: “And thou shalt bind them for a sign upon thine hand, and they shall be as frontlets between thine eyes.” Just as the spiritual application of this verse is lost on the Jewish people today, so it will be lost upon all those who worship the “image to the beast.” Just earlier our Lord explained this spiritual application to them in Deuteronomy 6:5: “And thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thine heart, and with all thy soul [this implies the mind, or forehead], and with all thy might [and this is their hand; what they will do].” Thus, the Jewish people miss its true meaning. Going above and beyond the Law of God is to misrepresent It.
13:17: “buy or sell” = Just in case you missed it, this entire Chapter of Revelation 13, is pointing out that God and Satan are in a battle for the minds of the people. In other words, this is an intellectual battle. One where the stupid, or careless (couldn’t care less) will automatically side with the opposition in order to be able to continue to be able to “buy and sell,” James 4:13, which you cannot do if you decide to keep God’s Commandments. Revelation 13:17: “And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.”
Therefore, there may very well be some type of identification mark upon individuals, such as the Nazis, during World War Two, who made the Jews where a yellow star upon their clothes. And in some cases, until it was understood for the real reason of identification, the Jews were proud to do so. However, the Lord’s people will be identified once a week when they insist upon worshipping on the Biblical Sabbath Day.
From 5T:152, we read: “We ought now to be heeding the injunction of our Savior: ‘Sell that ye have, and give alms; provide yourselves bags which wax not old, a treasure in the Heavens that faileth not.’ [Luke 12:33]. It is now that our brethren should be cutting down their possessions instead of increasing them. We are about to move to a better country, even a Heavenly. Then let us not be dwellers upon the earth, but be getting things into as compact a compass as possible. The time is coming when we cannot sell at any price. The decree will soon go forth prohibiting men to buy or sell of any man save him that hath the mark of the beast.”
There are 3 conditions upon which one “might” be able to “buy or sell.”
1) Receive “the mark.” The “mark” is placed “in their right hand, verse 16, meaning compliance with it but not necessarily in full agreement. In other words: “lukewarm;” careless (couldn’t care less); indifferent; disinterested; unconcerned; apathetic; insensible; unmindful. While on the other hand, when “the mark” is “in their foreheads,” verse 16, they ARE mindful (notice again the location) of the issues to be imposed by accepting, or rather, not in agreement with those who will not receive “the mark.” These are those of whom could be ascribed the second condition, for they are nearly of the same mindset.
2) These receive “the name of the beast.” They are in agreement, or have the same understanding, and come to the same consensus in that they make a contract with the beast, to the point that they even will “make,” or honor “an image to the beast,” verse 14, going so far as to “worship,” verse 12, the beast.
3) Those that have “the number of his name,” are obviously already members. They do not need to receive the mark, as in conditions one and two, because they already have received it; such as Roman Catholics.
13:18: “it is the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore and six” = This statement seems to suggest that the original readers had an ability to break the code. See my Bible Study: “666, WHO DOES IT REPRESENT.” Which in essence concludes: “Spiritualism, Apostate Protestantism, and Roman Catholicism,” which is, the dragon, the sea-beast, and the land-beast of Revelation, Chapter 13, each “6” standing for one of them (see 4SP:405; GC:588; LDE:131; Mar. 187; for collaboration of this belief).
CHAPTER FOURTEEN
14:1: “a Lamb stood on the mount Sion” = This seen was described centuries earlier in Joel 2:32: “And it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the Name of the Lord shall be delivered: for in mount Zion and in Jerusalem shall be deliverance, as the Lord hath said, and in the remnant whom the Lord shall call.” The denotation is victory, and only the 144,000 appear to be the ones to obtain it during the tribulation period.
“an hundred forty and four thousand” = Psalm 91:7-16 appears to definitely refer to this group, for no others have totally experienced what it describes. Their loyalty (who do you worship) will be tested like no other generation in the past.
“having His [that is Christ’s] Father’s name written in their foreheads” = Here again is the allusion to those who worship God, and those who did not and receive the opposite mark, or name, that of the beast. See my Revelation 13:16 Note.
14:3: “they sung as it were a new song” = Despite the fact that the test states that “no man could learn that song but the hundred and forty and four thousand,” according to Revelation 15:3-4, this song of the 144,000 would be: “they sing the song of Moses (see Exodus, Chapter 15). . . and the song of the Lamb, saying, Great and marvellous are Thy works, Lord God Almighty; just and true are Thy ways, Thou King of saints. [4] Who shall not fear Thee, O Lord, and glorify Thy Name? for Thou only art Holy: for all nations shall come and worship before Thee; for Thy judgments are made manifest.”
What makes this song new is not any new words or melody, but the unique experience of the redeemed. They are the only ones who can sing it, not because the words or melody are difficult to learn, but because of their unique experience. They came out of the great tribulation; thus they can express their praise and gratitude to God in a way no one else can do. The Greek word translated “new” is “kainos,” which means new in quality and not necessarily in time. The latter meaning is expressed by the Greek word “neos.” “The Theological Dictionary of the New Testament” clearly explains the difference between the two Greek words. “ ‘Neos’ is what is new in time or origin, while “kainos” is what is new in nature, different from the usual, impressive, better than the old.” Thus, only the person who has come out of the “great tribulation” and experienced the transforming power of God’s grace can sing this “new song.”
14:4: “These are they” = From AA:591 we read: “ ‘These are they which follow the Lamb withersoever He goeth. These were redeemed from among men, being the first fruits unto God and to the Lamb.’ Revelation 14:4. The vision of the prophet pictures them as standing on Mount Zion, girt for holy service, clothed in white linen, which is the righteousness of the saints.” See also Revelation 19:8, for this application.
“not defiled with women; for they are virgins” = As seen in my Bible Study: “REVELATION SYMBOLS” (see better on my CHART, via E-Mail, of the same), a “woman” in the Book of Revelation equals a “church.” Therefore, staying along that thought process, the meaning here is obvious. The 144,000 are not fooled or caught up with other churches and their false doctrines, but are loyal to God, remaining “virgins” as it were, not belonging to any one denomination, or better, only betrothed to the one true Church, steadfast to its doctrines.
“virgins” = The Greek word used here for “virgins” is, “parthenos.” It usually means “virgin,” but it can also be used in reference to a formerly married person who is now a widow. The term as used in the Bible is used metaphorically in signifying fidelity to God. The word also does not suggest completeness, in that there never has been any unfaithfulness. Thus, as may be implied here, we can see that these “virgins” were always faithful, or also came out form other denominations to become “virgins” in the true Church. To further prove my point, Israel is often described as an adulterous and unfaithful woman in her relationship with God. And yet, she is later called a “virgin” when she returns back to faithfulness to her God (see 2Ki. 19:21; Isa. 37:22; Jer. 14:17; 18:13; 31:4; Lam. 2:13; Amos 5:2).
“follow the Lamb whithersoever He goeth” = This is reminiscent of Elisha, who would not let Elijah out of his sight (see Second Kings, Chapter 2).
“firstfruits” = The 144,000 are surely not to be the “firstfruits,” or rather, the first to be resurrected. However, they are counted as the “firstfruits,” or to better understand the meaning, they are foremost of the ones being redeemed, or purchased from the end-time harvest. They shall be resurrected without seeing the first death (compare to 1Co. 15:20 & 23 which explains that Christ was the “firstfruits” of all risen saints -- in representation).
From GC:649 we read: “These, having been translated from the earth, from among the living, are counted as ‘the first-fruits unto God and to the Lamb.’ Rev. 14:4.” Therefore, these must be the 144,000, for Mrs. White quotes Revelation 14:4, in reference to them.
14:5: “they are without fault” = Another way to translate “amomos,” this Greek word used for “without fault,” is to say “blameless.” In other words, they perfect their Christian Character. The Hebrew word that correlates to “amomos” is, “tamiym,” which in Genesis 17:1, where God asked Abram to be “perfect.” And in Job 1:1, God states that Job “was perfect.” The Hebrew word used there is “tam,” a form of “tamiym.”
Notice that this will be a requirement for entrance into Heaven during the Tribulation period. See my Bible Study: “PERFECTION REQUIRED.”
14:6: “everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation” = Let’s compare this to our Lord’s end time statements in Matthew 24:14: “And this GOSPEL of the kingdom shall be PREACHED in all the WORLD [“earth”] for a witness unto ALL NATIONS; and then shall the end come.”
14:6-12: “third angel” = See my Bible Study: “THREE ANGELS MESSAGES OF REVELATION, CHAPTER 14 [UNDER SDA].”
14:7: “a loud voice” = In Revelation 18:2, it depicts “a strong voice.”
In Revelation 1:10; 11:12; 16:1; 19:1; 21:3; it depicts “a great voice.”
In Revelation 5:2 & 12; 6:10; 7:2 & 10; 8:13; 10:3; 12:10; 14:7 & 9 & 15; 19:17; it depicts “a loud voice.”
All are in some accounts our Lord Jesus Christ Himself (except Revelation, Chapter 14, where they are listed as three separate “angels,” and in Rev. 6:10, where the martyred are pictured). The Greek is the same and should be consistently translated the same, i.e., “loud voice.” The Greek is, “Megas phone,” which correlates to our English word, “Megaphone.” The application, both in the Greek and in English is the same, that of carrying the emphasis that this “loud voice” is as “loud” as a voice can get; thus implying the urgency of the message.
“Fear God, and give glory to Him” = One cannot, or will not “Fear God, and give glory to Him,” unless one “worships” Him, the main issue of this Book (see comment below).
“fear God” = Fearing God and giving glory to Him are closely related (see Psa. 22:23; Rev. 15:4). Together, they designate a right relationship with God (Job 1:8) and obedience to Him. With our God however, “fear” is balanced with love (see 1Jo. 4:18).
As in the typical Levitical system the trumpets were blown ten days before the Day of Atonement to call the people to repentance during the Pre-Atonement judgment, so in the antitypical service an angel announces with a “loud voice” that “the hour of His judgment has come,” and calls upon mankind to repent and worship God during the pre-Advent judgment and before the Advent harvest.
“The hour of His judgment has come” = This must be a reference to when in 1844 A.D. the Investigative Judgment began; for then began the judgment of the dead, and we have yet to pass to the judgment of the living (or have we). The Greek word for “judgment” here is “krisis,” and refers primarily to the action of judging (see Rev. 16:7; 18:10; 19:20), whereas the contrast would be the Greek word “krima,” which denotes primarily the result of an action of judging, such as a “verdict,” or “the sentence of judgment” (see Rev. 17:1; 20:4). Thus, this is going on and not yet accomplished at this point in time.
It could also be a dual prophecy, in that this refers to the Second Coming when all will realize their sinful ways and know they are either saved or lost.
“worship Him that made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters” = Here again, “worship” is the KEY in the Book of Revelation, and I believe, throughout the entire Word of God, i.e., Who should you worship, How should you worship, When should you worship, What should you worship, etcetera.
The obvious reference to the Creator cannot be missed. And, as we shall see, creation week and what our Lord blessed and put into the heart of the Ten Commandments will be the focus of the “beast” and his attempt at thwarting Gods Commandments and His people from understanding the beast’s true intentions. In other words, the destruction of them. To be perfectly clear, God’s Holy Sabbath day will be the issue that decides which personage you will “worship.” How is it that we can come to this conclusion? Two reasons.
The FIRST reason is common sense. Let’s try a little exercise. If I were to quote: “We the people, of the United States, in Order to form a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common defense, promote the general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity, do ordain and establish. . .” Or if I were to quote: “We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.” Just as you or any good American citizen recognized there statements as being “The Constitution of the United States of America,” and “The Declaration of Independence,” so it is that any well standing Jew does not fail to incorporate the Sabbath (see Exo. 20:8-11) as to what is being referred to here; for it is a direct quote of the same Commandment.
The SECOND reason is Biblical based. In the “Greek Septuagint” (the entire Bible written in Greek), this quote here in Revelation 14:7, is a direct quote of Exodus 20:8-11, the Sabbath Commandment. Pretty clear wouldn’t you say? The Jewish community that translated it understood the clear implications, why not you?
“While the observance of the false sabbath in compliance with the law of the state, contrary to the Fourth Commandment, will be an avowal of allegiance to a power that is in opposition to God, the keeping of the true Sabbath, in obedience to God’s Law, is an evidence of loyalty to the Creator. While one class, by accepting the sign of submission to earthly powers, receive the mark of the beast, the other choosing the token of allegiance to Divine authority, receive the seal of God.” GC:605.
14:8: “Babylon” = The meaning of Babylon is “confusion.”
However, the name “Babylon” itself, in the Babylonian language, is “bab ili,” which means, “the gate of god(s),” referring to the place of access to the Divine realm. Thus, the true character of the title “Babylon” is given in that Satan, or anyone given that name, is aspiring to become like God Himself. Compare with Genesis, Chapter 11, where people built the Tower of Babel (Babylon) so that by their own power they could rise to the Divine level of immunity from any accountability to God.
From that understanding, now notice, that when Jacob awoke from a dream in which he saw a ladder connecting Heaven and earth, he exclaimed: “this is none other but the house of God, and this is the gate of Heaven,” Genesis 28:17. Notice that the “house of God” is also “the gate of Heaven;” that is, the way of access to the Divine realm. Jacob named the place Bethel, meaning, “House of God.” The “gate of Heaven” at Bethel and the “gate of god(s)” at Babylon were opposite ways to reach the Divine realm. Jacob’s ladder originated in Heaven and was revealed from above by God.
By contrast, Babylon, with its towers and ziggurat temples, was built by human beings from the ground up. These opposite ways represent contrasting paths to salvation: Divinely initiated grace working in the human agent, versus human works without the power of the Holy Spirit. All true religion is based on the humble Bethel model.
“Babylon is fallen, is fallen” = In Isaiah 21:9 (where this originates from) there is the additional mention of “Babylon is fallen, is fallen; and all the graven images of her gods He hath broken unto the ground.” See also Jeremiah 51:6-8. This is the first mention of “Babylon” in the Book of Revelation. However, that it has not been inferred earlier is to say that its application has not been related before this time; which would be untrue.
In addition, in the Bible, Babylon’s application has always been one of that religious-political power, “Who opposeth and exalteth himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped,” Second Thessalonians 2:4. As we shall see later, Babylon suffers the fate of a priest’s daughter because of her prostitution (see Lev. 21:9, then Rev. 17:16). Therefore, prostitute Babylon clearly represents a religious power that is hostile to the Lamb and to those who are with Him (see Rev. 17:14). Also, the fact that “Babylon” is stated twice, and “is fallen, is fallen,” is stated twice, means that this judgment of her ways is established by God (please see Gen. 41:32 for proof of that statement).
Since Babylon represents a church (religious power), she must be a false church (opposed to Christ). James 4:4 spells this out perfectly: “Ye adulterers and adulteresses, know ye not that the friendship of the world is enmity with God? whosoever therefore will be a friend of the world is the enemy of God.”
From 4SP:232.1 is THE DEFINITION of what “Babylon is fallen” means: “When the churches spurned the counsel of God by rejecting the Advent message, the Lord rejected them. The first angel was followed by a second, proclaiming, ‘Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.’ This message was understood by Adventists to be an announcement of the moral fall of the churches in consequence of their rejection of the first message. The proclamation, ‘Babylon is fallen,’ was given in the summer of 1844, and as the result, about fifty thousand withdrew from these churches.”
In “the autumn of 1844. . . [the midnight] cry united with the second angel’s message, and gave power to that work.” 4SP:250; 1SG:140.
From 2MR:18; 10MR:314; LLM:336, we read: “The Word of God in His Law is binding upon every intelligent mind. The truth for this time, the third angel’s message, is to be proclaimed with a loud voice, meaning with increasing power, as we approach the great final test.”
And from 7BC:980 we read: “This message embraces the two preceding messages {MEANING THIS IS THE THIRD ANGELS MESSAGE}. It is represented as being given with a loud voice; that is, with the power of the Holy Spirit.”
“God had committed to His people a work to be accomplished on earth. The third angel’s message was to be given, the minds of believers were to be directed to the Heavenly Sanctuary, where Christ had entered to make atonement of His people.” EW:254.
“The existing confusion of conflicting creeds and sects is fitly represented by the term ‘Babylon,’ which prophecy applies to the world-loving churches of the last days.” PP:124.
See also: 1MR:302; 1NL:52; 2SM:118; 2MR:228; 3SM:405; 4SP:234-235 & 357; 7BC:985; 19MR:381-382; 1888M:725 & 1078; Ev:365; FLB:176; GC:88:388 & 535 & 536; GC:388 & 535 & 536; Mar:176; RH, December 6, 1892; RH, September 12, 1893; TM:61 & 62.
POSITIVE IDENTIFICATION OF THIS BABYLON:
“But Babylon the harlot is the mother of daughters who follow her example of corruption. Thus are represented those churches that cling to the doctrines and traditions of Rome and follow her worldly practices, and whose fall is announced in the second angel’s message.” 4SP:233.
“[382] Babylon is said to be ‘the mother of harlots.’ By her daughters must be symbolized churches that cling to her doctrines and traditions, and follow her example of sacrificing [383] the truth and the approval of God, in order to form an unlawful alliance with the world. The message of Revelation 14, announcing the fall of Babylon must apply to religious bodies that were once pure and have become corrupt. Since this message follows the warning of the judgment, it must be given in the last days; therefore it cannot refer to the Roman Church alone, for that church has been in a fallen condition for many centuries. Furthermore, in the Eighteenth Chapter of the Revelation the people of God are called upon to come out of Babylon. According to this Scripture, many of God’s people must still be in Babylon. And in what religious bodies are the greater part of the followers of Christ now to be found? Without doubt, in the various churches professing the Protestant faith. At the time of their rise these Churches took a noble stand for God and the truth, and His blessing was with them. Even the unbelieving world was constrained to acknowledge the beneficent results that followed an acceptance of the principles of the gospel. . .
“But they fell by the same desire which was the curse and ruin of Israel -- the desire of imitating the practices and courting the friendship of the ungodly. . .
“Many of the Protestant churches are following Rome’s example of iniquitous connection with ‘the kings of the earth’ -- the state churches, by their relation to secular governments; and other denominations, by seeking the favor of the world. And the term ‘Babylon’ -- confusion -- may be appropriately applied to these bodies, all professing to derive their doctrines from the Bible, yet divided into almost innumerable sects, with widely conflicting creeds and theories.
“Besides a sinful union with the world, the churches that separated from Rome present other of her characteristics. [384] A Roman Catholic work argues that ‘if the Church of Rome were ever guilty of idolatry in relation to the saints, her daughter, the church of England, stands guilty of the same, which has ten churches dedicated to Mary for one dedicated to Christ.’ -- Richard Challoner, The Catholic Christian Instructed, Preface, pages 21, 22.” GC:382-384.1.
“[389] The Bible declares that before the Coming of the Lord, Satan will work ‘with all power and signs and lying wonders, [390] and with all deceivableness of unrighteousness;’ and they that ‘received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved,’ will be left to receive ‘strong delusion, that they should believe a lie.’ 2 Thessalonians 2:9-11. Not until this condition shall be reached, and the union of the church with the world shall be fully accomplished throughout Christendom, will the fall of Babylon be complete. The change is a progressive one, and the perfect fulfillment of Revelation 14:8 is yet future.” GC:389- 390; FLB:285.3.
“We are not to think that the chosen ones of God who are trying to walk in the light, compose Babylon. The fallen denominational churches are Babylon. Babylon has been fostering poisonous doctrines, the wine of error. This wine of error is made up of false doctrines, such as the natural immortality of the soul, the eternal torment of the wicked, the denial of the pre-existence of Christ prior to His birth in Bethlehem, and advocating and exalting the first day of the week above God’s holy, sanctified day.” RH, September 12, 1893; 1NL:52; AY:81; Ev:365; TM:61.
14:8: “made all nations drink” = This means that it has world-wide power. This is not some local power controlling a small area. This coincides with Revelation 18:3 & 9.
“wine” = Doctrine. Here specifically, False doctrines. Intoxicated people cannot think clearly. As the people become spiritually inebriated by Babylon’s wine, Babylon will seduce them into worshiping the sea beast and receiving the mark of the beast. In the Old Testament, the outpouring of God’s wrath is described symbolically as drinking wine from a cup (Jer. 25:15-16).
“What is that wine? -- Her false doctrines.” 2MR:228; 1MR:302; 2SM:118; 3SM:405; Mar:171; RH, Dec. 6, 1892.
“ ‘Because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.’ This means that she has disregarded the only Commandment which points out the true God, and has torn down the Sabbath, God’s memorial of creation. . . The man of sin. . . changed the rest day, placing the first day of the week where the seventh should be. And the Protestant world has taken this child of the papacy to be regarded as sacred. In the Word of God this is called her fornication.” 7BC:979.
“True sanctification is found in yielding the will to the will of God, in rendering obedience to His Commandments, and in making His standard of righteousness the aim of our life. If men would consent to follow the Lord fully, if they were not confused with the wine of Babylon, they would see that to tamper with the Lord’s standard, to depart from His Commandments, is the worst species of rebellion. This is well represented as the wine of the wrath of the abomination of Babylon, the cup which she has presented to all nations to drink.” ST, November 14, 1895.
“the wrath of her fornication” = This is Babylon’s wrath, or better, Satan’s wrath, for “having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time,” Revelation 12:12.
14:9: “third angel” = “I was shown that the third angel, proclaiming the Commandments of God and the faith of Jesus, represents the people who receive this message and raise the voice of warning to the world, to keep the Commandments of God as the apple of the eye, and that in response to this warning many would embrace the Sabbath of the Lord.” 1T:77.
“As the members of the body of Christ approach the period of their last conflict, ‘the time of Jacob’s trouble,’ they will grow up into Christ, and will partake largely of His Spirit. As the third message swells to a loud cry {Rev. Ch. 18}, and as great power and glory attends the closing work, the faithful people of God will partake of that glory. It is the latter rain which revives and strengthens them to pass through the time of trouble. Their faces will shine with the glory of that light which attends the third angel.” RH, May 27, 1862.
“loud voice” = See my Revelation 14:7 Note.
“the beast and his image” = From GC88:455; GC:455 we read: “ ‘The beast’ mentioned in this message, whose worship is enforced by the two-horned beast, is the first, or leopard-like beast of Revelation 13, -- the papacy.”
“mark” = See my Revelation 13:16 Note.
“in his forehead, or in his hand” = See my Revelation 13:16 Note.
14:10: “wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of His indignation” = This metaphorical expression of our Lord’s “wrath” [included in some of them about the “cup”] occurs elsewhere in the Scriptures in Job 21:20; Psalm 60:3; 75:8; 78:31; Isaiah 51:17 & 21-23; Jeremiah 25:15-29; 49:12-13; Obadiah 1:15-16; Matthew 20:22; 26:39; John 3:36; 18:11; Romans 1:18; 3:5; 12:19; Ephesians 5:6; Colossians 3:6; Revelation 14:10 & 19; 15:1 & 7; 16:1 & 19; 19:15. However, here in Revelation 14:10, two Greek words for wrath are used: “thumos,” meaning, “anger, fury,” and “orge,” meaning when put together, “extreme wrath.”
The Greek word “thumos” is a strong or passionate “indignation” or “anger.” Whereas “orge” denotes a demonstration of “displeasure” and “righteous indignation.” The Greek word “orge” is the usual word used for “Divine wrath” in the New Testament, especially by Paul (see Rom. 1:18; 3:5; 12:19; Col. 3:6).
In the Book of Revelation however, both “thumos” and “orge” are used for the eschatological “wrath of God. . . into the cup of His indignation” (see Rev. 14:10 & 19; 15:1 & 7; 16:1 & 19; 19:15). These two words are often used together in the “Septuagint,” as well in the Book of Revelation, and once in the Book of Romans (Rom. 2:8; Rev. 14:10; 16:19; 19:15). Obviously, this is for the purpose of intensifying the reality of God’s “wrath” being manifested in judgment and disgust.
“without mixture” = The additional mention of “without mixture,” or of His “wrath” being undiluted, is framed through the Greek word “kerannuumi,” meaning, “to mix.” Here it refers to “wine” which in the ancient practice of mixing wine with various spices and herbs to increase its intoxication power, or of diluting it with water to reduce its strength. Thus, the expression of our Lord here means that the “wine,” or His “wrath,” is at full strength, without any diluting properties. The same is true in the Hebrew as used in Psalm 75:8. Here the “wine” of God’s “wrath” is described as “unmixed,” the Greek word being, “akratou.” Thus, the unmixed, undiluted “wine,” represents the pouring out of God’s “wrath” in its full strength. In other words, without mercy. As in the days of Noah, God has had enough of this disobedient generation.
However, the natural consequences of sin are aggravated into a supernatural visitation of our Lord’s “wrath” only after repeated warnings have been given. How long will we refuse to heed to warnings of our Lord to ourselves and our own cherished sins? The “wrath” of God in the Bible is not an irrational, capricious, emotional outburst of anger. Rather, it is His consistent and necessary reaction to the objective reality of moral evil. In other words, Divine “wrath” is God’s personal revulsion to evil, and His personal vigorous opposition to it.
Contrary to human wrath, which is usually arbitrary, selfish, and uninhibited, Divine “wrath” is principled and controlled. It is free from personal animosity or vindictiveness. It is always accompanied by undiminished love for the sinner. God’s “wrath” in the Bible is always judicial in the sense that it is the wrath of the judge who administers justice. Ephesians 5:6 states: “Let no man deceive you with vain words: for because of these things cometh the wrath of God upon the children of disobedience.” This “wrath” is His intense displeasure and condemnation of sin. It issues not from passion, but from God’s holiness and righteousness, which is the basis of the administration of the universe. As a consequence, this Biblical truth should be observed: that Holiness cannot coexist with sin.
God’s Holiness exposes sin; “the wrath of God” being the result of what opposes sin. Therefore, sin cannot approach God and God cannot and will not tolerate sin. This Biblical understanding of God’s nature is unpopular today. Most people prefer an easygoing God who is tolerant of their offenses. They want God to be gentle, accommodating, without any violent reaction. They want to bring God down to their level and raise themselves up to His, so that ultimately there is no need or reason for the Sacrificial death of Jesus on the Cross, on their behalf.
God hates evil, is angered by it, and refuses to compromise with it. It is essential to understand that God’s holiness requires that sin be punished. If God failed to punish sin, then He could not claim to be perfectly just. His infinite justice demands the punishment of the sinner or of an appropriate substitute. Frequently the Bible reminds us that our God cannot excuse or overlook sin. “I will not justify the wicked,” Exodus 23:7. I “will by no means clear the guilty.” Exodus 34:7. And our Lord is “by no means clearing the guilty,” Numbers 14:18.
“fire and brimstone” = This refers to total destruction. Fire and brimstone are a means of judgment (see Gen. 19:24 & Isa. 34:8-10). Jude describes the fate of Sodom and Gomorrah (by fire and brimstone) as suffering the punishment of “eternal fire,” Jude 1:7. Revelation describes that as the “second death,” Revelation 2:11; 20:6 & 14; 21:8.
14:11: “smoke” = See my Revelation 9:2 & 3 Note, which equals “judgment.” Then see Psalm 37:20.
“mark” = See my Revelation 13:16 Note.
Here is my note from my Bible Study: “DEATH, THE BIBLICAL TRUTH ABOUT.” We must ALWAYS understand that John the Revelator was generally quoting almost half of his Book from the Old Testament. Therefore, to better understand “And the smoke of their torment ascendeth up for ever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night,” we need to go to Isaiah 34:8-10: “(8) For it is the day of the LORD’S vengeance, and the year of recompences for the controversy of Zion. (9) And the streams thereof shall be turned into pitch, and the dust thereof into brimstone, and the land thereof shall become burning pitch. (10) It shall not be quenched night nor day; the smoke thereof shall go up for ever: from generation to generation it shall lie waste; none shall pass through it for ever and ever.” This is speaking of the total annihilation of Edom. Even Isaiah 34:11 calls the place after the destruction, “emptiness.” And verse 12 goes on to state, “They shall call its nobles to the kingdom, But none shall be there, and all its princes shall be nothing.”
Now we know that our Lord is going to bring about “a new Heaven and a new earth,” Revelation 21:1. Therefore, this “smoke” will end at that time; “forever” meaning until it ends. Just like a man promises to love a woman “forever,” meaning until he dies.
14:12: “patience” = The Greek word “hypomone,” translated as “patience,” here, really means “endurance,” such as in the face of opposition, persecution and trials. Another Greek word translated as “patience” is “makrothymia,” which means and is translated more often as “longsuffering,” as in our attitudes with respect to people. See the following verses which clearly set up the word “patience” as being the Christians ability to wait upon the Second Coming of Christ: Luke 8:15; 21:19; Romans 2:7; 5:3; 8:25; First Thessalonians 1:3; Second Thessalonians 3:5; Hebrews 10:36; James 1:3; 5:7-8.
“keep” = The Greek word is “tereo,” and should be understood as meaning, to “maintain,” just as it is used in Second Timothy 4:7.
“the faith of Jesus” = The “faith of Jesus” is best explained by reading Galatians 2:16: “Knowing that a man is not justified by the works of the Law, but by the faith of Jesus Christ, even we have believed in Jesus Christ [“the faith of Jesus” then meaning that we believe in Christ as God and His sacrifice as sufficient to save us], that we might be justified by the faith of Christ [Christ’s obedience to His Father], and not by the works of the Law: for by the works of the Law shall no flesh be justified.” However, “faith without works is dead,” James 2:20 & 26.
From RH, December 6, 1892; 2MR:227; 2SM:117; 1888M:724 & 1078; SpTA01b:15, we read: “let every soul remember that the faith of Jesus is connected with the Commandments of God.”
In comparing Scripture with Scripture we can learn that substituting the word “in” for “of” is quite appropriate, especially in Philippians 1:27, where Paul states, “faith of the gospel.” Paul was not asserting that the “gospel” is the one with the power to have “faith.” Rather, it is those who choose to have faith “in” the “gospel” that have the gift “of faith,” (Eph. 2:8). My suggestion is that we think of the word “of” as past tense, and the word “in” as present tense.
Consider: “faith of God,” Romans 3:3; “faith of Jesus,” Romans 3:22; “faith of Jesus Christ,” Galatians 2:16; “faith of Christ,” Galatians 2:16; “faith of the Son of God,” Galatians 2:20; “faith of Jesus,” Galatians 3:22; “faith of Him,” Ephesians 3:12; “faith of the gospel,” Philippians 1:27; “faith of Christ,” Philippians 3:9; “faith of our Lord Jesus,” James 2:1.
However, also consider that many people have faith “in Jesus;” but lack the faith “of Jesus.” This should be the primary goal, for it will keep you through the most trying times.
14:13: “their works do follow them” = Their life’s history speaks towards their character.
Revelation 14:14-20; Deuteronomy 11:14; Job 29:23; Proverbs 16:15; Jeremiah 3:3; 5:24; Hoshea 6:3; Joel 2:23; Zechariah 10:1; James 5:7: “sickle” = In Revelation, Chapter 14, Verses 14-17, are referring to the Second Coming; while verses 18-20, are referring to the Third Coming of our Lord.
This Command, also used in verse 18, “Thrust in Thy sharp sickle,” is a direct allusion to Joel 3:13, and has the eschatological meaning of the last of the harvests to be gathered at the end of the harvest season. It is used by our Lord in Mark 4:29. However, in Matthew 13:39-43, we are told that the “reapers” are God’s “angels.” And in the parable of the fish caught in the net, angels are the ones who separate the wicked from the righteous. Thus, the role of God’s angels as “reapers,” sent by Jesus, to gather the righteous for the habitation of the kingdom of Heaven, is further affirmed in our Lord’s discourse upon the Mount of Olives (see Mat. 24:31; Mark 13:27).
However, whether or not the additional mention of “for the harvest of the earth is ripe” is present or not, the Biblical reference to the thrusting in of the “sickle” is a well-known Biblical metaphor for the eschatological judgment on the enemies of ancient Israel (see Jer. 51:33; Hos. 6:11; Joel 3:13) and the “harvest” of God’s people into His kingdom (Mat. 9:37-38; Luke 10:2; John 4:35-38). Therefore, this action can both refer to the positive sense for the gathering of God’s people, and the negative aspect of the final abode and judgment of the wicked.
According to EV:701; FLB:246 & 333, this is none other than the “latter rain,” which equals “the baptism of the Holy Spirit.”
“The outpouring of the Spirit in the days of the apostles was the ‘former rain,’ and glorious was the result. But the ‘latter rain’ will be more abundant.” AUCR, June 1, 1904; ChS:251; Ev:701; 8T:21; ML:60; ST, Feb. 17, 1914; YRP:287, 307. [SDA’s: Last sentence left out of AA:54-55 and LDE:184, but it is in LDE:185].
See if you agree with my breakdown of Zechariah 10:1: “Ask ye of the LORD rain [for the Holy Spirit] in the time of the latter rain [the outpouring of the Holy Spirit]; so the LORD shall make bright clouds [a people worthy of the white robes of Heaven], and give them showers of rain [the outpouring of the Holy Spirit], to every one grass in the field [the indwelling of the Holy Spirit].”
“In the East the former rain falls at the sowing-time. It is necessary in order that the seed may germinate [The Christian life begins]. Under the influence of the fertilizing showers [the Holy Spirit], the tender shoot springs up. The latter rain, falling near the close of the season [close of probation], ripens the grain, and prepares it for the sickle [the Second Coming of our Lord]. The Lord employs these operations of nature to represent the work of the Holy Spirit [meaning, the rain represents the Holy Spirit]. As the dew and the rain are given first to cause the seed to germinate, and then to ripen the harvest, so the Holy Spirit is given to carry forward, from one stage to another, the process of spiritual growth. The ripening of the grain represents the completion of the work of God’s grace in the soul [the latter rain]. By the power of the Holy Spirit the moral image of God is to be perfected [ready for transformation to Heaven] in the character. We are to be wholly transformed into the likeness of Christ [ready for His Second Coming].
“The latter rain, ripening earth’s harvest [close of probation], represents the spiritual grace that prepares the Church for the Coming of the Son of Man. But unless the former rain has fallen, there will be no life; the green blade will not spring up. Unless the early showers have done their work, the latter rain can bring no seed to perfection [ready for transformation to Heaven].
“There is to be ‘first the blade, then the ear, after that the full corn in the ear.’ There must be a constant development of Christian virtue, a constant advancement in Christian experience. This we should seek with intensity of desire, that we may adorn the doctrine of Christ our Saviour.
“Many have in a great measure failed to receive the former rain [the Holy Spirit]. They have not obtained all the benefits that God has thus provided for them. They expect that the lack will be supplied by the latter rain [outpouring of the Holy Spirit]. When the richest abundance of grace shall be bestowed, they intend to open their hearts to receive it. They are making a terrible mistake. The work that God has begun in the human heart in giving His light and knowledge, must be continually going forward. Every individual must realize his own necessity. The heart must be emptied of every defilement [perfection of character], and cleansed for the indwelling of the Spirit. It was by the confession and forsaking of sin, by earnest prayer and consecration of themselves to God, that the early disciples prepared for the outpouring of the Holy Spirit [there you have it; “the outpouring of the Holy Spirit”] on the day of Pentecost. The same work, only in greater degree, must be done now. Then the human agent had only to ask for the blessing [“Ask ye of the Lord rain”], and wait for the Lord to perfect [“perfect”] the work concerning him. It is God Who began the work, and He will finish His work, making man complete [perfect] in Jesus Christ. But there must be no neglect of the grace represented by the former rain [the Holy Spirit]. Only those who are living up to the light they have, will receive greater light. Unless we are daily advancing in the exemplification of the active Christian virtues, we shall not recognize the manifestations of the Holy Spirit in the latter rain [outpouring of the Holy Spirit]. It may be falling on hearts all around us, but we shall not discern or receive it.” RH, March 2, 1897, par. 4; FLB:333.
In addition, FLB:333; AG:220 ; Mar:256; add: “But near the close of earth’s harvest, a special bestowal of spiritual grace is promised to prepare the Church for the Coming of the Son of man. This outpouring of the Spirit is likened to the falling of the latter rain.”
“Under the figure of the early and the latter rain, that falls in Eastern lands at seedtime and harvest, the Hebrew prophets foretold the bestowal of spiritual grace in extraordinary measure upon God’s Church. The outpouring of the Spirit in the days of the apostles was the beginning of the early, or [55] former, rain, and glorious was the result. To the end of time the presence of the Spirit is to abide with the true Church. But near the close of earth’s harvest, a special bestowal of spiritual grace is promised to prepare the Church for the Coming of the Son of man. This outpouring of the Spirit is likened to the falling of the latter rain; and it is for this added power that Christians are to send their petitions to the Lord of the harvest. . .” AA:54-55; AG:220; ChS:250-251; FLB:333; Mar. 256; OFC:212; YRP:316.
“The outpouring of the Holy Spirit on the day of Pentecost was the former rain, but the latter rain will be more abundant. The Spirit awaits our demand and reception. Christ is again to be revealed in His fullness by the Holy Spirit’s power.” COL:121; DA 827; Ev:701; ST, Feb. 17, 1914.
“I saw that many were neglecting the preparation so needful, and were looking to the time of ‘refreshing’ and the ‘latter rain’ to fit them to stand in the day of the Lord, and to live in His sight. Oh, how many I saw in the time of trouble without a shelter! They had neglected the needful preparation, therefore they could not receive the refreshing that all must have to fit them to live in the sight of a Holy God.” CET:112; EW:71.
“Not one of us will ever receive the seal of God while our characters have one spot or stain upon them. It is left with us to remedy the defects in our characters, to cleanse the soul-temple of every defilement. Then the latter rain will fall upon us as the early rain fell upon the disciples on the day of Pentecost.” CET:189; CCh:334.
“At that time the ‘latter rain,’ or refreshing from the presence of the Lord, will come, to give power to the loud voice of the third angel, and prepare the saints to stand in the period when the seven last plagues shall be poured out.” EW:85.
“I was pointed down to the time when the third angel’s message was closing. The power of God had rested upon His people; they had accomplished their work and were prepared for the trying hour before them. They had received the latter rain, or refreshing from the presence of the Lord, and the living testimony had been revived. The last great warning had sounded everywhere, and it had stirred up and enraged the inhabitants of the earth who would not receive the message.” EW:279.
“Today you are to have your vessel purified, that it may be ready for the Heavenly dew, ready for the showers of the latter rain; for the latter rain will come, and the blessing of God will fill every soul that is purified from every defilement. It is our work today to yield our souls to Christ, that we may be fitted for the time of refreshing from the presence of the Lord -- fitted for the baptism of the Holy Spirit.” Ev:701.
“The great work of the gospel is not to close with less manifestation of the power of God than marked its opening. The prophecies which were fulfilled in the outpouring of the former rain at the opening of the gospel, are again to be fulfilled in the latter rain at its close.” FLB:332.
14:15: “the temple” = The Greek word is “naos,” and is used mainly in connection with the inner part of the temple, namely, the Most Holy Place.
“a loud voice” = See my Revelation 14:7 Note.
14:16: “Thrust in His sickle” = The Second Coming. This is the harvest, separating the wheat from the tares (Mat. 13:30).
14:18: “came out from the altar” = We are in the Most Holy Place at this point (see verse 15). Therefore, this is not the Alter of Incense referred to here. The explanation is that this “altar” has reference to Revelation 8:3-5, for this angel “had power over fire,” and the angel of Revelation 8:5 “filled it with fire.” Therefore, these angels must be one and the same. And, as every Sanctuary student knows, the Golden Censer, of which this angel is carrying, holds the incense from off of the Altar of Incense (he “filled it with fire” in Rev. 8:5), and answers to, “came out from the altar” of Incense, and therefore, is then taking it into the Most Holy Place, to be offered there as the fragrance, or prayers of the Saints. Now the prayers of the slain saints of “How long” until Your “wrath” will take place, is now going to be answered.
14:19: “winepress” = Connected to “the wrath of God,” again, “wine” is synonymous with “false doctrine,” and “press” with “blood.” Those who promoted, believed, accepted, did not study these things out, will be subjected to God’s “winepress.”
“wrath of God” = See Revelation 14:10 Note.
14:20: “trodden without the city” = Although this has reference to Joel 3:13 and Zechariah 14:2-4, this is really a look into the future at what will take place in the final destruction of the wicked who are outside the city walls of the New Jerusalem (see Rev. 20:9). This must be the explanation, for “there shall in no wise enter into it any thing that defileth, neither whatsoever worketh abomination, or maketh a lie,” Revelation 21:7.
“and blood came out of the winepress, even unto the horse bridles” = John is using a well-known hyperbolic expression from a battle that was well known among the Jewish people of his day. In the Jewish pseudepigraphal book of First Enoch (1 Enoch 100:3; Charlesworth, 1:81), we have this very same statement, and it is used in reference to the description of the final judgment.
“a thousand and six hundred furlongs” = This would equal about two hundred miles; covering a space of two hundred square miles; a virtual lake of blood. It could be an allusion to the length of Palestine for rejecting Christ. According to “Albert Barns Notes On The Bible:” “Prof. Stuart supposes that it refers to the breadth of Italy, and that the allusion is to the attack made on the city of the beast.” Rather, those that worshipped the beast, and or, rejected Christ. This is the final judgment. The fire must come latter or at the same time.
CHAPTER FIFTEEN
15:1: “sign” = See my Revelation 12:1 Note.
“last plagues” = Since these are the “last plagues,” they are also then the “last acts” before the Second Coming, and as such the close of probation takes place just before or sometime during their falling.
Note also that “one of the seven angels which had the seven vials full of the seven last plagues,” Revelation 21:9, talks with John again. Could this be Gabriel? At the least this “angel” appears to be more qualified to speak to John then the other six.
Note again that these “vials,” in Revelation 15:7 and Revelation 21:9, are in contrast to the “seven trumpets,” Revelation 8:2 & 6, which do not include close of probation events; with the exception of the “seventh,” Revelation 11:15, which is the Second Coming of Christ. Thus, the “vials” are judgments; while the “trumpets” are announcements of events.
“wrath of God” = See my Revelation 14:10 Note.
15:2: “sea of glass” = Here is my Revelation 4:6 Note: Could it be that just as the “Laver” represented the cleansing of the priests before entering into the Sanctuary on earth, so also the “sea of glass” represents the redeemed as being cleansed by the blood of Jesus before they enter into the Sanctuary in Heaven?
“victory over the beast, and over his image, and over his mark, and over the number of his name” = Notice the FOUR things that these saints had gotten victory over, which correlates with the keeping of their Lords first FOUR Commandments instead of giving themselves over to the beast.
“The Worship Of The Beast” = Violation of Commandment Number One.
Making “The Image To The Beast” = Violation of Commandment Number Two.
Taking “The Name Of The Beast” = Violation of Commandment Number Three.
While, “The Mark Of The Beast” = Violation of Commandment Number Four.
“mark” = See my Revelation 13:16 Note.
15:3 & 4: “song of Moses” [4] “song of the Lamb” = According to Revelation 15:3-4, this song of the 144,000 would be: “they sing the song of Moses (see Exodus, Chapter 15). . . and the song of the Lamb, saying, Great and marvellous are Thy works, Lord God Almighty; just and true are Thy ways, Thou King of saints. [4] Who shall not fear Thee, O Lord, and glorify Thy name? for Thou only art Holy: for all nations shall come and worship before Thee; for Thy judgments are made manifest.”
A “song of the Lamb” could also be found in Revelation 5:9-10.
“God Almighty” = Here is my Genesis 28:3 Note: “I saw that God’s holy Name should be used with reverence and awe. The words God Almighty are coupled together and used by some in prayer in a careless, thoughtless manner, which is displeasing to Him. Such have no realizing sense of God or the truth, or they would not speak so irreverently of the great and dreadful God, Who is soon to judge them in the last day. Said the angel, ‘Couple them not together; for fearful is His Name.’ Those who realize the greatness and majesty of God, will take His Name on their lips with holy awe. He dwelleth in light unapproachable; no man can see Him and live. I saw that these things will have to be understood and corrected before the Church can prosper.” EW:122.
“just and true” = “In the day of final judgment, every lost soul will understand the nature of his own rejection of truth. The cross will be presented, and its real bearing will be seen by every mind that has been blinded by transgression. Before the vision of Calvary with its mysterious Victim, sinners will stand condemned. Every lying excuse will be swept away. Human apostasy will appear in its heinous character. Men will see what their choice has been. Every question of truth and error in the long-standing controversy will then have been made plain. In the judgment of the universe, God will stand clear of blame for the existence or continuance of evil. It will be demonstrated that the Divine Decrees are not accessory to sin. There was no defect in God’s government, no cause for disaffection. When the thoughts of all hearts shall be revealed, both the loyal and the rebellious will unite in declaring, [Rev. 15:3-4 quoted].” DA:58.1.
15:5: “the temple of the tabernacle of the testimony in Heaven was opened” = See my Revelation 11:19 Note. And again, the Greek word used for “temple” here, is “naos,” which denotes particularly to the innermost part of the Temple, i.e., the Most Holy Place.
On the Day of Atonement, there were two times that the veil to the Most Holy Place was opened which carried major significance. The first was the high priests’ entrance into the Most Holy Place; the second was His departure from the Most Holy Place, to bless the waiting ones. Thus, the First opening (1844) was Christ’s entry into the Most Holy Place, and the Second opening will be His exit from the Most Holy Place to return to this earth -- His Second Coming.
How do we know that the “testimony in Heaven” is the Ten Commandments? Because of Exodus 34:29, which tells us that “the two tables of testimony in Moses’ hand,” are the Ten Commandments.
From ST, March 12, 1896 we read: “In the Book of Revelation the prophet describes the scenes of the Gospel age, and he sees in Heaven the Ark of the Testimony. There the Holy Law of God shines in holy dignity, just as when God wrote it with His Own finger on tables of stone. John describes the work that will be done in the last days, when the Protestant churches form a confederacy with the Catholic power, and work against the Law of God and against those who keep His Commandments.”
From 7BC:972 we read: “When God’s Temple in Heaven is opened, what a triumphant time that will be for all who have been faithful and true! In the Temple will be seen the Ark of the Testament in which were placed the Two Tables of Stone, on which are written God’s Law. These Tables of Stone will be brought forth from Their hiding place, and on Them will be seen the Ten Commandments engraved by the finger of God. These Tables of Stone now lying in the Ark of the Testament will be a convincing testimony to the truth and binding claims of God’s Law (Letter 47, 1902). Sacrilegious minds and hearts have thought they were mighty enough to change the Times and Laws of Jehovah; but, safe in the archives of Heaven, in the Ark of God, are the original Commandments, written upon the two Tables of Stone. No potentate of earth has power to draw forth those Tables from their sacred hiding place beneath the Mercy Seat (ST, Feb. 28, 1878).”
15:6: “angels came out of the temple. . . clothed in pure and white linen” = In Ezekiel 9:2-3 & 11; 10:2 & 6-7; Daniel 10:5; 12:6 & 7; the angles are clothed in “linen;” assumed to be white. In Mark 16:5, this angel is “clothed in a long white garment.” It would appear that any time any being enters into “the temple,” you must be “clothed in pure” don’t miss that point, “and white linen.”
15:7: “one of the four beasts gave unto the seven angels seven golden vials” = Here the seven angels of verse oneare apparently given “the seven last plagues,” verse 1. Therefore, the “seven golden vials,” of verse 7, must be “the seven last plagues,” of verse 1.
“vials” = Here is my Revelation 5:8 Note: A “vial” is a measuring instrument. If we search the Word of God, we learn that God measures the iniquity of Nations, peoples, and most likely, individuals. Examples are: “for the iniquity of the Amorites is not yet full,” Genesis 15:16; “And in the latter time of their kingdom, when the transgressors are come to the full, a king of fierce countenance, and understanding dark sentences, shall stand up,” Daniel 8:23; And our Lord Himself asks His hearers to, “(32) Fill ye up then the measure of your fathers. (33) Ye serpents, ye generation of vipers, how can ye escape the damnation of hell?” Matthew 23:32-33; “Forbidding us to speak to the Gentiles that they might be saved, to fill up their sins alway: for the wrath is come upon them to the uttermost.” First Thessalonians 2:16.
As we learn later, these “vials” reach their filling point, “full of the wrath of God,” in Revelation 15:7, and are ready to be poured out in Revelation, Chapter 16. My point is, that there is a set time, period, or circumstance that triggers these events that later lead to the “vials” being poured out, just as it was for the Amorites (Gen. 15:16). In other words, “The Close Of Probation.”
“wrath of God” = See my Revelation 14:10 Note.
15:8: “smoke” = Here is my Revelation 9:2-3 Note: “Smoke” in the Bible is in general a term used in regards to “judgment” and “punishment” (see Gen. 19:28; Exo. 19:18; Deu. 29:20; Jos. 8:20-21; Psa. 11:6; 37:20; 68:2; 74:1; 102:3; 104:32; 119:83-84; Isa. 6:4-5; 9:18-19; 14:31; 34:8-10; 65:5; Eze. 38:22; Joel 2:30; Nah. 2:13; Acts 2:19; Rev. 8:4-5; 14:11; 18:9).
“no man was able to enter into the Temple, till the seven plagues of the seven angels were fulfilled” = Just as in olden times when God’s Glory filled the earthly Sanctuary, or Temple, so here “no man was able to enter into the Temple, till the seven plagues of the seven angels were fulfilled.” These men, or “man” may be a reference to the 24 elders and any other “man” in Heaven now.
Some Bible commentators (myself included) have also linked this event to the Close of Probation upon earth. One reason “no man was able to enter into the Temple” is because there is no longer any Mediator there. For Christ has left Heaven to appear as His Second Coming on earth. Thus, the Close of Probation.
CHAPTER SIXTEEN
16:ALL: See my Bible Study: “REVELATIONS PLAGUES.” A CHART of the same is available via E-Mail.
Each plague has a consequence for those who worshiped anything but the true God:
Plague #1 (verse 2) is against man’s trust in science, falsely-so-called. It in reality is against desiring things of the flesh, rather than the spiritual things of God.
Plague #2 (verse 3) is against man’s trust in the bounties of the sea.
Plague #3 (verses 4-7) is against man’s false prophets; for not trusting in the prophets God sent them.
Plague #4 (verses 8-9) is against those men who are sun worshipers. Ultimately those who agree with the Sunday Law.
Plague #5 (verses 10-11) is against those in the mother and false churches, and those who worship the mother church (and notice the “repented not”).
Plague #6 (verses 12-16) is against the Devil and his minions. It is also against the power of death. See Hosea 13:14.
That a “way” was made for “the kings of the east” (see my note on this phrase in Revelation 16:12, which equals the Second Coming).
Plague #7 (verses 17-21) is against every unsaved man, for this is Christ’s Second Coming event. “Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the First Resurrection,” Revelation 20:6.
What is interesting to note about all of these plagues is that the people never repent, but only continue to “blaspheme the God of Heaven,” verse 11. This is a clear indication that the Close of Probation was successful. But why this generation? It appears to me that with all the means of communication (internet; etcetera) that this is the most (if willing) informed generation ever and therefore, the most responsible.
“I saw that God had honest children among the nominal Adventists, and the fallen churches, and ministers and people will yet be called out from these churches, before the plagues shall be poured out, and they will gladly embrace the truth.” 1SG:172.
“It was impossible for the plagues to be poured out while Jesus officiated in the Sanctuary; but as His work there is finished, as His intercession closes, there is nothing to stay the wrath of God, and it breaks with fury upon the shelterless head of the guilty sinner, who has slighted salvation, and hated reproof. The saints in that fearful time, after the close of [199]
“Jesus’ mediation, were living in the sight of a Holy God, without an intercessor. Every case was decided, every jewel numbered. Jesus tarried a moment in the outer apartment of the Heavenly Sanctuary, and the sins which had been confessed while He was in the Most Holy place, He placed back upon the originator of sin, the Devil. He must suffer the punishment of these sins.” 1SG:198-199; EW:280.
“[627] The plagues upon Egypt when God was about to deliver Israel were similar in character to those [628] more terrible and extensive judgments which are to fall upon the world just before the final deliverance of God’s people.” GC:627-628.
“[628] These plagues are not universal, or the inhabitants of the earth would be wholly cut off. Yet they will be the most [629] awful scourges that have ever been known to mortals. All the judgments upon men, prior to the Close of Probation, have been mingled with mercy. The pleading blood of Christ has shielded the sinner from receiving the full measure of his guilt; but in the final judgment, wrath is poured out unmixed with mercy.” GC:628-629.
16:1: “a great voice” = In Revelation 18:2, it depicts “a strong voice.”
In Revelation 1:10; 11:12; 16:1; 19:1; 21:3; it depicts “a great voice.”
In Revelation 5:2 & 12; 6:10; 7:2 & 10; 8:13; 10:3; 12:10; 14:7 & 9 & 15; 19:17; it depicts “a loud voice.”
All are in some accounts our Lord Jesus Christ Himself (except Revelation, Chapter 14, where they are listed as three separate “angels,” and in Rev. 6:10, where the martyred are pictured). The Greek is the same and should be consistently translated the same, i.e., “loud voice.” The Greek is, “Megas phone,” which correlates to our English word, “Megaphone.” The application, both in the Greek and in English is the same, that of carrying the emphasis that this “loud voice” is as “loud” as a voice can get; thus implying the urgency of the message.
“vials” = See my Revelation 5:8 & 15:7 Notes.
“wrath of God” = See my Revelation 14:10 Note. We must remember that this is after the “Close of Probation.” According to Revelation 15:1, these “seven last plagues [are because]; for in them is filled up [God’s patience is over] the wrath of God.”
“the Temple” = The Greek word for “Temple” here again is “naos,” which is again [most likely] a clear reference to being the Most Holy Place of the “Temple.” And what is in the Most Holy Place? The Law of God that these worshipers of Satan reject. Thus, calling for the “wrath of God.”
16:2: “noisome” = This Hebrew word, “kakos,” could be translated with many outcomes because it is agreed among Bible Commentators that it is a “Primary Word.” Thus it could be translated as: “bad, evil, harm, ill, noisome, wicked, vicious, worthless, depraved, base, troublesome, injurious, pernicious, destructive, baneful.” Of its 51 occurrences, it is only translated as “noisome” here by the “KJV” translators. If we stay along their concept of the word it brings to mind the sixth Egyptian plague (Exo. 9:10), and Deuteronomy 28:27 & 35 (see also Job 2:7, however, not for a description), give us a better description of just what it was, in that it did “itch.” If this stays true to form, than the “noisome” would be that of scratching the “itch.”
“upon the men which had the mark of the beast, and upon them which worshipped his image” = This verse seems to separate out these people as being in two separate parties. And according to Revelation 19:20, it has the same expression: “them that had received the mark of the beast, and them that worshipped his image.” However, to do one is to be a part of the other. To receive “the mark” is to worship the “mark” giver; in other words, “his image.” Therefore, they are one and the same.
“mark” = See my Revelation 13:16 Note.
16:7: “the altar” = See my Revelation 14:18 Note, which equals the Alter of Incense.
“God Almighty” = Here is my Genesis 28:3 Note: “I saw that God’s holy name should be used with reverence and awe. The words God Almighty are coupled together and used by some in prayer in a careless, thoughtless manner, which is displeasing to Him. Such have no realizing sense of God or the truth, or they would not speak so irreverently of the great and dreadful God, Who is soon to judge them in the last day. Said the angel, ‘Couple them not together; for fearful is His name.’ Those who realize the greatness and majesty of God, will take His name on their lips with holy awe. He dwelleth in light unapproachable; no man can see Him and live. I saw that these things will have to be understood and corrected before the Church can prosper.” EW:122.
16:9 & 16:11 (see also Rev. 9:20): “repented not” = Should anyone question the “wrath” of God graphically displayed in the Book of Revelation (lest you forget all of God’s efforts to show His Love towards His created beings), here is the reason for His “wrath.”
16:11: “sores” = These would be those that were inflicted in verse 2.
16:12: “great river Euphrates” = Here is my Revelation 9:14 Note: The “Euphrates” river is called the “great river” in Genesis 15:18; Deuteronomy 1:7; Joshua 1:4. In Scripture, it is depicted as the “boundary” that separates God’s people from their enemies (see Isa. 7:20; Jer. 46:10; 51:13 [“many waters” = the Euphrates] Rev. 16:12). Therefore, when Isaiah describes the Euphrates River as overflowing its banks and sweeping into the land of Judah (Isa. 8:7-8), he is describing the breach of the boundary between God’s people and her enemies, or better, the righteous and the wicked. I believe this to be a reference to the upcoming battle of “Armageddon,” Revelation 16:16, which for the righteous is a spiritual battle, and for the wicked the hoped-for physical battle (to rid themselves of these Christians once and for all). It also applies to -- according to Revelation 17:16 -- the turning away from supporting Babylon by its followers, since its fall -- the drying up of the river -- in Revelation 16:12.
“and the water thereof was dried up” = There is now no longer a separation between God’s people and the wicked. Their protection appears to be gone. But before the wicked can “hurt” the righteous, then our Lord will Come a Second Time. It also needs to be remembered that any time the Euphrates River dried up, in regards to Babylon (see Daniel, Chapter 5, Jeremiah, Chapters 50-51, and Isaiah, Chapter 44-47), she was destroyed; the day of her judgment came (see Jer. 51:36-37).
“kings of the east” = The glory of God always Comes from the east (Eze. 43:2 & 4; Mat. 24:27); so also the Sealing Angel of Revelation 7:2. Also, those who prepare the way of our Lord’s Comings prepare for Him the way of the east (see Luke 1:76-78; Rev. 7:2). Whereas verse 14, “kings of the earth,” equals earthly rulers (Rev. 6:15; 17:18; 18:3 & 9; 19:19) of which Satan is in charge of (Rev. 19:20; 13:14). In Isaiah 45:1, God calls Cyrus His “anointed.” Therefore, this is picturing Christ and His angles at the Second Coming.
Getting back to “the great river Euphrates,” the Hebrew word for “anointed” is “meshiach,” from which we get the English word “Messiah.” There are only two places in the Old Testament where the word “Messiah” is used for a future deliverer. One of these is generally understood as a prophecy of Jesus (see Dan. 9:25). While the other is found in Isaiah 45:1, which is a reference to Cyrus, in which God calls Cyrus, a pagan king, a type of “Messiah.”
In Old Testament times, Cyrus, king of Persia, dried up the literal Euphrates River in order to conquer Babylon (Daniel, Chapter 5). And once he obtained the status of king over the kingdoms of the earth, he let Israel go free to rebuild Jerusalem. This narrative clearly sets forth the foundation for the last portion of the Book of Revelation. In the Book of Revelation, an end-time Cyrus (is our Lord), Who dries up the end-time River Euphrates, Who conquers end-time Babylon, in order to deliver His end-time Israel, and build His New Jerusalem for a habitation of the righteous.
“kings” = In regards to objections to the plurality of “kings,” thus not referring to Christ, I answer, yes, not Christ “alone.” For He is “Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are with Him are called, and chosen, and faithful.” Revelation 17:14. In other words, the Lamb is not alone, for there are many “lords” and “kings” with Him in the final battle. Bottom line, any Heavenly battle is a battle for the mind (see 2Co. 10:3-4).
16:13: “three unclean spirits” = Notice these threefold entities, a clear effort by Satan to imitate the Godhead’s Trinitarian character, as I mention in my Revelation 13:ALL Note.
“dragon” = Satan = Spiritualism. “[560] Satan has long been preparing for his final effort to deceive the world. The foundation of his work was laid by the assurance given to Eve in Eden, ‘Ye shall not surely die.’ ‘In the day ye eat thereof, then your eyes shall be opened, and ye shall be as gods, knowing good and evil.’ Little by little he has prepared the way for his master-piece [561] of deception in the development of Spiritualism. He has not yet reached the full accomplishment of his designs; but it will be reached in the last remnant of time. Says the prophet: ‘I saw three unclean spirits like frogs. . .’ ” GC88:560-561; GC:560-561; Mar.:166.
From TM:32 we read: “Kings and rulers and governors have placed upon themselves the brand of antichrist, and are represented as the dragon who goes to make war with the saints -- with those who keep the Commandments of God and who have the faith of Jesus.”
“I was directed to this Scripture as especially applying to modern Spiritualism. Colossians 2:8.” 4bSG:87.
“beast” = Roman Catholicism; or the Papacy. Identified in Revelation, Chapter 14. Don’t misunderstand that this “beast” is a Demonic personage that has control of the Papacy.
“false prophet” = See my Revelation 13:14-15 Note, plus 13:11 & 12 & 13, which identifies this “false prophet” as Apostate Protestantism aliening its power with the Dragon and the beast; forming the three fold union. Notice it comes from “out of the mouth,” meaning, its teachings. And according to Revelation 13:14, comparing to Revelation 19:20, this “false prophet” “deceived them” “by the means of those miracles.” One of them being “fire out of heaven,” Revelation 13:13.
“By the decree enforcing the institution of the papacy in violation of the Law of God, our nation [the United States] will disconnect herself fully from righteousness. When Protestantism [USA] shall stretch her hand across the gulf to grasp the hand of the Roman power, when she [USA] shall reach over the abyss to clasp hands with spiritualism, when, under the influence of this threefold union, our country [USA] shall repudiate every principle of its Constitution as a Protestant and Republican government, and shall make provision for the propagation of papal falsehoods and delusions, then we may know that the time has come for the marvelous working of Satan and that the end is near.” Mar.:190.
“John in the Revelation writes of the unity of those living on the earth to make void the Law of God.” 3SM:423; 8MR:344.
“like frogs” = To identify this phrase, ask the question, “How do frogs catch their prey?” With their “tongues/mouth.” In other words, through false prophecy and blasphemy.
16:14: “miracles” = See my Revelation 13:13-14 Note.
“God Almighty” = Here is my Genesis 28:3 Note: “I saw that God’s holy name should be used with reverence and awe. The words God Almighty are coupled together and used by some in prayer in a careless, thoughtless manner, which is displeasing to Him. Such have no realizing sense of God or the truth, or they would not speak so irreverently of the great and dreadful God, Who is soon to judge them in the last day. Said the angel, ‘Couple them not together; for fearful is His name.’ Those who realize the greatness and majesty of God, will take His name on their lips with holy awe. He dwelleth in light unapproachable; no man can see Him and live. I saw that these things will have to be understood and corrected before the Church can prosper.” EW:122.
16:15: “keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked, and they see his shame” = Here is my John 21:7 Note: Here is the Comment on this verse in “Vincent’s Word Study:” “An upper garment or blouse. Only here in the New Testament. In the Septuagint, First Samuel 18:4, the robe which Jonathan gave to David. Second Samuel 13:18, the royal virgin garment of Tamar. The kindred verb, “ependuomai,” occurs twice (2Co. 5:2 & 4), meaning ‘to be clothed upon,’ with the house which is from heaven, i.e., clothed as with an upper garment.”
This phrase would make no sense unless one understands that one must put on the Robe of Christ’s righteousness (see Mat. 22:1-14) in order to be saved. In other words, “Christ in you, the hope of glory. Colossians 1:27. This is also another great verse to cancel out the false doctrine of “Once Saved Always Saved.” See my Bible Study. You are not told to “keep” your “garments” unless they can become lost.
16:16: “Armageddon” = Because of the supporting evidence of Revelation 17:14 and Revelation 19:19-21 (see also Isa. 14:13 discussed later), I believe “Armageddon” to be the place where Satan and his host will gather to battle against Christ, which was prepared by the drying up (see verse 12) of the river Euphrates (which may be figurative of any sort of righteousness “drying up,” which is a part of the reason for the Close Of Probation, the other being God’s people being prepared to receive the Seal Of The Living God).
A literal translation of “Armageddon” comes from the Hebrew and is “Harmageddon.” “Harmageddon” is from two words. The first of which may be “ir,” meaning “city,” or more probably “har,” meaning “mountain.” The second part of the name is “mageddon.”
“Megeddon” comes to us from the Hebrew word “megiddo,” or “megiddon” (1Ki. 9:15; Zec. 12:11), which has reference to the ancient city of Megiddo. It was at Megiddo that Barak and Deborah defeated Sisera and his Assyrian army (Jud. 5:19-21). Also, it was the location where Ahaziah was shot by Jehu (2Ki. 9:27), and Josiah was killed by Pharaoh Neco (2Ki. 23:29-30; Zec. 12:11).
However, the problem with associating “Armageddon” with this ancient city of Megiddo, is that Megiddo is located upon a plain, as opposed to the Bible’s “Armageddon,” which is located upon a “mountain.” So rather than believing that “megeddon” is from the Hebrew “megiddo” or “megiddon,” the ancient city of Megiddo, “megeddon” is most probably from “mo’ed,” the Hebrew word commonly used throughout the Old Testament for “congregation” (Exo. 27:21; 28:43; 29:4 & 10 & 11 & 30 & 32; etcetera); “feast,” (Lev. 23:2); “assembly,” and “places of the assembly” (Lam. 1:15; 2:6).
According to Joel 3:2 & 12, it will take place in “the valley of Jehoshaphat.” This valley is located between Jerusalem and the Mount of Olives, with the Kidron River flowing through it. Just south of the city of David, it is also referred to as the Valley of Decision.
In Isaiah 14:13, where “har-mo’ed” is translated as “mount of the congregation,” or “mount of assembly,” which designates the mountain on which Solomon’s Temple stood, to the north of ancient Jerusalem. Lucifer is represented as aspiring to replace God as Israel’s sovereign ruler. Therefore, “Armageddon” is to be understood as taking place in Jerusalem, as opposed to the literal ancient city of “Megiddo.” This will be the last battle of mankind in one physical location. No more “wars and rumours of wars,” Matthew 24:6; Mark 13:7 {Luke 21:9]. All on earth will be involved in this one.
“The battle of Armageddon will be fought. And that day must find none of us sleeping. Wide awake we must be, as wise virgins having oil in our vessels with our lamps. The power of the Holy Ghost must be upon us and the Captain of the Lord’s host will stand at the head of the angels of Heaven to direct the battle.” 3SM:426.1.
“Four mighty angels hold back the powers of this earth till the servants of God are sealed in their foreheads. The nations of the world are eager for conflict, but they are held in check by the angels. When this restraining power is removed there will come a time of trouble and anguish. Deadly instruments of warfare will be invented. Vessels with their living cargo will be entombed in the great deep. All who have not the spirit of truth will unite under the leadership of Satanic agencies, but they are to be kept under control till the time shall come for the great battle of Armageddon.” 7BC:967 (1900); LDE:238.3.
“Then I saw the four angels cease to hold the four winds. And I saw famine, pestilence and sword, nation rose against nation, and the whole world was in confusion.” 7BC:968.
Form 6T:406 [see also the same in (MS 172, 1899); 7BC:982; and read RH, May 7, 1901], we read: “The battle of Armageddon is soon to be fought, He on whose vesture is written the name, King of kings and Lord of lords, is soon to lead forth the armies of Heaven.”
From RH, May 7, 1901; LDE:249-250; 7BC:982-983 we read: “Two great opposing powers are revealed in the last great battle. On the one side stands the Creator of Heaven and earth. All on His side bear His signet. They are obedient to His Commands. On the other side stands the prince of darkness, with those who have chosen apostasy and rebellion.”
Continuing on from 7BC:983 we read: “But providence has a part to act in the battle of Armageddon. . . the religious elements, good and evil, will awake from slumber, and the armies of the Living God will take the field. . . Satan is also mustering his forces of evil. . . to gather them under his banner, to be trained for ‘the battle of that great day of God Almighty.’ ”
“Four mighty angels are still holding the four winds of the earth. Terrible destruction is forbidden to come in full. The. . . winds will be the stirring up of the nations to one deadly combat, while the angels hold the four winds, forbidding the terrible power of Satan to be exercised in its fury until the servants of God are sealed in their foreheads.” Mar:175.2.
And lastly we read: “Every form of evil is to spring into intense activity. Evil angels unite their powers with evil men, and as they have been in constant conflict and attained an experience in the best modes of deception and battle, and have been strengthening for centuries, they will not yield the last great final contest without a desperate struggle. All the world will be on one side or the other of the question. The battle of Armageddon will be fought, and that day must find none of us sleeping. Wide awake we must be, as wise virgins having oil in our vessels with our lamps.” Mar:257; 7BC:982; 8MR:347; 14MR:286-287; 1888M:761.
Many other duplicates could be sighted.
16:17: “a great voice” = See my Revelation 16:1 Note.
“the Temple” = As in Revelation 15:5 and Revelation 16:1, the Greek word for “temple” here again is “naos,” which is again most likely a clear reference to being the Most Holy Place of the “temple.” Plus, this is where “the throne” (in this verse) is.
“it is done” = Everything that needed to be performed before the Second Coming of Christ could take place is now taken care of. Christ can now Come.
16:18: “voices, and thunders, and there was a great earthquake” = See my Revelation 4:5 Note.
16:18-21: “And there” = In verse 17, we have the statement, “It is done.” Then follows these verses in which we have the same events as portrayed in Revelation 6:12-17 & Revelation 11:15-19. Therefore, this is another description of the Second Coming of our Lord. Just as the “It is done,” in John 19:30 announced the victory that was gained over Satan at our Lord’s crucifixion, so this “It is done,” announces the victory over death and Satan. Thus, this could also be referring to the Third Coming of Christ and Its events.
16:19: “great city was divided into three parts” = Since the “great city” equals Babylon, and it is split into “three parts” (see verse 13), I believe this may be a separation of the three evil agencies (the papacy, apostate Protestantism, and Spiritualism), in order to meet out their punishments as they deserve. For, “God, [is] to give unto her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of His wrath,” verse 19, which is the same conclusion as expressed in Revelation 18:5-6.
“wine” = See my Revelation 14:8; which equals “false doctrine.”
“wrath of God” = See my Revelation 14:10 Note.
16:21: “great hail” = See Job 38:22-23 & my Revelation 8:7 Note. According to this verse, “and men blasphemed God.” Up to this point, the only ones who “blasphemed God” are those who “worship” Satan, i.e., the “beast.” As examples see Revelation 13:1 & 5-6, and Revelation 13:4 for the “worship” aspect. From Revelation 16:9 & 11; and Revelation 17:3, we learn that in Revelation 17:4-5, that this “woman” is “Babylon,” which is the seat, or power of the “beast.” Now the Biblical punishment for “blasphemy” is the act of “stoning” (see Lev. 24:16). Therefore, I see the “great hail” here in this verse as the final act of our Lord in “stoning,” or eliminating and executing judgment upon the wicked. Which happens permanently after the Third Coming of Christ. But this is the Second Coming event.
“exceeding great” = This Greek word of “sphodra” is nowhere else used in Scripture. It means “extremely,” or “very much,” and is most likely used by John to show the severity of the seventh plague before the Second (or both; Third) Coming of our Lord.
CHAPTER SEVENTEEN
17:ALL: “In the seventeenth of Revelation is foretold the destruction of all the churches who corrupt themselves by idolatrous devotion to the service of the papacy. . . [verses 1-4 quoted]. Thus is represented the papal power. . . promising them, as did Satan our first parents, all good to those who receive its mark, and all harm to those who oppose its fallacies.” 7BC:983.
“In Revelation seventeen, Babylon is represented as a woman, a figure which is used in the Scriptures as the symbol of a church. . . The Babylon thus described represents Rome.” 4SP:233.
17:1: “sitteth upon many waters” = According to my Bible Study: “REVELATIONS Symbols,” waters represent: Peoples; Multitudes; Nations; Tongues = Revelation 17:15.
“In Revelation 17 an angel explained that waters represent ‘peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues.’ Revelation 17:15.” GC:440.
In addition, as opposed to the beast of Revelation, Chapter 13 (particularly verses 11-17), which was seen “coming up out of the earth” as opposed to “waters” which represent “peoples and multitudes, and nations, and tongues,” Revelation 17:15, meaning it came from an unpopulated area of the earth, this beast comes from an already populated area.
17:2: “With whom the kings of the earth have committed fornication” = That is, the political powers of earth, which place their authority and resources at the disposal of the “great whore.”
“It is the church of Rome which, thinking to prove itself not only equal to God, but above God, has changed the rest-day of Jehovah, placing the first day of the week where the seventh should be. And the Protestant world has taken this child of the Papacy to be regarded as sacred. This is called in the Word of God ‘her fornication’ [Rev. 17:2].” ST, February 22, 1910.
“wine” = See my Revelation 14:8, which equals “false doctrines.”
17:3: “scarlet coloured beast” = In Isaiah 1:18, “scarlet” is the color of sin. However, if we go back to Revelation 12:3, we find our “scarlet,” or “red” beast again, i.e., the “great red dragon,” which equals the “papacy.” Also, according to verse 6, we find “the woman drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus.” This truly pictures the Roman Catholic churches persecuting power through the medium of Satan.
Let me state that this “beast” is just as responsible as the one who gave it its power (Satan). Therefore, if you are in any part of this system (not keeping the Commandments of God and worshiping this false worship system), then you will be held just as responsible.
Positive Identification of the “scarlet coloured beast” as Papal Rome:
1) It came up from among the “ten horns,” verse 3, (see Dan. 7:8) placing it geographically in Western Europe.
2) According to Daniel 7:24, the 10 kingdoms came “out of this [the 4th] kingdom.” Therefore, all 10 kingdoms succeeded Rome, but could “not cleave one to another,” Daniel 2:43. So it arouse after the “ten horns” because it “came up among them,” Daniel 7:8. Thus, it would be establishing itself after (about) 476 A.D., when the “ten horns” (Rome “divided” Dan. 2:41) established themselves; which speaks of the “seven heads,” in verse 3 and Revelation 12:3.
3) It arises out of Rome just like the ten kingdoms did (Dan. 7:24).
4) It uproots “three of the first horns,” Daniel 7:8, as history shows (7 of those 10 tribes still in existence today). And history also shows that Papal Rome conquered the Heruli, Vandals and Burgundians, when it came into power.
5) According to Daniel 8:9, Pagan Rome must be depicted here, for it seeks to conquer earthly territory, while the following verses (10-12) teach a progression (waxed great,” verse 10) into a spiritual warfare against Heavenly things.
6) It becomes greater than the other kingdoms of divided Rome according to Daniel 7:20, in that it “was more stout than his fellows;” the remaining seven which it did not uproot (Dan. 7:8).
7) Although Daniel 7:23 teaches us that the “fourth kingdom. . . shall be diverse from all [of the other] kingdoms,” Daniel 7:24 teaches us that the little horn “shall be diverse from the first.” The Aramaic word for “first” is “qadmay” and comes from the Aramaic word “qudam,” meaning, “to project one’s self, precede, come before, prevent.” Thus, it would be better expressed that the little horn came “from the former [horns].” So, “he shall be diverse from the first,” Daniel 7:24, indicates that it would be different than all of the other purely politically based powers that preceded it. What is the difference? It is a political as well as a religious power. The papacy was an ecclesiastical kingdom ruled over by a pontiff, while the other kingdoms were strictly political powers, ruled by kings.
8) It has “a mouth speaking great things,” Daniel 7:8, in that “he shall speak great words against the most High,” Daniel 7:25. The same conclusion is given to us in Revelation 13:5, identifying this power by making the same statement, “speaking great things and blasphemies.” And Revelation 17:3 states it as such, “full of names of blasphemy.” Quickly, Biblical blasphemy is A) Claiming to be one with God, Matthew 26:63-65; Mark 14:61-64; John 10:30-36 (The Pope claims to be “The Vicar of Christ”) and, B) Claiming to forgive sins, Matthew 9:2-3; Mark 2:7; Luke 5:21 (the Roman Catholic church claims this right), and, C) To commit a trespass against God by breaking His Law, Ezekiel 20:27; Romans 2:23-24 (accomplished by the changing of God’s Law, i.e., Sabbath to Sunday, by the Roman Catholic church), and see my Bible Study: “Blasphemy, What Is Biblical,” which brings us to:
9) He “shall think to change Times and Laws,” Daniel 7:25. No better application of prophecy can adequately apply than Rome’s change of (time) the weekly cycled Sabbath (in God’s Law) from Saturday to Sunday, making the Sabbath Commandment to be their third commandment, while canceling (leaving out) the Second Commandment (“and Laws”), finally by the dividing of the Tenth Commandment in two, in order to keep the number at 10 Commandments.
10) He “shall wear out the saints of the most High.” This tells us that the “little horn” is a persecuting power (has the Papacy been a persecuting power?); and will “make war” (Rev. 13:17) against God’s people; and will (“wear out”) the saints -- put them to death. “In 1252 [Pope] Innocent IV sanctioned the infliction of torture by the civil authorities upon heretics, and torture later came to have a recognized place in the procedure of the inquisitorial courts.” “New Catholic Encyclopedia,” (Washington, D.C.: The Catholic University of America, 1967), vol. 14, p. 208: Torture and the Church. 11). Finally, they shall “be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time,” Daniel 7:25, equaling 1260 years (see Dan. 7:25; 12:7; Rev. 11:2 & 3; 12:6 & 14; 13:5) of which the Papal reign fits exactly (538 A.D. -- 1798 A.D.).
11) “was, and is not, and yet is,” Revelation 17:8. This has reference to Revelation 13:3, in which “his deadly wound was healed.” See my Notes there. Papal Rome existed (538 A.D. -- 1798 A.D.), was wounded to death (in 1798 A.D. by the French), then it will be revived again as a persecuting power.
12) “The seven heads are seven mountains, on which the woman sitteth,” Revelation 17:9. This symbol, as most Protestants believe, may also be an allusion to the city of Rome with its seven hills. Classical writers often refer to Rome as the City of Seven Hills (Horace Carmen, Saeculare 7; Virgil Aeneid vi. 782–784; Georgics ii. 534, 535; Martial Epigrams iv. 64. 11, 12; etcetera). In the early Christian centuries Christians commonly referred to Rome as ‘Babylon.’ ” Cicero Letters to Atticus vi.” 5; “Propertius Elegies iii.” 11.
13) Since John identifies this power as “Babylon the Great,” and “The Mother,” Revelation 17:5, we can safely assume he is referring to the Babylon of Chapter 13, already identified there as being the papacy.
14) The “they that dwell on the earth shall wonder,” Revelation 17:8, at the coming back to power of the Roman Catholic churches power (future event) to enforce the worship of Sunday, a child of the papacy. Revelation 13:3-4 & 8 is a repetition of Revelation 17:8, further associating this beast to that of the papacy.
15) There is only one church in the world that puts the image of a woman holding a cup in her right hand in its churches and on its coins, and that church is the Roman Catholic church. This church even has a name for this woman. And constructs alters to her. The name? “FIDES,” the “Goddess of Oaths.” Revelation 17:5 calls her, “The mother of prostitutes.” And Revelation 18:7 tells us she does not lose those “prostitutes” who follow her. See also Isaiah 47:8. In the September 5, 2000 edition of “The Independent,” we have this jewel: “Other churches are no sisters of ours, the Vatican insists.” And Cardinal Ratzinger, in the September 4, 2000 edition confirms, “It must be always clear that the one, holy, catholic and apostolic universal church is not the sister, but the mother of all the churches.”
In a side note, one might ask, “How can you interpret the ‘woman’ as the Roman Catholic church and the ‘beast’ as one and the same thing?” As exampled in Daniel, Chapter Two, you have the image/statue of a man; while in Caniel, Chapter Seven, you have these same nations represented as “beasts.” Also, in Daniel, Chapter Seven, you have the “little horn” with eyes represented as a man; while in Revelation, Chapter Thirteen, that “little horn” is called a “beast,” ending with the number of a man. Thus, we have different symbols for the same power.
A breakdown would then be, that the “woman” represents the Roman Catholic church as a “church.” Whereas the “beast” represents the Roman Catholic church as a political power. Thus, during its power period before 1798 A.D., these two aspects of the Roman Catholic church were united. So the political power of the church was wounded, but the church continued on.
What is interesting to note in Revelation, Chapter Seventeen, the Roman Catholic church rides the beast, but the beast has no crown (its power). In Revelation, Chapter Twelve, the seven headed dragon has crowns. Thus, then the Roman Catholic church had both political power and ecclesiastical power. We’ll call this period, Imperial Rome; during its 1260-year period of its dominance and reign. In Revelation, Chapter Thirteen, we have the crowns upon the horns (representing power). This shows us a shift from pagan Rome to Papel Rome. While when we get to Revelation, Chapter Seventeen, we have heads and horns but no crowns. In other words, Papel Rome will have to get assistance from other sources, such as Revelation, Chapter Thirteens U.S.A., in order to enforce her dogma.
Notice also that all of these represent Rome; just in different stages of its development.
17:5 & 17:7: “mystery” = Here is my First Corinthians 15:51 Note: The Greek word for “mystery” used here is “musterion.” In Greek thought, a “mystery” is something that was once clouded with uncertainties, but is now known and revealed. For applications where the use of this Greek word and its concept is better seen, see Mark 4:11; Romans 11:25; 16:25; First Corinthians 2:7; Ephesians 1:9.
17:7: “the beast that carrieth her” = Notice it is “the beast that carrieth her.” In this case, the “her” equals the “woman,” which represents a “church” remember? Therefore, the “woman,” which is the papacy, rides on the backing and control of “the beast,” equaling Satan.
17:8: “was, and is not; and shall ascend out of the bottomless pit” = Just as Satan tries to impersonate the triune Godhead, he also attempts to imitate the life, death, and resurrection of our Lord.
Where the Roman Catholic church “was” is speaking of its 1260-year reign. Where it was -- “is not” -- happened in 1798. Where it “shall ascend,” means that it will regain its influence upon the earth after 1798 when its “deadly wound” will be “healed,” Revelation 13:3 & 12.
“bottomless pit” = See my Revelation 9:1-2 Note, which equals this earth.
“whose names were not written in the Book of Life from the foundation of the world” = This would include Satan and his angels.
17:9: “seven heads are seven mountains” = We know the “woman” to be the Roman Catholic church. And this is what she is “sitting” upon. As opposed to symbolism here; I see this as a literal application and identification of where the church of Rome “sits.” And we all know that the “Cathedra of the Roman Catholic church, also known as Saint John Lateran Basilica, is located on the Capitoline Hill, which is one of the seven hills the entire church property sits upon.
17:10: “seven kings: five are fallen, and one is, and the other is not yet come” = Several modern Bible Commentators have identified the “seven kings” as seven Roman Emperors, with “five are fallen,” equaling Augustus, Tiberius, Caligula, Claudius, and Nero, and the “one is,” as Vespasian, living in John’s Day, and Titus, as “the other is not yet come.” Although there are some problems with this interpretation, i.e., the first imperial emperor was Julius, not Augustus, and three other rulers are skipped (Galba, Otho, and Vitelius), Bible commentators across the board still try to make this section as applicable to Rome. The problem is solved by seeing verse 11.
By contrast, we have established 1798 A.D. as being the fall of Papel Rome. Thus, we must work backwards from that time period from the “five are fallen.” They would be Papel Rome; Pagan Rome; Greece; Media-Persia; Babylon.” The “one is” would be the sixth king, that being a kingdom that was rising up at the time the Papel power was wounded in 1798. And we find that power in Revelation, Chapter 13, the U.S.A. The “not yet come” would then equal the joining of those two powers. See Revelation 13:11-12. America becomes an “image of the beast.” Just like Pagan Rome changed into Papal Rome, so the “lamb-like” creature of Revelation, Chapter Thirteen, becomes like the “dragon” power that Rome adhered to.
17:11: “the beast that was, and is not, even he is the eighth, and is of the seven” = This is a clear reference to verse 8, in which it has reference to Revelation 13:3, in which “his deadly wound was healed.” See my notes there. Rome existed, was wounded to death, then will be revived. The point is, Scripture is identifying Papal Rome and its persecuting power coming back to life to persecute those who uphold the true Law of God.
17:12: “ten horns. . . one hour” = This happens after 1798 A.D. I believe this to be an event in the future, remembering that these horns have “no kingdom [or nation] as yet,” nor does it look like they do, or ever will, but only “receive power as [if they were] kings,” for the “one hour.” Also, staying with the premise that a day equals a year, than “one hour” would equal 15 minutes.
Notice also that these “horns” and “kings” have no “crowns.” When Apostate Protestantism unites with the government (State) to receive its power. Then will Protestant America have formed and image to the beast.
“The formation of this image is the work of that beast whose peaceful rise and mild professions render it so striking a symbol of the United States. Here is to be found an image of the papacy. When the churches of our land, uniting upon such points of faith as are held by them in common, shall influence the State to enforce their decrees and sustain their institutions, then will Protestant America have formed an image of the Roman hierarchy.” 4SP:277.2; GC:445.1.
“What is it that gives its kingdom to this power? Protestantism, a power which, while professing to have the temper and spirit of a lamb and to be allied to Heaven, speaks with the voice of a dragon. It is moved by a power from beneath.” Mar:187.3.
17:13: “These” = The “These” would be the daughters of the “beast.” The Protestant churches that alien themselves with the Roman Catholic church in trampling under the true Law of God.
“power” = “What is it that gives its kingdom to this power? Protestantism, a power which, while professing to have the temper and spirit of a lamb and to be allied to Heaven, speaks with the voice of a dragon. It is moved by a power from beneath.” 7BC:983.
17:14: “These [the “ten horns” of verse 12] shall make war with the Lamb” = Possibly a reference to the battle of “Armageddon,” in Revelation 16:16, at the Second Coming of Christ. But rather, the “war” is always against the Law of God. Thus, the Apostate churches will find themselves waring against the Law of God.
“and the Lamb shall overcome them: for He is Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are with Him are called, and chosen, and faithful” = This is none other than the (Third and) Second Coming.
“they that are with Him are called, and chosen, and faithful” = Just an observation. It has been pointed out that those who are “called” well represent those of the Old Testament, while the ones who are “chosen” well represent those of the New Testament. Of course, those who are “faithful” represent everyone. However, as seen below, the “called” well represent both time periods, while the “chosen” do the same.
Here are those that are “called:” Genesis 21:12; Deuteronomy 28:10; Second Chronicles 7:14; Proverbs 1:24; Isaiah 13:3; 41:8-9; 42:6; 43:1 & 7; 45:4; 48:12; 54:6; 65;12; 66:4; Jeremiah 7:13; 35:17; Hosea 11:1; Romans 8:30; 9:24; First Thessalonians 2:12 & 14; Second Timothy 1:9; Hebrews 3:1; First Peter 5:10.
And here are those who are “chosen:” Numbers 16:5; 7:6; Deuteronomy 14:2; 16:11; First Kings 3:8; 8:48; 11:13; First Chronicles 16:14; Psalm 33:12; 89:3; 105:6, 43; 106:5; Isaiah 41:8 & 9; 43:10 & 20; 44:1 & 2; 48:10; 65:15; Jeremiah 33:24; Daniel 11:15; Mark 13:20; Ephesians 1:4; Second Thessalonians 2:13; Second Timothy 2:4; First Peter 2:4 & 9; Jude 1:1.
Other “chosen” ones of our Lord: Psalm 89:19; Matthew 12:18; Luke 23:35; and Jerusalem: First Kings 11:32 & 36; Second Kings 21:7; 23:27; Second Chronicles 6:6 & 34 & 38;12:13; 33:7; Nehemiah 1:9; Zechariah 3:2; and one of the tribes, i.e., Judah: First Chronicles 28:4; and Solomon: First Chronicles 28:5 & 6 & 10; 29:1; and Solomon’s built Sanctuary: Second Chronicles 7:12 & 16; 33:7; and the Levites: Second Chronicles 29:11; and Aaron: Psalm 105:26; and Moses: Psalm 106:23; and Zion: Psalm 132:13; and Jacob: Psalm 135:4; and Zerubbabel: Haggai 2:23; and the Disciples/Apostles: John 6:70; 15:16 & 19; Acts 1:2; and Saul/Paul: Acts 9:15; 22:14; and the poor: James 2:5.
17:15: “waters” = Here we are given a clear explanation of what “waters” represent spiritually in the Book of Revelation, which is “peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues.” In this scenario however, these are the people who once supported “the whore,” but will now turn against her (verse 16). Why? Even though they are united in their attack upon Christ (verses 13-14) in the spiritual battle for one’s mind, they know that their support system (“Babylon has fallen”) has no more value to them.
17:16: “ten horns” = Just as in Revelation 17:12, these “ten horns” are future, and as yet, have not been identified. Unless they are just a clear application to the papacy as the old “ten horns” were, with Rome coming out of them.
“burn her with fire” = In Leviticus 21:9 we learn that any “daughter” of a “priest,” i.e., religious system, if she be found to be a harlot, she was to be “burnt with fire.”
17:17: “fulfill His Will” = Even though being against God’s Law, they still “fulfill” God’s “Will” by “hating,” verse 16, “the whore.”
17:18: “woman” = Papal Rome (See my Notes on Rev. 17:ALL & 17:2).
CHAPTER EIGHTEEN
18:ALL: According to 21MR:91, Chapter 11, and Chapter 18, describe what will take place in the cities in the end times: “For our people to begin commercial enterprises in such a place will be to soothe the fears of those to whom they will come with the Bible message of truth. Let all who would understand the meaning of these things read the eleventh Chapter of Revelation. Read every verse, and learn the things that are yet to take place in the cities. Read also the scenes portrayed in the eighteenth Chapter of the same Book.”
18:1: “another Angel” = I believe this “angel” to be none other than Christ Himself. Because of the phrase, “the earth was lightened with His glory,” particularly, “His glory.” If we look at whenever “another angel” is introduced or mentioned in Revelation, never is “His glory,” mentioned in connection or association with them.
18:1-2: “having great power; and the earth was lightened with His glory. (2) And He cried mightily with a strong voice” = With these three high powered identification marks, I am led to believe that this “Angel” is none other than our very own Lord Jesus Christ. However, see my Revelation 14:8 Note. This could very well be the same angel crying even louder.
18:1-5: “[4] Come out of her, My people” = This message happens after the passing of the Sunday Law, when all will know the true nature of the “beast” and must decide to obey God and His Law’s, or follow and stay in agreement with the “beast.”
SDA’S = We have this statement: “Furthermore, in the Eighteenth Chapter of the Revelation, in a message which is yet future, the people of God are called upon to come out of Babylon.” GC88:383.
From 6BIO:330.1 we have this jewel: “On page 383, the 1888 Great Controversy carries the phrase ‘in a message which is yet future.’ This was omitted in [the] 1911 [edition of the Great Controversy], because there would come a time in history when it would be present and not future. The omission does no injustice to the text.”
The truth is, the original Spirit of Prophecy, Book 4, which is the original Great Controversy that Mrs. White wanted to go to all the world, NEVER had that statement in It, and they put this statement in their changed book, GC:1888, and fixed (changed it again) in their changed Great Controversy 1911 edition, which they claim she sanctioned. Actually, they should have left it in, since it is “future.”
18:2: “a strong voice” = In Revelation 18:2, it depicts “a strong voice.”
In Revelation 1:10; 11:12; 16:1; 19:1; 21:3; it depicts “a great voice.”
In Revelation 5:2 & 12; 6:10; 7:2 & 10; 8:13; 10:3; 12:10; 14:7 & 9 & 15; 19:17; it depicts “a loud voice.”
All are in some accounts our Lord Jesus Christ Himself (except Revelation, Chapter 14, where they are listed as three separate “angels,” and in Rev. 6:10, where the martyred are pictured). The Greek is the same and should be consistently translated the same, i.e., “loud voice.” The Greek is, “Megas phone,” which correlates to our English word, “Megaphone.” The application, both in the Greek and in English is the same, that of carrying the emphasis that this “loud voice” is as “loud” as a voice can get; thus implying the urgency of the message.
“Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen” = See my Revelation 14:8 Note.
“is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird” = This has its origin from Isaiah 34:11-15. Jeremiah speaks of the same event in Jeremiah 50:39; 51:37. Everything that can be corrupted in the church is now fully corrupted.
18:3: “wine” = False doctrines = See my Revelation 14:8 Note.
18:4: “another voice from Heaven, saying, Come out of her, My people” = You may have noticed that I took the liberty of capitalizing the word “My.” The reason is that by the angel identifying Himself with these people, and taking ownership of them, this is none other than Jesus, The Christ. You may also notice that the text states that this was “another voice.” However, just because John hears “another voice,” does not mean that it is different from the first. Therefore, once again, I believe this “voice” to be attached to our very own Lord.
“Come out of her, My people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues” = This resonates and mimics the counsel as given in Jeremiah 51:6 (see also Jer. 50:8; 51:45).
18:5: “her sins have reached unto Heaven” = “When do her sins reach unto Heaven? When the Law of God is finally made void by legislation.” ST, June 12, 1893, paragraph, 13 [3ST:44].
18:6: “Reward her even as she rewarded you” = This echo’s Psalm 137:8 (see also Psa. 28:4; Jer. 50:29; Mat. 7:2).
“Reward her. . . double” = This has reference to the instruction in Exodus 22:4 & 7 & 9, in which anyone responsible for stolen property had to repay it twice over. And Isaiah declared that Jerusalem would “received of the Lord’s hand double for all her sins,” Isaiah 40:2 (see also Isa. 61:7; Jer. 16:18; 17:18; Zec. 9:12).
18:7: “for she saith in her heart, I sit a queen” = In glorifying herself, Babylon assumes and claims a prerogative of God; a glory that belongs to God alone (Isa. 47:7-8; Rev. 14:7; 15:4; 19:1).
18:8: “her plagues come in one day” = In prophetic time, “one day” would equal “one year.” See Numbers 14:34; First Samuel 20:6; First Kings 1:1; Psalm 90:10; Ezekiel 4:5-6; Revelation 11:9; where “years” is translated as “days,” and also see Genesis 6:3 (see PK:698; DA:233). And that could be the case here that the plagues fall for “one year” or have their effects for one year. However, after reading Jeremiah 50:26-32, this could also mean, and more likely be, a literal day.
18:9 & 18:18: “smoke” = See my Revelation 9:2 & 9:3 Note, equaling Judgment language.
18:9-24: “[9] lament for her” = The rest of the Chapter covers the “lament” of the wicked. Notice their devotion to a system set up against God. After all He has done for them, even allowing them to live their wretched lives, they still reject Him. No wonder we have such righteous “wrath” displayed in this Book. Revelation, Chapter Eighteen, is a blessing to our understanding as to the righteousness and absolute justification of our God’s “wrath” towards those who want nothing to do with Him.
18:10 & 17 & 19: “one hour” = See my Revelation 17:12 Note.
18:11: “no man buyeth their merchandise any more” = The saints could not “buy or sell, save he that had the mark,” Revelation 13:17. Now, even the ones who accepted the “mark” have this same problem. This also symbolizes the fact that the wicked no longer “buy [or better, accept]” her doctrines anymore. Yet they remain united in their hatred of Christ ruling over them.
What is interesting to note is that they allow someone (something) to rule over them when they believe it benefits them (and in reality, it does for a time), but they will not have a righteous judge rule over them; for that Ruler will restrict their freedom (little do they know or understand true Love). This is why they “shall bewail her, and lament for her,” verse 9, and “shall weep and mourn over her,” verse 11, the “her” being “Babylon,” but specifically their fortunes made with “her,” and their rejection of God’s Love. However, because they wanted “her” rulership, they now know that she had been deceiving them all along. But “alas,” verse 10, they still will choose, if given the chance again (at the Third Coming of Christ) not to repent.
18:19: “they cast dust on their heads” = This verse has its counterpart in Ezekiel 27:29-32. They may be sad and ashamed, but not repentant.
18:21: “stone” = See my Daniel 2:35 & Revelation 8:8 Notes. This is the Second Coming.
“great millstone” = If we compare Scripture with Scripture, going to Matthew 18:6; Mark 9:42; Luke 17:2-3, we can discern that Babylon will not only be judged for her sins, but for the sins she also caused others to commit. Which includes the fate of Satan.
18:23: “sorceries” = Here is my Galatians 5:20 Note: “witchcraft” = The Greek is “G5331; pharmakeia,” which is where we get our English “Pharmacy,” or “pharmaceuticals” from. And in this context it means “bad drugs or medications.” And according to “Thayer’s Definition,” it means, “The use or the administering of [bad] drugs; poisoning.” Of course, “sorcery, magical arts; witchcraft; seductions of idolatry” are also proper definitions.
In fact, the Ancient Greek used “pharmakeia” to refer to the entire spectrum of medicines, hallucinogens, poisons and those who provide them. This Greek word also appears in Revelation 18:23, where it is translated as “sorceries.” A better understanding of that text could let us know how they accomplish their dastardly deeds through the administering of drugs.
18:24: “in her was found the blood of prophets” = All the “slain” by “her” are now exposed for all to see what a terrible personage Satan and his system is.
CHAPTER NINETEEN
19:1: “a great voice” = In Revelation 18:2, it depicts “a strong voice.”
In Revelation 1:10; 11:12; 16:1; 19:1; 21:3; it depicts “a great voice.”
In Revelation 5:2 & 12; 6:10; 7:2 & 10; 8:13; 10:3; 12:10; 14:7 & 9 & 15; 19:17; it depicts “a loud voice.”
All are in some accounts our Lord Jesus Christ Himself (except Revelation, Chapter 14, where they are listed as three separate “angels,” and in Rev. 6:10, where the martyred are pictured). The Greek is the same and should be consistently translated the same, i.e., “loud voice.” The Greek is, “Megas phone,” which correlates to our English word, “Megaphone.” The application, both in the Greek and in English is the same, that of carrying the emphasis that this “loud voice” is as “loud” as a voice can get; thus implying the urgency of the message.
19:1 & 19:3 & 19:4 & 19:6: “Alleluia” = Except for these four times in the Nineteenth Chapter of Revelation, this word appears nowhere else in the New Testament. “Hallelujah” is a compound Hebrew word, comprised of “halal,” meaning “to praise,” and “Yah,” which is what we know as the beginning to “Yahweh;” therefore, meaning, “praise God.” The total Greek expression is given to us in verse 5, i.e., “Praise our God,” which helps us to interpret “Alleluia.” The Hebrew for “Hallelujah” is “halal,” and appears 24 times in the Book of Psalms alone.
19:2: “hath avenged the blood of His servants at her hand” = This is the event that the “How long,” Revelation 6:10, questioners have been asking and waiting for.
19:3: “smoke” = See my Revelation 9:2 & 9:3 Note, equaling judgment.
19:4: “four and twenty elders” = See my Revelation 4:4 Note.
19:7: “for the marriage of the Lamb is come, and His wife hath made herself ready” = A Jewish wedding is portrayed here, and thus we must run through one to better understand these passages -- the “wife” being God’s remnant Church.
First, there is “the preparation” on the “bridegrooms” part. Then there is “the preparation” on the “brides” part.
Before all that is a “proposal.” Then comes a “promise,” then the “provision.” In Jewish tradition, when the Bridegroom made the “proposal,” he paid the dowry (the “provision”); at that point the couple was considered legally married (even though they were not living together yet). At this point then, the Bridegroom goes to prepare a place for the bride and the bride prepares to get married (consecrate the marriage).
The spiritual application is that Christ paid the dowry on the Cross. But the Church (we the bride) cannot live together with Him in Heaven yet, for Christ has gone to Heaven to prepare a place for us in Heaven (John 14:2-3). Thus, the “provision” is given. Our job right now is to prepare to be married to our Lord Jesus Christ. And the “provision” for that is found in verse 8, where we put on the robe of Christ’s righteousness.
“wife” = “the Church.” 19MR:28. That “the true remnant Church” is the bride of Christ should not be in question.
19:10: “I am thy fellowservant, and of thy brethren” = This makes him one of the 24 elders (redeemed from the earth). See my Revelation 4:4 Note. Thus, we might conclude that the 24-elders were all once prophets.
“the testimony of Jesus” = See my Revelation 1:2 Note.
“the spirit of prophecy” = This expression is used only here in the entire New Testament. Therefore, to understand it correctly might be presumption. However, Jewish and early Christian literary sources indicate that this expression was well used among first-century Jewish people (see “Problems in Bible Translation,” pages 252-253).
The most obvious meaning is explained to us in the verse itself: “the testimony of Jesus IS the spirit of prophecy.” Which can easily, without surmising, be turned around to promote the same meaning, “the spirit of prophecy IS the testimony of Jesus.” Or, in other words, anything Jesus says is spiritual and prophetic.
We do have a little help for understanding this phrase in First Corinthians 1:6, which states, “the testimony of Christ was confirmed in you.” Once again, whatever Jesus taught is born out in how we live our lives, based upon what Jesus would have us do. This is confirmed when we go to Revelation 12:17, which teaches us that those who “keep the Commandments of God. . . have the testimony of Jesus Christ.” They keep His word as holy and must be practiced in their daily lives.
When we go to the beginning of this Book (Revelation), in Chapter One, Verses one and two, we have these gems, in that Jesus’ “servant John,” bares “record of the Word of God, and of the testimony of Jesus Christ.” Once again, we can discern that “the testimony of Jesus” is anything spoken by Jesus. But let’s not miss the crux of the finishing of the statement. That being, “and of all things that he [John] saw.” In other words, John is duty bound to tell/publish about everything Jesus is showing him.
Now we come to verse 3 (Chapter One), where we are told that everything John is going to tell us in this Book is “prophecy,” the Greek being “G4394; propheteia,” meaning “prophecy; prediction; prophesying; a foretelling.” So let us not say that this is a “testimony about Jesus,” but rather, a “testimony given by Jesus,” which is not pre-eminently about Him. And the purpose for the writing of this “prophecy” (the Book of Revelation), is for the readers to “keep those things which are written therein,” Revelation 1:3. Thus, it is more about what Jesus is telling us about the future, which does of course, include what Jesus will be doing also. But more precisely, about what will take place in the future.
For the Critics that believe this “testimony,” Greek, “G3141,” is only about Jesus, instead of Jesus’ foretelling of future events, consider John’s usage of the Greek word for “testimony” in all of his writings. In John 1:7 & 19; 3:11; 5:31 & 32 & 36; 21:24; First John 5:9-10 (4 times), he uses it as a “witness; testimony; record; report.” This conclusively affirms that fact that John is not using the word as a “testimony about Jesus,” but rather “by” or “of Jesus.” This is clearly spelled out in the beginning of Revelation, in 1:5, where this message is said to be “from Jesus Christ, Who is the Faithful Witness.” A “witness” is not there to “testify” of himself.
Coming back to our verse here, the personage speaking to John states that he Has “the testimony of Jesus.” Then he clarifies that statement by telling John that “the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.” Meaning, he is a “prophet” just like John is, for he calls Hohn his “brethren.” And “prophecy” here is the same Greek word as in Revelation 1:3.
If we compare Revelation 19:10’s statement of “thy fellowservant” with Revelation 22:9’s “fellowservant,” we learn that the speaker identifies himself with John’s “brethren the prophets.”
Thus, John is given to understand that this message is to be spread through the medium of himself and the “brethren” who are called simply, “prophets.” If the Protestant principle of interpreting Scripture via Scripture means anything, this comparison must lead to the conclusion that “the spirit of prophecy” in Revelation 19:10, is the prophetic gift, which is given not to Church members in general, but only to those who have been called by God to be “prophets.”
The closest parallel to the phrase “spirit of prophecy” in the Bible is found in First Corinthians 12:1 & 4 & 8-10 (compare with Eph. 4:11), where Paul refers to the Holy Spirit, Who gives the gift of prophecy (among other gifts), and the person who receives this gift is called a “prophet.” We can see this in that further down in First Corinthians, Chapter 12, specifically in verse 28, those who have the gift of prophecy are called “prophets.”
Thus, “the spirit of prophecy” is a gift given to those who will become “prophets.”
19:11: “white horse” = The identification of this Rider can be none other than our Lord, for He it is that can only be identified as being “in righteousness.”
“Men have borne false witness against God’s chosen ones. They have bruised their limbs with fetters, and burned them at the stake. The Lord will avenge His children. In proportion as men have carried out the spirit and purposes of Satan in causing pain to human beings, so will they suffer. Thus will they perish who have done all in their power to compel men to transgress the Law that God has Commanded all to obey. [Rev. 19:11 quoted].” RH, June 19, 1900, par. 6.
“Faithful and True” -- See my Revelation 19:12 Note.
19:11-18: “I saw Heaven opened” = This is a scene of the Second Coming of our Lord. Whereas, verses 19 & 20 are Third Coming Texts; with verse 21 reverting back to the Second Coming.
19:12: “He had a Name written, that no man knew, but He Himself” = That this is Jesus, The Christ, can be well established. However, it is interesting to examine this statement, considering we are given His Name in verses 1 & 11: “Faithful and True,” and verse 13: “The Word of God.” Therefore, these may not be His real Name, as it would be different than those. According to Revelation 17:14 and Revelation 19:16, His Name is “King of kings and Lord of lords.” And according to Philippians 2:9: “Wherefore God also hath highly exalted Him, and given Him a Name which is above every name.” Suffice it to say that the Names of our Lord are exhaustive (See my Bible Study, “God, Names Of”). This may very well be the place where John originated the expression “The Word,” as he uses in his First Chapter of his Gospel.
19:13: “He was clothed with a vesture dipped in blood” = The background imagery for this text is Isaiah 63:1-6. Contrary to the popular belief that Christ upon His Second Coming return will be wearing “white,” these texts teach us that He will be wearing “red” while everyone else will be clothed in “white linen.”
“His name is called The Word of God” = Here we can clearly establish that this must be Jesus, for John the writer refers to Jesus as being “The Word” in his other gospels (John 1:1-3 = “The Word” / 1Jo. 1:1 = “Word of Life”). Thus, from verse 1 and onward all of these Names are just derivatives of Jesus.
19:15: “rule” = Implies “judgment” language. Here Christ is executing the “ruling” or conclusion has come to.
“winepress” = See my Revelation 14:19 Note.
“wrath of Almighty God” = This equals “the seven last plagues,” Revelation 15:1; 16:1. See also my Revelation. 12:5 and Revelation 14:10 Notes. Also notice that Jesus is called, “Almighty God,” for we have already established that these passages with all of these different derivative Names are still speaking of Jesus, The Christ.
19:17: “a loud voice” = See my Revelation 19:1 Note.
“gather yourselves together unto the supper of the great God” = See Isaiah 26:21; Jeremiah 25:33; Matthew 24:28; Luke 17:37. This apparently is after the Second Coming of Christ when all the unrighteous dead bodies lie on the desolated earth never to be buried.
19:20: “beast was taken, and with him the false prophet” = We have learned that the “beast” equals the Papacy; while the “false prophet” is apostate Protestantism. That “These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning,” takes place later, at the Third Coming of Christ. See my Bible Study: “MILLENNIUM, THE,” for understanding Last Day Events In Their Order.
“them that had received the mark of the beast, and them that worshipped his image” = See my Revelation 16:2 Note. Then see Revelation 13:12-14; 20:10.
“mark” = See my Revelation 13:16 Note.
“false prophet” = This is the naming of our beast of Revelation 13:11-17, which equals apostate Protestantism.
19:21: “the remnant” = Should any of the unrighteous still be alive when Christ Comes for His redeemed at His Second Coming, they will not survive Christs “sword.”
“and all the fowls were filled with their flesh” = This expression comes to us from the Hebrew understanding of Deuteronomy 28:26; First Samuel 17:44; First Kings 14:11; 16:4; 21:23-24; Ezekiel 39:4; 17:21, which is, birds of prey do not generally feed upon live victims. They circle until they are certain the victim is dead. Then they feast. My point is that here is another affirmation of the Biblical teaching of eternal death, not eternal life in hell. See my Bible Study, “DEATH, THE BIBLICAL TRUTH ABOUT.” This also affirms the point that the unrighteous are “destroy[ed] with the brightness of His [Second] Coming.” Second Thessalonians 2:8 (see also Psa. 18:12). Thus, leaving their dead bodies for the consumption of the “fowls.”
CHAPTER TWENTY
20:ALL: It has been assessed that most Christian churches do not see the Millennium as a literal event. Nor do they see that the 144,000 go through the tribulation with all their Pre-trib and Mid-trib false doctrines. The truth is stated by our Lord Himself in Matthew 24:29-30, “Immediately after the tribulation,” then our Lord Comes.
20:1-3: “bottomless pit” = See my Revelation 9:1-2 Note, which equals the earth.
20:2: “a thousand years” = See my Bible Study, “MILLENNIUM, THE.” Satan will be bound for a thousand years to an earth that is “without form, and void” and the heavens without “light,” Jeremiah 4:23-27. Note that in Jeremiah Chapter 4, he could not be referring to creation, for “the cities thereof were broken down,” verse 26, and “the birds of the heavens were fled,” verse 25. And according to Jude 1:6, all of Satan’s followers will be in “chains” on earth with him.
From EW:290; 4SP:475; EW:290 (1882ed); FLB:353; GC:659; GC88:659; MAR:307 & 313; SR:415 we read: “The earth looked like a desolate wilderness. Cities and villages, shaken down by the earthquake, lay in heaps. Mountains had been moved out of their places, leaving large caverns. Ragged rocks, thrown out by the sea, or torn out of the earth itself, were scattered all over its surface. Large trees had been uprooted and were strewn over the land. Here is to be the home of Satan with his evil angels for a thousand years. Here he will be confined, to wander up and down over the broken surface of the earth and see the effects of his rebellion against God’s Law. For a thousand years he can enjoy the fruit of the curse which he has caused. Limited alone to the earth, he will not have the privilege of ranging to other planets, to tempt and annoy those who have not fallen. During this time, Satan suffers extremely. {See Isa. 24:1, 3, 5-6; 14:18-20}. . . During the thousand years between the first and the second resurrection, the Judgment of the wicked dead takes place.”
GC:73 states: “Satan’s work of ruin is forever ended. For six thousand years he has wrought his will, filling the earth with woe, and causing grief throughout the universe.” GC:659 also gives the impression that the controversy will be over in about “six thousand years.”
20:3: “that he should deceive the nations no more” = Satan can no longer enter where the Saints are in Heaven. And, he can no longer “deceive the nations,” for they are all dead lying upon or in the earth. Many see a symbolic link between banishment of the scapegoat on the Day of Atonement (see Lev. 16:22) and the circumstances of Satan during the millennium -- stuck on earth during the millennium.
20:4: “judgment was given unto them” = See First Corinthians 6:2-3. This corresponds to Matthew 19:28, and appears to be the employment of the redeemed during the millennium while in Heaven. The millennium is also the time in which the redeemed receive their answers to all of their questions (see 1Co. 13:12).
“witness of Jesus” = This should be translated as “testimony of Jesus,” as the same Greek word, “marturia” is used here as in Revelation 1:9; 6:9; & (see Note) 12:17. Also, see my Note in Revelation 1:2.
“neither had received his mark” = See my Revelation 13:16 Note.
20:6: “first resurrection: on such the second death hath no power” = A “first resurrection” implies a “second resurrection,” of which only the wicked will be a part of at the Third Coming of Christ. Also, the fact that there is a “second death,” means eternally dead.
“reign” = What is it that the “they,” are to “reign” over? Most likely is that they “reign” over the proceedings of the “sentencing judgment.”
20:7: “when the thousand years are expired” = “At the close of the thousand years, Christ again returns to the earth,” 4SP:476.
20:7-8: “(7) Satan shall be loosed out of his prison, (8) And shall go out to deceive the nations which are in the four quarters of the earth” = Since at the beginning of the millennium the earth became un-populated at the Second Coming of Christ (see verse 5 and Psa. 18:12; 50:3; Isa. 11:4; 13:6; 24:3 & 6; 66:15-16; Jer. 25:31 &.33; Mat. 3:12; 13:30 & 40-42 & 49-50; 24:39; Luke 17:27 & 29; 2Th. 1:8-9; 2:8; 2Pe. 3:10-12; Rev. 11:18; 19:21), this “loosing” must be in association with the Second Resurrection, which is for the wicked, at the end of the 1000 years; raised when Christ Comes back to earth with His “saints” at His Third Coming (Deu. 33:2; Job 21:30; Zec. 14:1-5; 1Th. 3:13; Jude 1:14-15).
Also according to Isaiah 14:20, “Thou shalt not be joined with them in burial” = Satan is to walk this desolate earth for 1000 years, and not be permitted to enter the grave (die).
20:8: “Gog, and Magog” = Efforts to identify Gog and Magog must be in reference to Ezekiel 38:2, and have come to us without any historical character to fit them. Efforts to do so have proved fruitless. The root from which the names are derived from are unknown. In Revelation 20:8, it is used to symbolize the nations of the wicked, whom Satan assembles “after the millennium” to attack Christ and to seize the New Jerusalem. Since this takes place “after the millennium,” we should not look for meanings, kingdoms, or any other references to events prior to the pre-Second Coming of our Lord when identifying Ezekiel’s possible meanings for the Book of Revelation.
The Greek meaning for “Magog” is “an Anti-Christian Party,” i.e., “Nation.” “Gog” seems to be the “king,” while “Magog” appears the be the “kingdom;” such that “Gog and Magog” are like Pharaoh and the Egyptians. Therefore, “Gog” is identified in Ezekiel, Chapter 38, verses 17 & 18, as a people who attack God’s people.
In addition, “Magog,” i.e., “Meshech and Tubal,” could be referring to the descendants of the son of Japheth (see Gen. 10:2; 1Ch. 1:5); his descendants and their dwelling-place being probably somewhere in the neighborhood of Armenia (Herodotus iii. 94). However, in Psalm 120:5, the name “Mesech” occurs as simply a synonym for foreigners or barbarians. According to the “Targum,” “Meshech” and “Tubal” would be the Scythians.
In Jewish tradition, “Gog and Magog,” became equated with the rebellious nations of Psalm Two, who revolted against God and His Messiah, “The Babylonian Talmud,” pages 7b, 10a, 13a. This appears to be more fitting to the text and context; which would apply to the resurrected dead at the Third Coming of our Lord.
20:9: “they went up on the breadth of the earth, and compassed the camp of the saints about, and the beloved city” = Ever rebellious unto the end against the justice of God’s judgment -- of Whom the wicked are -- is clearly seen again, and that they are rightly delegated for destruction is justified. It is therefore at this point, after the 1000-year period, that the wicked are raised and prepare to attack the New Jerusalem which has freshly come down from out of Heaven to this desolate earth. See Zechariah 12:2-3.
According to Zechariah 14:1 & 4, Jesus descends to this earth, and “His feet will stand on the Mount of Olives,” which “faces Jerusalem on the east.” And when Christ’s feet touch “the Mount of Olives,” it will split and form a great valley. Why? It is where the New Jerusalem will come down from Heaven and rest in its permanent abode on this earth. Then, after the destruction of the wicked and Satan with his angels, there will be created by God, “a new Heaven and a new earth,” Revelation 21:1. Meaning, God, Who always wanted to “dwell” with this people group (Exodus 25:8 & 29:46 & Revelation 21:3) will establish Heaven upon this earth!
“The wicked are filled with the same hatred of God that inspires Satan; but they see that their case is hopeless, that they cannot prevail against Jehovah. Their rage is kindled against Satan and those who have been his agents in deception. With the fury of demons they turn upon them, and there follows a scene of universal strife.” 4SP:487.
“Satan seems paralyzed as he sees the glory and majesty of Christ. He who was once a covering cherub remembers from where he has fallen. A shining angel, ‘son of the morning’ -- how changed, how degraded!” SH:121.2.
“Satan sees that his voluntary rebellion has made him unfit for Heaven. He has trained his powers to war against God, so the purity, peace, and harmony of Heaven would be to him supreme torture. His accusations against the mercy and justice of God are now silenced. The blame that he has tried to cast on Jehovah rests entirely on himself. And now Satan bows down and confesses the justice of his sentence.” SH:121.3.
“Every question of truth and error in the long controversy is made plain. God’s justice stands fully vindicated. The whole world has seen a clear presentation of the great sacrifice the Father and the Son made in mankind’s behalf. The hour has come when Christ occupies His rightful position and is glorified above principalities and powers and every name that is named.” SH:121.4; 4SP:486.2.
“Even though Satan has been forced to acknowledge God’s justice and to bow to the supremacy of Christ, his character remains unchanged. The spirit of rebellion, like a mighty river, bursts out again. Filled with frenzy, he determines not to yield the great controversy. The time has come for a last desperate struggle against the King of Heaven. He rushes in among his subjects and tries to inspire them with his own fury and arouse them to instant battle. But of all the countless millions whom he has lured into rebellion, there are none now to acknowledge his supremacy. His power is at an end. The wicked are filled with the same hatred of God that inspires Satan, but they see that their case is hopeless, that they cannot win against Jehovah. They become enraged against Satan and those who have been his agents in deception. With the fury of demons they turn upon them, and there follows a scene of universal strife.” SH:121.5.
“fire came came down from God out of Heaven” = According to Zephaniah 3:8, this “fire” is “the fire of My jealousy” for His Law which was and is constantly broken. See also Psalm 46:6 & 8; Isaiah 26:21; Zephaniah 1:18.
“Although the whole earth, with the exception of that portion where the city rests, will be wrapped in a sea of liquid fire, yet the city is preserved as was the ark, by a miracle of Almighty power.” 3SG:87-88.
“Then are fulfilled the words of the prophet: ‘The indignation of the Lord is against all nations, and His fury against all their armies; He has utterly destroyed them, He has given them over to the slaughter.’ Isaiah 34:2.” SH:121.2-6.
20:10: “cast into the lake of fire and brimstone” = See my Revelation 19:20.
“for ever and ever” = IF we go to Ezekiel 20:16 & 18 & 19, we learn that Satan does not burn “forever,” but is (16) destroyed; (18) devoured to the point of being “ashes upon the earth” (19) “and never shalt thou be any more.” See my Bible Study: “DEATH, THE BIBLICAL TRUTH ABOUT.”
20:11: “great white throne” = The “throne” that was the “throne of grace” to which humans could come to present their prayers and obtain deliverance (see Heb. 4:16), now becomes a terror to the wicked, “there was found no place for them.” See Jeremiah 3:17.
20:12: “small and great, stand before God” = According to Psalm 119:92: “Unless Thy Law had been my delights, I should then have perished.” All who disregard the Law of God will “perish.”
“Oh that the young might realize that every defect in the moral character is not only revealed to the gaze of the pure and sinless angels, but that they themselves will have the faithful picture presented to them in all its deformity at the execution of the Judgment. Those vain, frivolous words are all written in the book [of Remembrance]. Those selfish acts, the motives of which may be concealed from human eyes, are discerned by the all-seeing eye of Jehovah, and are written in living characters.” RH, March 11, 1880, paragraph 7.
20:14: “death and hell were cast into the lake of fire. This is the second death” = Temporal death does not hinder eternal life; for all die (= “death”). However, those who die without loving God (= “death and [those who will go to] hell”) will be “cast into the lake of fire,” verse 15, which means they will experience “the second death,” equaling never to live again. Yes, they will have torment in the “lake of fire,” but will eventually turn to ashes (Mal. 4:3).
CHAPTER TWENTY-ONE
21:1: “new Heaven and a new earth” = See Isaiah 65:17; 66:22; Second Peter 3:13.
“new” = The Greek word for “new” is, “kainos.” It can be used in different ways, such as meaning “unused,” as in Matthew 9:17, with the “new wineskins.” Or better, “something not previously present,” such as in Revelation 2:17, in reference to the “new names.” The word is used four times in Revelation, Chapter 21, verses 1-5, and it would appear that the latter meaning is meant here, i.e., something fundamentally new (see 2Pe. 3:13), i.e., “new” in quality but not in origin and time.
“Heaven” = The Greek word used for “Heaven” here, “ouranos,” and is the same as used in Christ’s “Sermon On The Mount,” in Matthew, Chapters 5-7. It is clear from these passages, and in other numerous places where “ouranos” is used, that this is speaking of none other than the first heaven, the abode of our atmosphere where the birds fly.
“no more sea” = This is the first thing John observes about the new earth.
21:2: “the holy city, new Jerusalem” = This Holy city that our Father so much loves will not only be the center and central focus of this “new earth,” but God’s entire universe. Amazing! In other words, God will make this “new earth” the center of the cosmos and the used to be 3rd Heaven, God’s dwelling place, here. John builds this new reality upon Isaiah 65:17-19.
“prepared as a bride adorned for her husband” = This echoes of Isaiah 52:1.
21:3: “a great voice” = In Revelation 18:2, it depicts “a strong voice.”
In Revelation 1:10; 11:12; 16:1; 19:1; 21:3; it depicts “a great voice.”
In Revelation 5:2 & 12; 6:10; 7:2 & 10; 8:13; 10:3; 12:10; 14:7 & 9 & 15; 19:17; it depicts “a loud voice.”
All are in some accounts our Lord Jesus Christ Himself (except Revelation, Chapter 14, where they are listed as three separate “angels,” and in Rev. 6:10, where the martyred are pictured). The Greek is the same and should be consistently translated the same, i.e., “loud voice.” The Greek is, “Megas phone,” which correlates to our English word, “Megaphone.” The application, both in the Greek and in English is the same, that of carrying the emphasis that this “loud voice” is as “loud” as a voice can get; thus implying the urgency of the message.
“the Tabernacle of God is with men, and He will dwell with them, and they shall be His people, and God Himself shall be with them, and be their God” = As mentioned above, the Heaven of God’s dwelling place will be moved to this earth. This echo’s Exodus 29:45; Leviticus 26:11-12; Jeremiah 30:22; Ezekiel 37:27.
21:4: “no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any more pain” = An echo of Isaiah 25:8; 35:10; 65:19, our ultimate goal.
21:6: “It is done” = The same expression our Lord made on the cross (John 19:30), meaning, “completed the task set before Him. In this case, sin is abolished from the cosmos forever and ever.
21:7: “He that overcometh shall inherit all things” = John gives one last reminder that only those who “overcome” their sins, not just repent from them, will inherit the “new earth,” coupled with a reminder in verse 8. Repent; overcome repenting; overcome; overcome overcoming; then worship the true God. Or, experience the “second death.”
“There will be faithful ones who will discern the signs of the times. While a large number [HOW MANY IS THAT?] professing present truth [WHO IS THAT?] will deny their faith by their works, there will be some who will endure unto the end.” 5T:10.1.
21:8: “all liars” = Our Lord could have stated: “all unbelieving, all abominable, all murderers, all whoremongers, all sorcerers, all idolaters.” But instead, He focuses upon “liars.” Why? Because of all the others, “liars” are the one class that tend to even convince themselves of their own lies. You can lie with your own logic just as you can lie with your lips. Dishonesty can come in many forms. The Scripture teaches, “love the LORD your God with all your heart [mind] and with all your soul.” Deuteronomy 13:3. One is not using one’s mind when one allows oneself to be overrun with illogical reasoning powers we can have through the ministration of the Holy Spirit in our lives.
21:10: “descending out of heaven” = John is again taking back in time to when this “descending” is referring to Revelation 20:9, when the “new Jerusalem” comes down to this earth after the 1000-year period and then our God sets the earth on fire and the wicked are turned into “ashes under the soles of your feet,” Malachi 4:3. It is then that our Lord will have accomplished “His work, His strange work; and bring to pass His act, His strange act,” Isaiah 28:21.
21:12: “twelve angels” = Standing as watchers, they will let none in who are comprised of the company as described in verse 8 (see Isa. 62:6-7).
21:12 & 14: “[12] the names of the twelve tribes of the children of Israel [14] names of the twelve apostles” = That God wants His people around Him, this cannot be better stated than to have a monument to them.
21:15: “a golden reed to measure” = This echoes of Ezekiel, Chapters 40-42. As opposed to most measurements that take place in the Scriptures, which is language for “judgment,” this measurement is for “foundational,” Revelation 21:14, principles.
21:16: “the city lieth foursquare, and the length is as large as the breadth. . . The length and the breadth and the height of it are equal” = Thus, the actual shape of the New Jerusalem equals a perfect cube. That is length, height, and width. We might also note that so was the Holy Place and the Most Holy Place. Therefore, according to verse 22, the “new Jerusalem” replaces those also; for there is no more sin, “It is done” of verse 6, and no more need for them; see verse 22.
“twelve thousand furlongs” = About 1,364 cubic miles. About the size of the state of Oregon; remembering in height also.
21:17: “an hundred and forty and four cubits” = That the city is 144 “cubits” gives evidence that the 144,000 redeemed saints are the prize of it.
21:22: “God Almighty” = Here is my Genesis 28:3 Note: “I saw that God’s Holy Name should be used with reverence and awe. The words God Almighty are coupled together and used by some in prayer in a careless, thoughtless manner, which is displeasing to Him. Such have no realizing sense of God or the truth, or they would not speak so irreverently of the great and dreadful God, Who is soon to judge them in the last day. Said the angel, ‘Couple them not together; for fearful is His Name.’ Those who realize the greatness and majesty of God, will take His Name on their lips with holy awe. He dwelleth in light unapproachable; no man can see Him and live. I saw that these things will have to be understood and corrected before the Church can prosper.” EW:122.
21:25: “the light of it” = See Isaiah 60:11.
21:27: “Book of Life” = See my Bible Study: “BOOK OF LIFE, THE.”
CHAPTER TWENTY-TWO
22:1 & 3: “the throne of God” = Which is now in the New Jerusalem = Revelation 22:2 & Revelation 22:14; Revelation 2:7; Genesis 2:9; Genesis 3:22 & 24; Proverbs 3:18; Proverbs 11:30; Proverbs 13:12; Proverbs 15:4; Ezekiel 47:12.
According to Ezekiel 48:35: “the name of the city from that day shall be, The LORD is there” = The New Jerusalem is to receive a new name? Or will this just be Its new title?
22:2: “tree of life” = Here is my Ezekiel 47:12 Note: “by the river upon the bank thereof, on this side and on that side, shall grow all trees for meat” = Apparently these inhabit this space along with the “tree of life.”
Continuing with my Ezekiel 47:12 Note: “neither shall the fruit thereof be consumed” = Not that it will not be eaten, for “and the fruit thereof shall be for meat,” but rather, it will not rot; for nothing dies in Heaven. And just to throw this in here: No more eating of dead animals either.
“twelve manner of fruits” = One for each month. Apparently, we shall partake of a different kind of fruit in the new month, and or, it has “twelve manner of fruits” upon it at all times. The literal Greek is, “producing twelve fruits,” “manner of” being supplied words. Therefore, the true concept is that this tree will bare “every month” in the year. In other words, there will be twelve fruit-harvests every month, unlike here where we only harvest once in the year, or only once in a season.
“I saw the fruit of the tree of life, the manna, almonds, figs, pomegranates, grapes, and many other kinds of fruit.” CET:64; 1T:69; Broadside 1, April 6, 1846; EW:19; ExV:15; LDE:289; LS80:217; LS88:217; RH, July 21, 1851; WLF:17.
“for the healing of the nations” = Not that there is sickness in Heaven, for Revelation 21:24 states that this part of our lives will be over with. Ezekiel 47:12 adds that the tree’s leaves will be for “medicine.” Apparently, we must eat of the “tree of life” in order to continue to live forever; which is why Adam and Eve were driven out of the garden (see Gen. 3:22-24), so that sin would not live forever in mankind. And just to give a note on that remark: An angle with a sword to keep beings out, was not just for Adam and Eve, but for all the fallen angles also.
22:4: “And they shall see His face” = Nothing separates God from His people now (see Exo. 33:20). However, not the Father, for no one sees Him and lives (Exo. 33:20; 1Ti. 6:16). This would be the God-Man, Christ, Jesus.
“and His Name shall be in their foreheads” = This promise is given to the “overcomers” (Rev. 3:12) and the 144,000 (Rev. 14:1). So here in this verse, all who dwell in Heaven will have this stamp.
22:5: “reign” = What is it that the “they,” are to “reign” over? Most likely a proper care-taking of the “new earth.” But another aspect is that they “reign” over the proceedings of the “sentencing judgment.”
22:9: “I am thy fellowservant, and of thy brethren” = This makes him one of the 24 elders (redeemed from the earth). See my Revelation 4:4 Note. Thus, we might conclude that the 24-elders were all once prophets. However, the fact that the narrative never breaks away from the One speaking (verses 1-20), Who, according to verses 7 & 12 & 13 & 16 & 20, is Jesus, is interesting that one of the elders breaks in here. In an interesting note, that Jesus was/is a “prophet,” see Matthew 21:11; Mark 6:4; Luke 7:16; John 4:19.
22:10: “He” = This could be a different “He” than in verse 9. For in verse 16, Jesus says that He had “sent Mine angel. . . unto you,” meaning, “unto” John. Just as it affirms in verse 6, that “the Lord God of the holy prophets sent His angel.” And only God accepts worship, of which this angel did not (verse 9), but Christ did (Rev. 1:13-17), thus showing Himself to be God. Thus, I think this “He” is Christ taking up the conversation again.
22:11: “He that is unjust” = (Sealing language) According to Daniel 12:1, this is the “Close of Probation.”
This takes place: “When Jesus leaves the Sanctuary. . . Therefore, what is done to rescue souls from the coming storm of wrath {God’s plagues}, must be done before Jesus leaves the Most Holy Place. . . The Lord has shown me. . . that the swift messengers should speed on their way, and feed the flock with the present truth. I heard an Angel say, ‘speed the swift messengers, speed the swift messengers; for the case of every soul will soon be decided, either for Life, or for Death.’ I saw that those who had the means were required to help speed those messengers, that God had called to labor in His cause, and as they went from place to place, they would be safe from the prevailing pestilence.” RH, September 1, 1849.
“Then I saw Jesus, Who had been ministering before the Ark containing the Ten Commandments, throw down the censer [The Golden Censer from off of the Alter of Incense]. He raised His hands, and with a loud voice said, ‘It is done.’ And all the angelic host laid off their crowns as Jesus made the solemn declaration {this verse quoted}.” EW:279.
22:12: “give every man according to his work” = See First Corinthians 3:8.
22:14: “that do His Commandments” = Some versions, I’ll quote the “NIV,” state it as, “those who wash their robes.” Others speak of “keeping their garments.” Even if that were a true translation, which it surely is not, for the Greek is quite clear, being “G1785; Entole,” meaning literally, “Commandments,” even having the right to wear the “robes of righteousness” implies that these kept the “Commandments” of God and do the right things. Nice try to obscure God’s “Commandments.” And shame on those who do (falsify translations); or better don’t do in regards to the keeping of Them.
See my Bible Study: “BIBLE, VERSIONS AFTER 1881 A.D.,” for even mor upsetting changes of these new (per)versions.”
22:16: “Root and the Offspring of David” = See my Revelation 5:5 Note.
22:17: “hearth” = Really means: “believeth.” SW:23. For are the “whoremongers and murderers, and idolaters, and” the like, verse 15, going to be there?
22:18 & 19: “[18] If any man shall add unto these things [19] if any man shall take away” = See Deuteronomy 4:2; 12:32; Proverbs 30:6; Ecclesiastes 3:14; Galatians 1:8-9; Second Peter 3:16.